Show Posts

This section allows you to view all posts made by this member. Note that you can only see posts made in areas you currently have access to.


Messages - J2H

Pages: 1 2 [3] 4 5 6
41
Supercard Archives / Rage Vs Jeremiah Hardin Vs J2H Vs Drake Green
« on: May 06, 2017, 07:16:11 PM »
  J2H just looks at Melody, not saying a word as she sits up next to him, looking at him with a bright smile, but J2H continues to stare at her before shaking his head and laying back down.

J2H: No, just no babe.


A frown crosses Melody's face as she looks down at him and shakes his shoulder once more, trying to stir him.

Melody: I figured if we get there early, we can grab coffee, get to the hotel and relax, maybe go to a casino for a little bit and we can have some us time.

J2H sits up again, looking towards Melody with eyes half open.

J2H: Alright, but you're gonna owe me for this one. Five in the morning, damn!

J2H turns his legs out of the bed and plants them on the floor.

J2H: Things I do....

The camera fades out.




Closer to home yet not exactly.

Mid afternoon on Friday, another hotel room is a place to call a temporary home, this time away from other SCW stars still hanging out in Boston, or moving on to New York. A rare trip closer to home, not quiet the mansion in Beverly Hills, their return home was very short lived, but a hotel room in the MGM Grand in Las Vegas, Nevada. Random as it seems, there was a big reason behind being there, not so much for J2H, but more so for Melody Grace. Her friendship with Gabriel and Odette Stevens was more than documented, Odette very much behind the reasons Melody is in the ring nowadays. Melody was once a fan of Odette, her infectious personality drawing Odette to her and taking her under her wing. All those years had grown from mentor and hero worship in to true friendship. Melody would drop everything and run halfway across the world for Odette, and today, from one side of America to the other side for a special reason, the birthday of a young boy who Melody adored, a young boy by the name of Lucas Stevens.

The young son of Gabriel and Odette Stevens is turning two today, and as usual, a Seven Deadly Sins linked occasion did not go past quitely, as a lavish birthday party for the now two year old was already being planned, was already in the works and had been for a long time. With a father who is a magician by trade, and a popular mother like Odette, the party was sure to be a time to remember and Melody wouldn't miss it for the world. J2H on the other hand had no desire to be at a childs birthday party, any childs birthday party, but he knew Melody would never forgive him if he decided to stay in Beverly Hills and not made the almost three hundred mile trip across states to the party.

He knew Lucas, or partly, many times a guest in the Stevens household, and although he would intentionally keep his distance from former rivals, he was always welcomed there because of his association with Melody. It didn't mean he actually wanted to be there today, but the joy in Melody's eyes every time the young boy was mentioned, showed him how much Melody cared, showed him that she'd give up so much to be there.

Melody was on a slide down lately, losing the Bombshell championship put a huge dent in her self confidence for a while, her silence at Climax Control was more to do with not knowing what to say, and J2H knew this would bring her a chance to forget about the world for a while and focus on a little boy who he knew would melt Melody's heart the second her saw her. He knew Lucus would smile and Melody would forget everything bad that's happened lately. He knew she needed this so kept his protests to a minimum, yet still wasn't motivated to actually move....

He sat on the sofa of the hotel room, the sounds of Melody getting ready in another room didn't distract him from his mindless focus on a television screen, his eyes on a program but his mind completely blank, taking nothing in from what he is watching. Slow, shallow breaths enter his lungs as he eases back on the sofa, slowly going in to a daze. Melody walks out behind him, a white silk robe covering her body, moving closer behind the sofa and looking down at him, her arms reaching down on him and wrapping them around him. She trails her fingers up his shirtless upperbody, easing them gently over his chest and pressing him on his nose, causing him to snap back to reality. Melody softly kisses him on the cheek, instinctively forcing J2H to put his head back and look at the blonde, her hair tied neatly back in a ponytail.


Melody: Babe, you should probably start to get ready to go. We should be leaving soon and we don't want to be late for Lucus' birthday party, he's gonna be so excited.

A deep breath comes from the former champion as he tilts his head back, looking at Melody once more.

J2H: I am ready.

Melody taps him on the head and points down, causing him to look down at his body.

Melody: As much as I like the way you look, and I do, I really, really do. I don't think your dressed for a birthday party.

Melody runs her hand over his chest, causing him to look down at his body and state of dress, observing the lack of shirt, white shorts that hang just above his knees and bare feet. A slight sigh comes from his lungs as he tilts his head back to look at his stunning girlfriend.

J2H: You think anyone will care? They'll be focused on the birthday boy. It's his day, I don't think anyone would even worry about what I'm dressed like.

Melody moves around the sofa, sitting next to him, before swinging her legs around and putting them across him.

Melody: There are going to be adults there too, Jam. Moms with their kids and of course Synn will be there, and Despy, and the rest of the Sins.

The thought of Despayre instantly makes him roll his eyes. The backstage area of SCW shows have been a lot more relaxing for the young man since Despayre took a break. No longer was a simple cup of coffee split because of Despayre randomly appearing out of nowhere to say hi to a man he considered his friend. Despayre was one of the few friends of Melody's he would tollerate for the sake of his girlfriend, he notoriously hated some of the people she decided to call friends, but Despayre was the only one he simply put up with for Melody.

J2H: Oh great, Despayre, a guy I haven't seen in weeks and it's been my most peaceful weeks in SCW. You know he's gonna try and hug me, right?

Melody nods her head and smiles at him as she shuffles closer to him, the tops of her legs now across his and her arms around his upper body.

Melody: Well that's what he said in his text message to me half an hour ago.  

J2H looked at Melody, weighing up his options in his mind on how to possibly get out of the upcoming engagement. Looking deep in Melody's eyes, he considered how to get Melody to blow off something important, for his own personal gain. He's been manipulative in the past to try and get his own way, as proved by playing his hand in the game of hot potato concerning the SCW World Heavyweight championship, but deep down, he knew he was fighting a losing battle with this war. He knew that even if a unicorn appeared in the room and said she'd take Melody for a ride, Melody would ask her to come back later.

J2H: Oh great, that's my day then. Running and hiding from Despayre for the evening. Think Gabriel has any of the disappearing powder still left?

Melody playfully pats her boyfriend on the chest and traces her finger around his tattoo on his chest.

Melody: You know you're not getting out of this, right? Lucas would be so sad that uncle J couldn't be there with him on his special day.

J2H closes his eyes, taking a deep breath before opening them and looking at Melody.

J2H: I'm so not his uncle, you know that right? It wouldn't be fair to him to have one uncle as cool as me, and then one bat shit crazy like Despayre.  

J2H pulls Melody on to his lap and puts his arms around her, a smile breaking out on to her face.

Melody: James Alexander Huntington-Hawkes III! What are you trying to do?

He returns Melody's smile with one of his own as he looks up to her.

J2H: Trying to give you a reason not to go to the party and stay here with me.

Melody shakes her head firmly at him.

Melody: A unicorn could show up, and ask to take me for a ride and I'll ask her to come back later.

A "well, that was weird." look comes from J2H as he runs his hands up her covered back, partly pleading with his eyes.

J2H: Yeah, I got no chance of winning this have I?

Melody shakes her head and kisses him on the forehead before spinning off his lap and sliding next to him.

Melody: We have to wrap up his presents too babe.

With a shake of his head, J2H points to the right side of the room, not turning his head or looking in that direction, causing Melody to turn her eyes in the direction he pointed.

J2H: No we don't.

Melody looks closely to see a pile of presents wrapped up and stacked neatly under the window. Her eyes widen as she looks at J2H.

Melody: You did all that?

He nods his head slowly as Melody rest her hand on his shoulder.

J2H: Of course not. Simpson came in while you was in the shower and did that. Like I know how to wrap up presents.

Melody: Oh... And why does there seem like there are more present there now, than there was when I went in to the shower?  

J2H: Probably cause there is. I was browsing online and saw some stuff so I bought it, Simpson picked it up and there you go. Might not be able to wrap that shit, but I can sure as hell spend money.

A wide smile crosses the young blondes face before she plants a huge kiss on his cheek, firmly pressing her lips on his skin. She pulls her face away from his, looking at him.

Melody: Ok, now you need to go get ready because I don't want us to be late.

He sighs as he puts his hands on his knees and forces himself to his feet, walking towards the bedroom area and Melody follows him. He sits on the bed and grabs a white shirt nearby, slipping his arms through the sleeves and starts to button it up. Melody moves towards the other side of the room, her robe dropping to the floor. J2H finishes buttoning up his shirt and looks towards the floor, pulling on a pair of sandals and quickly fastening them up before turning back towards Melody, his arms out wide.

J2H: Ready.

Melody shakes her head at the former champion with a surprisingly stern look on her face.

Melody: Babe, you can't go dressed like that, you look like you're dressed for the beach, and not a kids party.

J2H: Well how do people dress for a kids party? It's not like I go to them all the time. Hell, this is probably the only kids party I've ever been to or ever likely to go to.

Melody: Smart Jam, dress smart, but casual.

He rolls his eyes and kicks off the sandals. Quickly getting to his feet, he steps in to the bathroom to the side of the room. Looking in the mirror, he quickly shakes his head.

J2H: What the fuck am I doing here?

Melody: And no cursing at the party, there will be lots of little ears around.

He lowers his head with a smile, always claiming that Melody has the hearing of a bat, much to her disagreement. He quickly takes a deep breath as he looks at himself in the mirror.

J2H: Just do this for Melody.

He nods firmly at himself before walking out of the bathroom and seeing Melody fully dressed. A knock on the hotel room door causes them both to turn aroud.

Melody: I'll get it so you can get ready.

J2H nods towards Melody as he looks around the room. The camera follows Melody as she walks towards the door of the hotel, reaching towards the handle as she gets nearby and pulls it down. The imposing figure of Simpson stands behind the door.

Simpson: Ms. Grace.

He nods his head politely as he looks towards the smaller woman, dwarfed by Simpson's height, leaving her in his shadow.

Melody: Simbabwe!  

Melody holds her arms out, inviting him in to the room and Simpson quickly nods in response.

Simpson: Sir asked me to be here to help you to the car with the presents for young Master Stevens.  

Melody: I'm sure Lucus wouldn't mind you calling him Lucas. I don't know if he knows what a master is yet.

Melody looks towards the ceiling in thought and puts her hand across her chin as Simpson moves towards the presents behind her.

Simpson: I'm sure someday he will appreciate being greeted with his proper title. The car will be here to take you both to the Stevens residence shortly Ms Grace.

Melody: Thanks Simmy!

The cheery tone to her voice causes the big man to smile as he starts to lift the presents, moving them across the room to the door. He moves back to pick up more and move them back to closer to the door. Melody impatentiently looks towards her watch and opens her mouth to call out to her boyfriend, but before she can, J2H walks out of the bedroom door, dressed in a silver suit, and the same white shirt he put on previously, the sandals replaced with black shining shoes.

J2H: Don't know why you was worried. Never takes me long to look good.

He moves towards Melody, who runs her hands down the suit jacket.

Melody: You do look very good, and I wish I could stand here and look at you more, but we're gonna be late.

Melody moves towards the door, reaching down and grabbing two presents as she goes. J2H looks at Simpson and shakes his head slowly.

J2H: Party doesn't even start for like an hour and we're twenty minutes away...

He sighs as he reaches down, picking up three presents and walks out of the door.

Ever been to a two year olds party? Well you're all invited. Yes, you heard me correctly, you're all invited to the home of Gabriel and Odette Stevens. All you need to do is switch over to the amazing promo done by Melody Grace. Trust me, it's something special, go now!




The time to talk is here, it's what gets people excited and in fairness, this is the person you want to hear from. Forget the other three - or four in the match if Jeremiah once again fights with the strength of two people - This is the person you wanna hear from.

Outside the Stevens' residence in Las Vegas, Nevada. The party is still going on behind J2H as he sits down on a chair on the patio, thankfully giving Despayre the slip for just enough time to speak about his opponents in just over a week. He leans back in comfortable looking chair and looks down the camera.


J2H: Fuck listening to Drake Green, fuck listening to Jeremiah Hardin and friends, and fuck listening to Rage, this is the person you need to sit there and listen to because unlike those people, at least you're gonna get some straight up fucking truth from this guy.

A confident looking grin crosses J2H's face as he looks down the camera.

J2H: The return to the ring of one of the greatest SCW stars ever to pull on boots anywhere in the world is about to happen. The man himself is about to light up the ring with everything you've missed this whole cycle. See, I haven't had to get in the ring to get my point across to anyone, I've just had to be there. Take a step back and think very clearly. When was the last time a man controlled a division without holding the belt? When was there ever a man who could make the title bounce from one puppet to the other without having to be in the ring? I haven't had to get in the ring to make you people dance around. Rage took the belt AFTER I beat the ever living daylights out of Drake Green. He took the belt because I did the work for him. Then fake champ Hardin took the belt because I appeared again, further proof on who was in control in the division and then you Rage, you took it back because I kept my word and actually stayed away. This division is the way it is, it has the interest it does because I'm the one who controls it.

The confidence transfer from his smile to running through his whole body.

J2H: I'm actually the one who pulls all the strings here, I'm the one who makes the division relevant, I'm the one manages to keep people interested in people they wouldn't usually give a fuck about without even having to wrestle. See, they've been waiting for my return to the ring, because they know I'm gonna get that title back. I showed the fans something you sub par wrestlers haven't shown them. I've shown them all to be careful what they wish for. Since me, they've seen three really shitty champions. All of a sudden, they missed me, they wished to god I never lost that belt. I showed them that J2H without the belt means the end of SCW as we know it. I showed them that they needed me to make things interesting and that's exactly what they're crying out for. They're crying out for the best to hold the belt, and I am the best, have no doubt about it. They want someone who works for the title, who will die for the title and that's certainly not you three. Do you think Drake Green would put everything on the line to lead this company?

J2H slowly shakes his head, knowing his words are justified.

J2H: Drake Green wouldn't do a damn thing to promote this company, my title, he couldn't, he doesn't have it in him. Drake Green can barely get out of bed in the morning these days, he doesn't have the motivation. Drake of old times, he would have done everything he could have, but the man you're gonna see in the ring is not the Drake Green you knew. He's a man going through the motions, he's a man with only his personal gain in mind and believe me, the championship belt is not the gain he wants. What Drake Green wants is to be out there and get himself  beat up more than he's ever been before by anyone before. I know, it sounds strange, but it's true. Drake actually wants to come to the ring and get beat up big time. I know you're wondering why.

He pauses for dramatic effect, leaving people watching to wonder.

J2H: Sympathy.

A mock look of shock crosses J2H's face before it turns back in to a smile.

J2H: Seriously, you didn't figure that one out? You didn't think for a second Drake wouldn't want sympathy from you short sighted fucks? Newsflash, Drake won't be here after he loses this match, cause his purpose to be here will be done, his mission will be complete. He'll have done what he set out to do. He'll be fielding calls from movie people feeling sorry for him and that will land him more roles than ever before. There's nothing that America loves more than a loveable loser.

A casual look paints itself on the former SCW World Champions face.

J2H: Seriously, you buy music from people who can't sing on reality shows because you love a fucking loser America. Those loveable losers can relate to you all and that's what Drake Green will become after this match. It started the second Rage took advantage of my hard work. Everyone sat there and thought Drake's record breaking moment was ruined, oh poor Drake, he must feel so bad. Wrong! He loved it cause it started off what he wanted, you felt sorry for him and he got exactly what he wanted. When he gets beaten in to the canvas this show, people will feel so sorry for him, his career will sky rocket outside SCW. I've said it all along and I will constantly say it over and over and over until you get it through your thick little skulls. Drake Green uses SCW, he uses it for his career outside. He uses it so that he can get the sympathy he needs for you to go and watch his shit movies. These words are true, nothing but truth and you fall for it each and every time. You do it without fail and you don't see how much Drake Green plays you all like a set of drums.

He inhales sharply before slowly exhaling.

J2H: His commitment to SCW is not even there and this guy is someone you can honestly see winning the championship that deserves to be with me? If he got lucky again and somehow managed to walk out with the title, he'll give it up on Climax Control the next week. This is how much he cares about SCW and how much he cares about you all. He simply doesn't, and he will go out there, get beat up and go home knowing that he got everything he wanted from all you people. You cheer him, you need to take a good look in the mirror and see that you're just not that clever. Wise up people, cause that guy ain't the guy you should be cheering. This ain't the guy who deserves your cheer, this is the guy that wants to get beaten.  

J2H shrugs as he looks casual.

J2H: Well your wish is my command Drake, because I will send you out of SCW beaten, broken and worse than you've ever been. I'll show you that you got lucky when you took my title and I've learned from my mistakes and will not repeat it. Better get your nurse on standby, cause you're going back to the home old man.

He stops for a second, letting his mind refocuses on the next opponent to talk about.

J2H: There's another fraud in this match too, not just Drake Green and he's been the talking point not for a win, but for the help he got talking about. No prizes for guessing who.

He rolls his eyes, knowing the fans know exactly who he's talking about.

J2H: You know you've fucked up Jeremiah, when everyone takes a shot at you in their promos last week, even the good guys.

J2H laughs for a few seconds before looking down the camera, trying to hide a smile.

J2H: You really are a joke. I bet you're sitting here waiting for me to submit this promo to the editing people, so you can record more to yours so you don't end up too much in my shadow. Does prove your cheating nature.

A serious look crosses his face.

J2H: Couldn't do it on your own and you know it. We all know it and people have turned against you. You're pretty fucking lucky you're in this match, staff probably didn't know what to do with you. You know what people are gonna remember from your cheap title reign Jeremiah? Absolutely fucking nothing good at all. Let's see what you did, shall we? You got help winning the belt, that's for fucking sure, and deny it all you want, you know you did. You didn't lead your division in your lengthy.... ummmm, two week reign. One ring promo in two shows and even that sucked more than a baby at a tit. I mean it was truly awful, generic shit that even the newest of wrestlers can do. It felt like a five year old talking, it was so bad, it made me cringe. There was no creativity, nothing out of the ordinary, nothing to remember, just woeful. I had to admit it, but Steve Ramone and Travis Nathaniel Andrews can hold a crowd better than you, and be more entertaining. All those cheers you heard was in your head. It was seriously shit. You should be ashamed of that because in one fail swoop, you tried to assassinate SCW's reputation.

He slowly shakes his head in disgust.

J2H: You tried to kill SCW with the way you did things. You tried to ruin everything everyone's ever done to give this place a good reputation, and instead shot yourself in the foot because all you managed to do was ruin your own reputation. You've torn up your own reputation so bad that I can promise you that this will be your last title shot for this belt you'll ever get. Can even promise you this, that myself and the other two in the match don't want you in this match, don't want to work with you ever again after this match, cause you're fucking embarrassing. Not even a little bit embarrassing, but seriously the most embarrassing so called wrestler to step in a ring.  

He grits his jaw before continuing.

J2H: You shouldn't be in this match Jeremiah, you know it as well as I do. SCW should have drug tested you because before I turned up, you looked like Jeremiah plus one, you looked like you had the strength of two people, because there was more to your work than before. That's not a compliment because you needed help to get the belt, but talk as much shit as you want, but you knew you'd never beat Rage on your own and Rage showed that last week. Tell the world again how you wasn't a paper champion, when clearly you was cause you did nothing to show differently. You're actually laughable. I'm not gonna lie, I laughed for days when I heard you rant that you was gonna kick my ass!

J2H bites his lower lip to hide a smile.

J2H: Seriously, kick my ass? You and who else? Gonna bring The Fallen with you? Gonna bring The Unholy Alliance with you.... Also, for the record, your stable name sucks! Who you gonna get to help you kick my ass Jeremiah? World knows you couldn't kick my ass on your own, just like you couldn't kick Rage's ass on his own. I laughed so hard at the thought of you kicking anyone's ass on your own, I almost broke a rib. I knew you couldn't beat anyone at all on your own but I'm gonna tell you something Austin Parker told me a long time ago, and that is actions speak louder than words. Considering your actions, you must be a monk and taken a vow of silence.

A cocky smirk crosses his face.

J2H: I mean I haven't exactly been hard to find. I haven't hid from you. I showed up last week, I sat in my dressing room the whole show, didn't move at all. Just sat there and watched openers do better than anything you could have done, but no, you was too busy dicking around being controlled by that horrible looking woman and forming a new stable with a shit name. Good job buddy, you really went through with your word to kick my ass. Way to go!

J2H tilts his head as he looks down the camera.

J2H: You had every opportunity to come and find me and you just didn't. Not only are you a man who needs help, you're clearly a man who has no intention of backing up his words. This makes you a joke Jeremiah, an unfunny joke. You had your chance but no, didn't do a thing. What was the truth? The Fallen wouldn't let you out of their sight? The world knows you're their bitch, I mean they return and then you return, coincidence? I and the rest of humanity think not. You're a bitch now Jeremiah, you will always be a bitch, you're not a wrestler, you're just a little boy who does what he's told, so I'm gonna tell you to just stay in the back and allow this match to have some credibility. With you in it, it has none at all.

He presses his hands together and pauses.

J2H: Ok, this promo is submitted now bitch boy, so do what you always do and record more to yours trying to make mine look worse. I expect nothing less from a half a champ like you.

A confident look passes over the champions face as he gets ready to talk about one more opponent.

J2H: Now it must be time to talk to you Benedict Arnold.... Or would you prefer Judas?

He waits as if he's waiting for an answer.

J2H: Now I know you might be in the house behind me, but this one is gonna be a good little surprise when you switch on whatever device you have, by that I mean when Kittie turns it on for you because you're still at the level of paper and pen, and see this. I've been thinking Rage, something stuck in my head just a little bit. How are you any different from the guy that needed help to take the title from you?

J2H puts his hands out flat, palms up.

J2H: See, he wasn't the only one that needed a helping hand to win the belt to start with. Was it not me who beat Drake Green down for you to even beat him? Just like half a champ, did you not need an advantage to win the belt? Oh Rage, I think you did. I beat up Drake, I distracted you, I control the fucking division and you used a shortcut just like he did. Still gonna sit and preach that you're better than he is?

J2H quickly shakes his head and smiles.

J2H: Didn't think so. You're as big a fraud as he is.... I bet Hardin is gonna see this and agree but you Rage, you needed as much help as he did. Also wanna tell you something Rage, oh it's not a confession of anything but something I find amusing. You see when you burst through the curtains when you lost the belt to half champ, looking for me, growling, spitting all over the place like a dog with rabies, asking where I was. I was standing right behind you trying not to laugh as you covered everyone within a ten foot radius with your saliva. I was sitting there watching you growl and moan and sulk, all about getting screwed over.

The former champion raises an eyebrow as he looks down the camera.

J2H: Not nice when that happens to you, is it Rage? Not nice when you thought something was safe only to be taken down. It's not very nice when you think you're walking through a safe part of the jungle and a snake appears and just attacks for no reason. Every action you made, got an equal reaction out of me. You fucked me over, I fucked you over and you fucking deserved it. Oh you deserved it so damn much and the fans loved it. They never wanted to see you with a belt to start with, they didn't wanna see you walking around with something because you thought it was your god given right to have it. They knew you shouldn't have had it and your ego is bigger than mine. I worked for my success, I worked to be a champion, I never thought it was my God given right to have that belt, but you did. Why? Cause you're a hundred years old and think you deserved it because you've been around forever?

A firm head shake confirms the way J2H feels.

J2H: Dude, you're fucking dull as dirty water, no one wanted you to have that belt because they couldn't put up with you talking in your one tone voice, telling them how great you are and how you deserved it when they knew that you are never great, no do you deserve it. I heard you cried when people were talking about me losing the belt rather than you winning it. You probably cried when people were calling Hardin a cheat, rather than saying oh my God, Rage lost the belt. That should show you that you're not as good as you think you are in your own little mind. The day you retire, no one will care.

He pauses to smirk down the camera.

J2H: In fact, please retire and soon. You're stale Rage and you offer SCW nothing at all. You being at the top stops younger people coming through, people with two things you don't have.... Charisma and moves that were made after nineteen ninety.

A happy, satisfied look crosses his face.

J2H: You're old, you're outdated, you should have retired years ago, you shouldn't even be an SCW employee so after I get rid of you, after I being my title back home and we all know that's exactly what's gonna happen. The fans know, everyone in the back knows and I know, please do us all the biggest favor you can possibly do, do something everyone will remember you for and retire. Just go and let the new generation, the younger generation, the one's who can entertain, do their job because Rage, you don't fit in anymore. Long gone are the days of big men throwing punches and getting cheers, long gone and forgotten. Today's wrestling scene has changed, it needs people who will surprise, people who will electrify the crowd and you couldn't electrify a crowd even if you dropped them in water and threw a live cable in.

Another satisfied look goes on to his face.

J2H: You could have known your place in SCW, be known for being on my side but you decided it wasn't good enough for you. I'm gonna make you regret that choice Rage, I'm gonna make you wish you never had the nerve to step up to me. You could have had a role in SCW for many years to come but you choose to end your career. All you have left is my belt, and believe it when I say I will be taking that one away from you at Into The Void VI. I will be taken away your reason for even being here in SCW. You're gonna wish you stayed on my side Rage, because against me, that was career suicide.

J2H stands up and looks down the camera, a serious look on his face.

J2H: I don't even give a fuck which one of you three I have to pin. I don't care if I have to pin all three of you. The fact remains that this match is very simple. We have a man with no commitment, a man who needs help, and a man so old, his first job was dinosaur hunting. Then we have a man who ticks every single box it takes to be an SCW star, to be an SCW champion, to lead SCW from the front once more, something we haven't seen in almost two months. This fed has been leaderless since I lost the SCW World Heavyweight championship. I have proved by being here and talking on camera every week, influencing every single thing that happens with that division, that there is only one man to take back control of this division and put everything right once more. Rage is not the man to lead it, Hardin can't do it alone, and Drake Green is already thinking about how many movie offers he's about to get for losing. There is one to restore normality and that man will rise, he will grab the reigns again and he will give you all what you've been missing. Fear not, normal service will be resumed in SCW on May fourteenth, when I become the SCW World Heavyweight champion once more.

A confident smirk crosses his face as he nods firmly.

J2H: That's real talk bitch!

J2H turns and walks in to the house as the camera fades out. [/font]

42
Supercard Archives / Rage Vs Jeremiah Hardin Vs J2H Vs Drake Green
« on: May 06, 2017, 07:14:18 PM »
 <span style='font-family:Arial'> To most of you....

<img src=https://rlv.zcache.com/middle_finger_salute_retro_postcard-rb9b4162638de46008f79605de2e72d89_vgbaq_8byvr_324.jpg>


There's my PROMO header, shall we get on with it?

Charity, seems like a big word in today's society, a big word which others will happily take advantage of. We've all seen it, feels like every day people not in control of their finances are setting up a go fund me page to pay their rent just because they wasn't smart enough with their money. Or sponsorship, please give me money to do something I'm comfortable doing so I can get some self worth by giving it to a charity no one's heard of, because I am not in control of my own money to the point I can personally give money to charity. Most people have a heart to see someone collecting for cancer research and throw money in the bucket, but people asking for money to pay their rent over social media? Go fuck yourself! Common sense to put your finances in order to keep a roof over your head. Once you do that, and other basic costs, then see what's left, then see if you can afford the luxuries you'd rather piss away your money on than covering rent and expecting others to save you. People take advantage of other peoples kindness when real causes deserve money, not some stupid people who think the world is gonna pick up their tab.

Some things are worth putting money towards, things that matter to the greater good, not the "I'd rather have something new, than worry about my house".

On April 15th 2013, disaster struck the city of Boston. Two brothers killed three people, injuring two hundred and sixty four people on a day people were out having fun. They thought they were heroes to their religion, but in fact, all they did was spawn bigger heroes.

The Boston emergency services.... And this is where we start.

Most of the SCW crew have moved on, heading towards New York to set up many things in time for Into The Void VI. Others have headed home for the week, see their families and friends for a bit of time before the big show. J2H and Melody Grace decided not to do that just yet, but to stay in Boston for a little longer before moving on to New York. New York was the complete opposite of the way J2H liked to live, busy, polluted, stressful. A few extra days away from the prospect of New York was fine for him.

This day had started like any other for the couple, but a newspaper had caught Melody's attention this morning, advertising a charity event to raise funds for the Boston emergency services in the Boston Public Gardens, and her mind wandered on how she could be there, how she could walk hand in hand with her boyfriend through the crowds. Celebrities were advertised to be there, live music, stalls, local businesses selling their wares and promising all proceeds would go to the city of Boston for the emergency. Melody thought long and hard about how to get J2H to be there with her. Turns out, it wasn't as tough as she thought.

He was always willing to give to a good cause, he just detested the people who wanted something for nothing.

The two walked through the Public Gardens in Boston, Melody holding on to his arm as the crowds move around, music in the distance filling the air and causing a lively atmosphere. Alongside a lake, people stroll, in conversation as they head towards the festivities.


Melody: Thanks for coming out with me here.

Her soft voice whispers towards her slightly taller boyfriend as he looks towards her.

J2H: It's all good. It's a good cause. Emergency people get overlooked all the time, so it's good to do.

The softer side of J2H causes a smile from Melody as they walk by the lake. A young girl runs from her parents and stand in from of Melody and J2H, causing Melody to smile at her. Her mother rushes over.

Mother: I'm so sorry she got away from me.

Young girl: Melody! Melody! Melody!

Melody: Hi!

The girl, roughly seven years old, jumps up and down on the spot, pointing at Melody. The mother looks closer at her.

Mother: Are you Melody Grace?

She looks towards J2H, her eyes opening a little wider.

Mother: And J2H?

J2H nods his head towards the mother and looks back at the little girl before returning his glare to the mother.

J2H: Yes we are.

Mother: Oh my God! Elle here is such a big Melody fan. She has all your shirts and walked around with a copy of the Bombshell title she made herself, above her head when you won.

Melody: Awww, that's sweet.

A look of pride crosses Melody's face as she looks at the girl.

Mother: Would you mind if we got a picture with you guys?

The mother looks slightly embarrassed for just asking but Melody and J2H nod towards her.

J2H: Sure.

The woman scrambles for her phone through her handbag and both J2H and Melody crouch down next to Elle. The mother eventually finds the phone and holds it up. She quickly snaps a picture of the three and gratefully moves towards her daughter, reaching down and showing her the picture. A look of pure delight crosses the little girls face as her mother takes her hand.

Mother: Thank you so much. You really are her hero.

An instinctive smile crosses Melody's face, unable to stop herself.

Mother: You have a great day.

The woman moves away from the two and J2H looks towards Melody, feeling proud of the smile on her face that has been few and far in between lately.

J2H: You didn't just make that kids day, you made her entire life.

J2H puts his arm around the proud Melody and the two walk past the lake and towards a gate, looking at a green area where a stage is set up, with a sound system blasting through Cameo's "Candy" with many people doing the associated dance in front of it. Their eyes wander around at many stalls set up, some carnival games, some selling local products. Melody takes hold of J2H's hand and the two walk through the crowd a little, some whispers being heard as they walk past and eyes falling in their direction. J2H looks at a stall nearby to see a ring toss game with stuffed toys as prizes.

J2H: Gimme a sec babe.
 
J2H walks over to the staff and reaches in to his pocket and pulls out a note, handing it to the man behind the counter. The man hands him three rings and J2H quickly looks at the pegs behind the counter and throws the rings in rapid motion, the three rings leaving his hand in a split second and flying over the same peg. The man behind the counter reaches towards a stuffed bear and hands it to J2H.

J2H: What are you gonna name him?

J2H hands the stuffed bear to Melody, taking her by surprise.

Melody: I don't know but we'll come up with something. Thank you.

Melody grips the bear tight and the two walk through the crowd a little more when a familiar face from the silver screen approaches them. J2H squints his eyes as he looks towards him.

J2H: Mark Wahlburg?

The camera shows it is indeed Boston born movie star Mark Wahlburg.

Mark: You want an autograph or something, kid?

J2H looks taken back by the request, but a smile crosses the movie stars face as he looks at the SCW stars.

Mark: Relax man, I know who you are. You're the wrestler, J2H. Big fan, big fan.

He extends his hand to J2H who reaches out and shakes it firmly before looking towards Melody, looking at him with a slight touch of awe.

Mark: And this is the lovely Melody Grace.

He reaches towards her and hugs her in a friendly fashion before stepping back and looking at the two.

Mark: I thought SCW left town before I got back. If I could have got back to see the show, I would have been there.

J2H: Most left, we stuck around for a couple of days. Not a huge fan of New York so the longer I can stay out of there, the better.

Mark: You don't know what you're missing when it comes to New York. A guy like you could make some serious money there without having to do a whole lot. With your name, you could open nightclubs and do personal appearances for like forty grand a pop. That's gotta be worth more than what ya make a week at SCW.  Three days work for over a hundred grand, and ya get beat up less.

J2H raises an eyebrow at the thought of the huge potential amounts of money on offer in New York and looks towards Melody. He quickly looks back at Mark.

J2H: I don't think New York is my kinda place. I don't need the money.

Mark: You should think about it. In fact, I'm in New York next week shooting some stuff. Maybe we can meet up and talk about some business.

He reaches in to his pocket and pulls out a business card and hands it towards J2H. He looks at it, seeing contact details for the man himself.

Mark: Hey, maybe we can get you guys in the movie, maybe a cameo. I know you've got movie experience.

He nods his head towards Melody.

Melody: I've been in a couple of movies.

J2H puts his hand up to him, shaking his head at the man who has made millions in the movie industry.

J2H: It's not for me. I have no interest in being a Drake Green wannabe, going from wrestling to movies.

Mark: Well I heard through the grapevine that you guys were offered your own reality show.

Melody: How did you know that?

Mark: Nothing stays secret in the television business. There's always someone there trying to make a few extra dimes by shipping it around to others.

J2H: We haven't decided if we wanna do all that shit yet. We spoke about it but never did make up our mind. I don't even like friends in my home, let alone a bunch of strangers walking around there.

Mark: Well I have a production company so if you guys wanted to team up on something like that, we could make it work to work out for you. But hey, it's been great meeting you guys, but I gotta get going. I gotta be on the stage in ten minutes to talk. Give me a call next week, we'll see what we can do.

J2H: Sure.

The uncertainty in J2H's voice goes undetected as Mark Wahlburg puts his hand out, shaking J2H's firmly, before turning around and hugging Melody once more.

Mark: It's been great meeting you both and hope to see you guys next week.

He politely nods at the couple before turning and walking away. Melody looks at J2H with a slight smile.

Melody: Look at you getting movie stars phone numbers.

J2H looks down at the card in his hand before sliding it in to his back pocket. He shrugs his shoulders and looks towards the bear holding Melody.

J2H: Hey, how about we get out of here?

Melody lowers her eyebrows with curiosity as she looks at him.

Melody: Why?

J2H: I got something planned.

Melody: If you want.

J2H takes hold of Melody's free hand, walking her through the crowd and towards an exit gate. As they come towards the exit gate, J2H sees a man collecting money with a bucket, collecting for the emergency services. He moves next to the man and reaches in to his pocket and pulls out five one hundred dollar bills. He looks down at them and slides them in to the bucket. He reaches down to Melody's hand again and the two walk out of the park.




Skipping away from the park was always planned from J2H, he always had other things in mind for the day, yet showed up to the park event for a sense of duty to the SCW wrestling banner. His mind was always a distance away from that event, it was on a more of a sea setting than land. He'd see how low Melody Grace was lately, he saw the look she made whenever the Bombshell championship was mentioned, she felt that she let the fans down, so being the superstar he was off camera, the guy that many didn't want to see, or care to see, he had plans for Melody. Of course it meant a day for him too to kick back and relax, enjoy the scenery and switch off for a day, which was well needed. The life of an SCW star, unless you're locked up in your home, or a hotel room somewhere - which was the case for many living outside the Nevada or California areas, you was always on. If a fan approached you, you had to be polite, yet still sell the aura of who you were on screen. SCW stars were not actors who could sign autographs with their own name in their own way. They were in the fans eyes, who they saw on television. Sometimes it was always nice to do just that, but home was across the country, hotel rooms had become stale and boring, another escape was needed, one from the eyes of the fans, and he had it planned...


Melody: What are we doing here, Jam? The park was ok for me.

J2H holds on to Melody's hand as the two walk down a small dock on the Charles River, their fingers locked together as they wander down the wooden pier, Melody still holding the bear won earlier. He looks at her with a smile, sunglasses covering the young couples eyes, but he lowers his to look at her directly.

J2H: Well, I know I haven't exactly wrestled on this tour, because well, I haven't had to, but it's starting to drain me a bit. You've been down about it since you lost the belt.

The mention of the championship draws a frown from Melody as she looks back at him.

J2H: Yeah, I know, mentioning it hasn't exactly filled you with joy or laughter, but we got a huge show coming up, a chance for you to get that back, but I know you're not in the right mindset for this one just yet. You're over thinking it all, so I thought it was about time to forget it all and spend the afternoon on that.

He points to a yacht at the end of the pier and starts to lead Melody closer to it, the glossy white paint of it shining in the sun. They two get closer to see what it on board, a table set with fresh fruit, everything from strawberries to peaches, grapes, sliced oranges. In an ice bucket nearby is a huge bottle of champagne. Melody smiles as the two move closer to the end of the boat.

Melody: You didn't have to do this.

J2H: I don't have to do anything I don't wanna do, but this is something I wanna do. I'm tired of people Mel and this gets us out there with not many people around, other than the guy who's gonna be serving us and the guy driving the thing. Other than that, it's gonna be just us.

Melody smiles towards him and grips his hand a little tighter.

Melody: Thank you.

J2H returns her thank you with a nod, and the two continue to walk towards the end of the dock. Stopping at the back end, he steps over on to the boat and holds his hand out towards Melody, helping her, and her bear, safely on to the boat. He points to a nearby seat and Melody sits down, placing the stuffed bear to her left. He joins her, sitting next to her on her right and putting his arm around the blondes shoulder, pulling her closer to him. He waves towards the man behind the wheel, who quickly starts the engine of the boat as a steward appears with two glasses, placing them on the table in front of them and reaching for the bottle. He grabs the top of the bottle and pops the cork, quickly filling the glasses. He hands the first glass to Melody, before handing the second to J2H. J2H nods at him, and he moves away as the boat starts to glide over the water. The couple take a sip before placing their glasses on the nearby table and J2H looks towards Melody.  

J2H: See, no one around, nothing to over think here, just us.

Melody half smiles at J2H, gripping hold of his free hand.

Melody: I do appreciate it, I just need to get out of this slump.

J2H: Easy to do Mel. You losing the title doesn't mean you've forgot how to be the best. Just because you don't have the belt, doesn't mean you're not the one people are talking about. Look at me, I lost the belt and my contract is like everyone else's contract, for every month you hold the title, you can have a week off. Thirteen weeks Mel, just over three months I could have gone fuck it and walked away for a bit, not including off weeks. I coulda ended up with like five months off if I wanted to, but no. I stood there and I annoyed the fuck out of the people I'm gonna be facing. When I lost the belt, people wasn't talking about Rage. They wasn't even talking about Drake Green.

Melody pulls herself closer to him, her hand gripping on to his tighter.

Melody: I know that.

J2H: Babe, they were talking about me losing the title. I heard Rage sulked and kicked things because not enough people mentioned him after the show. I heard he cried like a bitch because no one was talking about him. Drake Green wasn't mentioned, his return did nothing for people, him getting lucky and taking the belt from me did nothing at all for people. People couldn't care less because all they were talking about was me losing the belt. Look at Hardin, the only reason people mentioned him was because he needed help to win the belt to start with. If he didn't need help, no one would even care about him.

Melody sighs as she looks at J2H through her sunglasses.

Melody: No one is talking about me either.

J2H: That's bullshit. People are talking about you more than they're talking about a women who got lucky against you. The fans are talking about you, I don't think they'll be giving a damn about Polly. The woman had to get in the ring and beat up a couple of fakes last week, in a skit that's been done many times. People were waiting for you to get out there and talk to them. People are more interested than what you have to say this week than Polly. More people are more interested in what I have to say than Rage, half champ, and Green put together.

Melody: This is you, people are always interested in what you have to say.

J2H takes off his sunglasses and looks at Melody, looking at the seriousness in her eyes.

J2H: Also bullshit. You're the most popular bombshell on the roster and you know it. You're feeling down right now, but fuck that, you're wanted on the screen more than most. No one wants to see you off screen, people want to see you back with the belt, people want to see you with the title. You're all for making the people happy, get out of this slump and get that belt back. Fuck Polly, and fuck Crystal. I forgot that woman was even on the roster. Waste of roster space just showing up whenever she wants, putting in sub par performances, I don't even know why she's getting a shot.

Melody sighs as she puts her head on his chest, not looking him directly in the eyes, but in to the distance as the boat moves across the water.

Melody: I don't know either, but can we talk about something else?

J2H: If you want. I just don't wanna see you in this slump. Into The Void VI is a big night for us, it's a night we kick off golden couple part two. It's the time we take hold of the top divisions and never let go.

Melody: Is that what you want from life? To be known for wrestling?

J2H pauses for a second, looking at the top of Melody's head as she keeps it on his chest.

J2H: No, not just for wrestling. There a while world out there and I have the wrestling world conquered by the age of twenty three. I didn't need to be lucky like Drake Green, I didn't need to sneak attack a tired man like Rage and I didn't have to cheat to get my hands on my belt, or use someone else to help me win like Hardin. I conquered the wrestling world so I don't think it will be too long before I go conquer another world.

Melody: You could conquer the music world.

J2H: Do I look like a singer to you?

Ah, the nice little shot to all you uncreative people who can't separate the real world from a fantasy one. Try and be a little more creative please future opponents.

Melody: What world do you want to conquer next?

He breathes deeply, looking at the Boston skyline in the distance as he thinks about the answer.

J2H: I don't know but I know I'm confident enough to do whatever I want and become the best at it. You can put me in any situation and I can take control. As for wrestling, I want us to get those titles, hold them for over a year, and me personally, I wanna beat each and every person in SCW. I know I've beaten most of them but I wanna beat them all. I think I could do that in a year.

Melody: And then what?

Another tough question comes from Melody, forcing J2H to think a little more about the answer.  

J2H: I have no idea but happy to see where things take me. First off we get the gold, then we kick the hell out of everyone who wants to get near it, then we become the first couple of enter the Hall of Fame at the same time.

This bring a smile to Melody's face as she looks up at J2H, her eyes still covered by reflective sunglasses.  

Melody: So you don't have a five year plan?

He smiles as he shakes his head at her.

J2H: People shouldn't have a five year plan Mel, they spend so much time and effort trying to get to that five year plan so they can sit and brag about it to their friends, they forget to get out there and live life. Spend so much time being limited. I didn't sit there and say I'm gonna win the world title in so many years, I said I was gonna win the thing some time and I did. If I focused on wanting to win it in five years, I would have done nothing but train. We'd have met but I wouldn't have had time for anything, so fuck five year plans, just go out there and do what you do.

Melody inhales deeply, her eyes looking up towards J2H still, her hand switching from his, to wrapping her arm around him.

Melody: Do you ever think where you'd have been without us together?

Stinging question for a man who spent time trying to avoid her, before drunkenly marrying her, only to find out they wasn't married, to Melody disappearing to a country she has no affinity to,  to deep down knowing where she was the day he won the world title. The couple have had a roller coaster of a relationship, so many ups and down that would break many couples up, or at least leave a deep rooted resentment for the other. Most couples at their young ages would walk away from each other with ease in this day and age, most wouldn't have even considered getting back together to start with.

J2H: I try not to think about it. I doubt I'd be in a better place. I'd probably spend most of my time locked in the house, watching old movies and hating the world. Anyway, no need to worry about all this now babe.

Melody: I guess I'm just thinking out loud.

He looks at Melody, biting his lower lip as he searches for the next words to come from his mouth, taking a few seconds to think. The comfortable silence between the two is only overshadowed by the hum of the boat engine moving through the waves over the Charles River. He breathes deep and looks at her with his eyes narrowed under his sunglasses.

J2H: Don't think about shit like that, we're together for a reason and I have no intention of changing that. Here's what we both focus on. We focus on getting that gold back and starting the golden era of us again. After that, we'll figure it out as we go along.

Melody sighs and she grips him tighter, causing him to smile at her.

Melody: Babe, I miss home.

Light bulb! A day at home could be just what the doctor ordered for Melody, a chance to be in more familiar surroundings.  

J2H: That's a good idea, let's go back home tomorrow for the day.

Melody: Really?

A firm nod comes from his head as he looks at her.

J2H: Really. It will probably do you good to hang out with Dexter and Puppy.  

Melody sits up, wrapping her arms around J2H's neck giving him a huge squeeze as the camera fades out to black.




Plane trips are often a bore, no matter where the exciting place is that you may be travelling to. Travelling is part and parcel of a wrestlers life, especially working for a touring company, but each wrestler is different. Some prefer the life on the road, feeling like a rockstar moving from town to town and putting on a show. Some prefer the more local shows, being able to go home every night, others prefer to distance themselves from wrestling completely when they don't work and find themselves living further away to escape the noise.

J2H preferred to be at home, being able to finish up a show and being back at home before it got too late, but the tour has stopped him from doing so. His urge to return home for Melody grew stronger and the two decided to take the six hour plus flight back from Boston to Los Angeles, if only for a few days to be closer to home.

This flight was no different to most, long, boring, only so much Vampire Diaries Melody could watch before her eyes got heavy and the only destination for her was a dream state.

J2H sat next to her as he watched her sleep, peacefully in a far away dream, only she knew what she was dreaming about. In front of him sat an open laptop. Looking across the aisle, he saw Simpson, his eyes locked firmly on to the pages of a book. J2H looks towards the clock on the laptop, seeing that he is just forty five minutes from his destination. The plane cuts through the sky and he takes a deep breath, quickly clicking on his e mail and seeing one that takes his interest, from none other than SCW boss, Hot  Stuff Mark Ward. He quickly clicks the e mail and reads out loud in the mumbled voice.


J2H: James, SCW are planning a new blog style thing for the SCW studios media page, since Zelda Clark seems to have fallen off the face of the planet. Not that I'm worried, she wasn't exactly consistent, good help is hard to find these days. Either way, Christian and I have discussed replacing it with a ten questions style thing from SCW stars. The fans submit questions, we randomly draw them, send the to wrestlers and they answer. We thought we'd test the waters with you. We've randomly drawn ten questions for you. We want some detailed answers, rather than just short and to the point answers, and if this works, we'll post this as issue one and get the ball rolling with others. Just respond to this e mail, the questions are below. ~ HS.

He bites his lower lip before shrugging.

J2H: Fuck it, why not?

His eyes glance down the questions as he stretches his shoulder back, getting ready to answer the first one - and to avoid any confusion, consider him talking as he's typing.  

Question: If you wasn't a wrestler, what would you be?

J2H: Why would I need to do anything? I have a degree in business so I would have probably pumped money in to failing businesses and turned them around, sold them for more money than everyone reading this would ever have. Then I'd do it all over again. Wrestling is what I wanted to do, not what I needed to do, and that's why I did it.  

Question: How many hours a day do you spend in the gym?

J2H: Two in the morning, and hour at night, throw in the occasional run in between when I need to clear my head and refocus on certain aspects of my life. I'm already in great shape and I don't wanna be one of those freak steroid abusing muscle types. I won't over do things, I don't need to. People sit there and hit the gym longer and longer and it slows them down, they get slow in the ring and turn in to Rage where every move can be seen half an hour before he attempts it.

Question: Who is your best friend in SCW?

J2H: I don't really have friends in SCW and I couldn't give a damn but even for the blind, it's obvious that I'm with Melody all the time so if I had to put a friendship label on anyone, it would clearly be her.  

Question: Where's Despayre?

J2H: Who gives a damn? Maybe you should ask Despayre this question and not me. My best guess is he's causing chaos around his house, breaking things and blaming the teddy bear.

Question: Do you say something and instantly regret it?

J2H: God no! Everything I say, I'm justified in! If I come out there and tell people they suck, you know what? They suck! I don't sugarcoat anything for anyone and I don't really give a damn if they like me or not. I really don't. To me, it's simple. Why lie to people? Why hide something the rest of the world can already see. I don't regret much at all, I do regret letting people be around me that don't deserve to be around me. I think we all know who I'm talking about here...

Question: Who doesn't deserve to be where they are in SCW?

J2H: In the women's division, Kate Steele. Seriously, the woman goes on a hot streak, holds a belt forever, then disappears and cuts promos that are so poor, I could give a mic to a chimpanzee and they could come up with better. She doesn't deserve to be upper mid card, barely deserves to be an opener. As for the men, Jeremiah Hardin. The guy is awful from top to bottom, he does nothing in matches that he thinks don't mean a lot, and then all of a sudden when there's something on the line, he steps it up. Problem is, he's full of bull, he lucked in to a match he didn't deserve after a week where he let his partner down, to thinking he deserves to be at the top, it's proof to me that he's just disillusioned, and he too doesn't deserve to be anywhere near where he is.

Question: What annoys you most about SCW?

J2H: Laziness. Absolutely laziness. People sit there thinking they should be higher than they are, yet too damn lazy to work for it. They beg for title shots, they cry and try and put a case out there that they should be getting these shots, yet they're too damn lazy to even watch what's going on around them. You could randomly ask most SCW stars what they think about a certain storyline and they'll look at you with a blank look on their face cause they can't be bothered to watch anyone else's stuff. People hiding things in SCW annoys me too. The ones who don't admit to what's really going on, the ones happy to string others along for their own gain. They're not real men or women, they're cowards.

Question: What's the worst tag team or stable name you've ever heard?

J2H: The Monsitimals is a pretty awful name, just squashing two words together and expecting people to get it. Believe me, they don't, and they could have had a much better name than that. Also this Blood Legion stable.... Seriously what the hell! I mean it's terrible, no one knows what a blood legion is and to make matters worse, it's a bunch of people thrown together that make no sense. Hardin with The Fallen has never made any sense, he's never fitted in there, but throwing in the Unholy Alliance to that, also means Tuscini doesn't fit. The Unholy Alliance were a team that never gelled to me anyway, but now you have these dark side characters along with a guy like Tuscini that doesn't make sense. If anything, switch Tuscini and Hardin in a team, let Dmitri do his freaky vampire thing with whatever one of those broads is a freaky vampire and move on. Not only am I crowning Blood Legion as the worst stable name I've ever heard, but I'm also crowning them as the most pointlessly thrown together stable ever to enter SCW. There really is no point to them and no one will take notice of them anyway.

Question: What's the worst injury you've ever had?

J2H: Probably the injury I've had for the past year. I can't talk about it because it would mean opponents would target it out of jealousy, but as soon as surgery is needed, then I will be retired and finished with wrestling. That surgery would bring on further surgeries which would mean I will be done. I've been risking my health with this injury for a long time, I could break down in the ring, I could break down getting out of bed and it will all be over for me just like that, but I have faith in my body, I have trust in what it can and can't do. I've been able to go two months between matches to let it heal a little more, it's good body management but just don't be surprised if one day out of the blue, I walk to the ring and say I'm done, I'm having to retire and I won't be back. I could do that tomorrow if I wanted and had the surgery, but right now, I'm still all good.

Question: What predictions do you have for Into The Void VI?

J2H: Ah, people seemed to like my predictions last time it seems. Ok, lemme go down the card and predict something for everyone. Jessie Salco will steal the opening seg listening to another shit band no one else has heard of, Veronica Taylor will walk around with her nose in the air, Chelsea Payne will blame others and quit on the spot if she loses. No one will see the Acquin vs Laki match, cause they'll all have a bathroom break, if the new guy even shows up, the Female Elders will try hock some more cola, the Boss Ladies will get laughs at their name, boss ladies? Don't think so. Amy Marshall will screw herself over like last week. Devona will find a jazz bar and miss the match, Ivan Darrell and Max Burke will beat each other up, Kate Steele will talk for twenty seconds before the feed mysteriously cuts off, leaving another Kate segment unfinished, Mercedes will make short work of Kate, because Kate will forget she's in the middle of the match and think it's over. The Bad Boys will smack each other on the rears, Jon Dough will get confused and ask people his last name again, it's Dough, if we know it, you should too. Eyesnsane will have a fight with a mirror because the man in the mirror is looking at him funny.  

J2H stops typing as he smiles at his last comment.

J2H: Dmitri will bite Jamie Dean, Jamie Dean will ask him to do it again because he likes it, the sick freak.... The pair of sick freaks! The Angel Clan will show up and people will ask if it's a new tag team because they forgot who they are, The Fallen will basically unnecessarily pad out a promo and annoy people. Ryan Keys will get distracted by a mid match wedgie, Jamie Tuscini will start rambling mid match about something that happened in the sixties when he was just thirty five years old, Steve Ramone will have another annoying innuendo with Kaylee, when we all know she's a paid actress to distract people from the fact that he cries while masturbating in the broom closet. Kris Halc will wonder if he's stoned after seeing the freak shows he's in the ring with. Sam Marlowe, Evie Baang and Lord Raab will all fight over a microphone at the end of their match to declare their love for Ben Jordan. Crystal Millar will lose, spend the next two months doing nothing and then somehow get in a title match at the next supercard. Polly Playtime will skip to the ring, and fall over her own feet, causing her to hide in embarrassment. Melody Grace will put on a wrestling master class to recapture the belt and become a two time champion.

He looks across at Melody with a smile.

J2H: Rage will spit on a reporter while doing his pre match interview, soaking yet another microphone and risking blowing up the electronics stuff. He seriously spits more than Daffy Duck. Jeremiah Hardin with sit quietly in the corner, conversing with only the other half of him that shows up for big matches, Drake Green will be on the phone to his agent, lining up movie roles where he can play a hero because he is no longer a hero here, and I will give the fans everything they ever dreamed of because no more will they have to see Drake Green with a title, Jeremiah Hardin and his plus one with a belt, or a man who has grinded his teeth so much in anger, that he's down to his gums hold that top belt, because above all else, I predict J2H will become the SCW World Heavyweight Champion once more.

A smile crosses his face as he answers the last question, the fasten seatbelt light brightens up. J2H hits send and shuts the laptop lid. He leans back in the chair as the scene fades out.




Home, sweet home, for a while....

Home is where the heart is and lord know when you're a wrestler on tour, you rarely see it. Most of the tours out of the country put it out of a wrestlers price range to travel home after shows. The world tour not too many years ago made it almost impossible for SCW stars to fly in and out of countries constantly, what would have been the point working if your money was constantly eaten up by travel costs? J2H never had that problem financial wise, yet he opted to stay on tours for the most part, and although it would have been very easy to fly in and out from this American tour, flying across country rather than across oceans, both he and Melody had spent the best part of the tour moving from city to city along with the SCW crew. Melody's ambitions to see as much in this world as possible drove them to immerse themselves with the locals, with everything a city had to offer, but the draw of home had become too much for the young couple. Even J2H, a man who claims to hate every city that is not his own, had travelled through this tour with an open mind, and with the urge to see Melody happy, and could see when the moments of darkness had cleared from her, she was lost in a world of happiness as her eyes cast glances at new things. He did things Melody's way this time with the tour, trying to see as much as he could, but he'd become tired, he wanted to go home. Surprisingly to him, so did Melody!

It was almost music to his ears to hear Melody mention going home, going back to Beverly Hills. It wasn't that she was turning against her good nature, but after weeks of hotel rooms, it was time to lay her head on a familiar pillow. As soon as she said she missed home, J2H wasn't no time in mentioning a return to their Beverly Hills mansion and was more than happy at Melody's response. The popular blonde and her boyfriend were on their way back to Beverly Hills...

Her eyes looked through the window excitedly as the car pulled through the familiar streets of Beverly Hills, Simpson behind the wheel and the young couple in the back of the car. A wider smile paints over her face as she sees the gates of their home appear in the distance. She looks towards J2H, sitting next to her, music playing through earphones in his ear as his eyes are lightly closed. Her hand reaches through his arm and she tugs, causing him to open his eyes and look towards her. He reaches up, pulling an earphone from his ear.


Melody: We're home babe!

His eyes look towards where Melody's finger points and a smile appears on his own face. It was always good to be home for him. When SCW wasn't in a different state, he made a point to spend as much time at home as possible, other than the occasional vacation with Melody.

J2H: Thank fuck for that. I don't mind the touring sometimes but home is where it is.

Especially when you have a home like these two. Everything you could possible need under one roof, more so than most vacation resorts these days. He could walk two doors down in the house and go for a fully stocked replica of a public house, complete with machines and pool table, to a cinema room, to slipping next door where bowling lanes are hosted.

Melody: I can't wait to see Dexter and Puppy! They've probably missed us soooooooo much!

J2H turns and looks out the opposite window, his eyes rolling at the thought of Melody's duck and fish. Melody had been calling J2H their daddy since she moved in to the house, not a term he liked, although Dexter acted more like a spoiled teen than a duck most of the time.

J2H: Probably coming back to one hell of a fucked up house. That duck has probably had party after party in that place from the second we left the house.

Melody: Well I wanted to bring them with us, but you told me hotels wouldn't allow them in, so we couldn't.

J2H: They would have caused chaos. We'd have had higher hotel bills than a rockstar on a drug binge.

Melody rolls her eyes at her boyfriend as Simpson turns in to the gates of the house. Reaching in to his pocket and pulling out a tiny remote and clicking a button on top. The gates open up slowly automatically and he drives in, the tiny sounds of gravel cracking under the tires echoing up through the car. Melody's eyes start to grow wider as the car moves closer to the house and slowly draws to a halt.  

Melody: I can't wait to see them!

The excitement grows in her voice as Melody opens the car door and steps out, her feet crunching on to the gravel below.

Simpson: I'll bring the bags, sir.

J2H: Thank you, Simpson.

J2H quickly joins her outside of the car and steps forwards, quickly striding to catch up with Melody as she reaches the door and excitedly fiddles her hand in to her pocket, looking for her keys. J2H stands watching her struggle for her door keys for a few seconds and smiles. He reaches in to his own pocket and pulls out the door keys and slides the right key in to the lock and twists. He points to the door and Melody smiles, reaching for the handle and twisting in downwards before pushing the wooden door open. She quickly runs in to the house, followed by J2H.

Melody: We're hoooooooooooooooooooome!

J2H watches Melody tear off towards the big living area and starts to follow her, watching her dart through the living room door, but she stops dead in her tracks.

Melody: Oh my God!

Her words causes J2H to lower his eyebrows, looking towards the room. He starts to move quickly towards her, entering the living behind her as he sees her frozen in horror.

J2H: Dexter!

J2H puts his arms behind Melody, wrapping them around her as he looks across at the scene. A poker table is set up in the middle of the room, and Dexter the duck sits on one side. Four other ducks sit at random places, with cards in front of them. Five glasses sit on the table, each with a shot of dark liquid in them, as well as two ashtrays with cigars in them.  

Melody: I saw a painting like this once, but it had dogs in it.

Five sets of duck eyes look at the couple from the table, Melody's face in shock, J's in pure anger as the couple return the duck's look.

J2H: If that's my good whiskey, you five are heading towards the barbeque. The four of you that are not Dexter, fuck off!

J2H stares around the table as four ducks quack towards Dexter and quickly jump off the table as J2H walks over, opening the back door and letting the exit the building, resisting every temptation to throw an "accidental" boot in their direction. Melody walks towards the poker table and looks at Dexter, her hands planted firmly on her hips as she looks sternly at him.

Melody: So what do you have to say for yourself?

Dexter: QUACK!

Melody waves her finger firmly towards the duck.

Melody: Don't you take that tone with me!

J2H walks over, picking up a glass that's on the table and holding it under his nose, inhaling the scent from the glass and looking towards Melody.

J2H: This is my good stuff! Simpson! Fire up the barbecue!  

Melody fires J2H a firm look, part of her hoping that he is joking, yet wouldn't be surprised if he was indeed being completely serious.

Melody: Dexter Carpenter Huntington-Hawkes!

J2H: Say what now?

J2H looks taken off guard by this comment, as he looks towards Melody, watching her shake a finger at Dexter.

Melody: Now you go to your room and think about what you did!

Dexter: QUACK!

Dexter jumps off the table and on to a chair before waddling away and off camera. Melody turns towards J2H and sighs as she looks at him.

J2H: Maybe you should go check Puppy. I mean he might have all his friends over playing roulette or something. Never can tell in this place.

Melody's eyes widen as she gulps hard, her eyebrows raised as the thought rushes though her mind.

Melody: Eep!

Melody charges off in the direction of the fish tank, charging past Simpson as he walks in to the room. He looks towards J2H as he places two suitcases, one carried in each hand, just inside the room.

Simpson: Is everything alright, sir?

J2H turns towards the taller Simpson, trying to hide a smile as he speaks.

J2H: Yes Simpson. We just came home to see Dexter up to his old tricks again.

Simpson looks towards the set up poker table, looking back towards J2H again with a state of confusion on his face.

Simpson: Makes one wonder how he moves the chairs, sir?

J2H nods slowly at the bigger man, scratching the side of his head with a blank look on his face.

J2H: I have no idea how he does half the stuff around here that he gets away with Simpson. I don't even know why he gets away with it. Believe me, if there was a military school for ducks, that little shit would have been signed up and in uniform already.

Melody enters the room, looking towards the two with a relieved look on her face. She moves towards the two and stands next to them.

Melody: Its all good news, Puppy is not playing roulette with any strange fishes, and he smiled at me so everything is good.

Simpson looks towards J2H, not quiet sure what the comment from Melody meant. J2H whispers towards him.

J2H: Don't worry about it.

Simpson nods his head and looks towards the back door of the house, leading to the outside area. He walks towards it and opens it up, surveying the land outside. He scratches his head as he turns back towards the two.

Simpson: Sir, have you seen the outside?

J2H walks towards him with Melody by his side, her arm wrapped in his as they make quick work of walking across the living room to the back door.

J2H: I opened the door to let those mooches out that seem to always appear with that damn duck whenever he thinks we're not about.

The two reach the door and look outside to see the hot tub on, bubbling away as well as beer cans, snack packets and other various little strewn around the outside area.

J2H: Seriously, that duck is going on the barbeque.

Melody tugs at him, pulling on J2H's arm as he makes that comment.

Melody: How do you know it was him?

She asks J2H with a stern voice, but the former champion looks at her with one raised eyebrow.

J2H: How do you know it wasn't?

Melody bites her lower lip, her eyes pointed upwards as she looks for a reason no win the mini debate. She shakes her head and looks back towards him.

Melody: I'll get a trash bag.

Partly defeated, she turns to walk in to the house but Simpson interjects.

Simpson: Allow me Ms. Grace.

He puts his hand up and stops her from walking back through the house. He turns around and walks in to the house, leaving the couple to look at the mess.

J2H: At least he didn't burn the house down.  

J2H puts a reassuring arm around Melody's shoulder, giving it a squeeze and pulling her close.

J2H: Right, how about we quickly go grab some ice cream or something?

Melody: Well, it's funny you should say about going out, cause you know tomorrow we have that party? I think we could get Lucas a few more presents.

J2H closes his eyes for a few seconds before opening them and looking at Melody.

J2H: I just talked myself in to shopping, didn't I?

Melody nods and smiles at him as he closes his eyes and the camera fades out.




So the day breezed by as the couple shopped and enjoyed a rare moment of relative normality, being at home. The night had fallen and darkness filled the home as the two had long gone to bed, the feel of their own bed too much of an urge after the long, almost finished tour. They knew they had a trip to Las Vegas the next day, followed by a trip to New York over the weekend, for the last week of the SCW tour. Still, for just a few hours, normality was called for and much appreciated. We all love to be in our own beds until....

BUZZ, BUZZ, BUZZ!

The moment in the morning that we all tend to dread so much, the alarm that pulls us from our slumber and back in to the real world.

Melody shoots up straight in bed, more awake than any human should be at the first alarm, her eyes darting around the room. She looks next to her to see J2H sleeping peacefully, his back towards her. Melody waits for a few seconds, letting the thoughts of what he could be dreaming about enter her mind.


Melody: I really hate to do this but...

She puts her hand on his shoulder, giving him a firm shake, dragging the young man from the world of fantasy, pulling him in to the world of reality once more.

J2H: Ugh, ah.

He pulls the cover up to his head, covering over his ear but Melody moves in closer, whispering towards him.

Melody: Time to get up babe. We got a party to get at soon and we really don't wanna be late.

A soft growl comes from his throat as he shakes his head, trying to get his bearings back from whatever place in dreamland he called his own for a few hours.

J2H: Ugh, are we late?

Melody shuffles towards him, moving next to him and reaching down, gently brushing the hair away from his face.

Melody: I wouldn't say late as such, but we really need to go. We can't take the chance of being late. We really need to be there on time.

J2H: Fine.

He breathes deeply before sitting up, slowly opening his eyes to let them adjust to the dim light in the room.

J2H: Ok, we have a flight at ten to Vegas, hotels already booked at the party is in the evening time. What time is it now?

Melody: Ummmm five thirty.

43
Supercard Archives / J2H Vs Drake Green
« on: March 17, 2017, 12:13:29 AM »
  Here we go, supercard week, the biggest show of the year is always something special and Blaze of Glory is the biggest on the SCW calendar. People work hard all year round to be headlining this supercard, people work all year round just to have a shot at a championship at this supercard. The effort that goes in to one of these shows is immense for staff and superstars, extra training sessions are normal, but we all need a little time out from them, don't we?

And this is where we start, as a time out has been called and J2H, dressed in a black suit, with white shirt, looks out of the window of a Los Angeles office block, looking at the road below. Melody stands next to him, a light blue business suit covers her body as she looks towards her boyfriend.


Melody: So any idea at all why we're here?

A million dollar question to J2H as he shakes his head towards her. He had people, people who arranged things for him to benefit both his image and financial future. People who would look for opportunity for him, so he didn't have to. It felt odd to him to be told to appear in an office bloke overlooking the city a few miles from his home, but it wouldn't be the first time he had been told to be somewhere which had some how managed to work out for him.  

J2H: I don't know babe. I got a call from my guy who said to be here, to bring you along because it effected you too, and it could make some serious money out of it.

Melody's hand moved down to his, her fingers locked in with his right hand as his eye wandered across the skyline.

Melody: Last time we was in a building like this, you was signing over half the house.

Indeed it's true, these tower blocks had countless offices in them for various different reasons. Los Angeles was riddled with these buildings.

Melody: In fact, I think it was that one right there.

Melody points with her free right hand, through the window to a tower block across a freeway, it's windows as bright and shiny as the building they stood in. Before either can continue, a secretary called out from behind her long desk.

Secretary: Mr Terry will see you now.

J2H's head turns around to the woman in her early twenties and looks at her with a frown on his face.

J2H: I don't even know who Mr Terry is, or why I'm even here.

Melody tugs at J2H's arm as the secretary opens the door to the office and J2H walks through the door first, Melody following, her hand still wrapped in his - After all, in J2H's mind, he never arranged the meeting, this Mr Terry must have something to sell, giving our golden couple the leverage for whatever it may be - The office is what you'd expect, a huge curved desk, covered in papers and a computer screen, with a huge painting behind the man sitting behind the desk, the skyline sits glaring through a huge window to the right of the office. The man stands up and looks at the couple.

Mr Terry: My name is William Terry, please take a seat.

He points to two chairs in front of the desk but J2H just stops behind the chairs, looking at the man.

J2H: How about you shut up and tell me who the fuck you are. My people set this bullshit up, I don't know what this meeting is all about, so before I sit down here, I want to know what this is all about.

Mr Terry cranks his neck back, looking towards the champions, his hands out flat in front of him.

Mr Terry: That's a fair question Mr Huntington-Hawkes, that deserves a fair answer. I'm a television executive, that has some amazing ideas for yourself and Melody, where we can get you out to a much wider audience than you're currently exposed to on a more regular basis.

Melody and J2H share a slight look before looking back towards Mr Terry.

Melody: Maybe we should at least listen to his ideas Jam, we're here after all.

J2H looks towards Melody with a shake of his head.

J2H: I don't trust people with two first names to make up their names. Look at this guy, he don't look like he's even an executive for McDonalds.

Melody observes the way Mr Terry is dressed, an expensive looking silver suit covers his body, his hair nearly cut, and giving off the aura of a well groomed man.

Melody: He looks ok to me.

J2H: Mel, you can put lipstick on a pig, but it doesn't mean that pig is gonna be pretty. It's still gonna be a pig.

Melody cranks her head back a little, a frown crossing her face as she looks at J2H.

Melody: Erm... What?

J2H: Sorry, something Austin used to say on the ranch all the time.

J2H turns his head to face Mr Terry, looking him in the eye

J2H: You got yourself ten minutes to get me interested or I'm walking out that door and firing my people for setting whatever this is, up.

J2H points to the chair and Melody releases his hand and walk around to the chair closest to the right of her, while J2H moves towards the left chair, sitting down just a second after Melody. He looks across the desk at the man.

Melody: So you said you was a television executive.

Mr Terry: That I am, Ms. Carpenter, and I was more than impressed with your movie.

J2H scoff at Mr Terry's comment.

J2H: That shit never came out, it got finished and they was too embarrassed by Drake Green's performance to ever let that hit the cinema.

Mr Terry: Friends in the business, Mr Huntington-Hawkes. I was more than impressed with Ms. Carpenter's performance. You should be very proud of her.

Melody's face beams with a smile as she looks at the man across the desk.

Melody: Thank you.

Mr Terry: You're welcome Ms. Carpenter. I saw that and have followed both your wrestling careers and both of you are on fire career wise, so I thought now might be the time to strike while the iron is hot.

A confused look passes both their faces as they look at the man.

J2H: For what?

Mr Terry: For a reality television show based around you two. A show where fans get to see what's going on at your house when the working day is done. It will open the world to see who you are and bring you so many opportunities.

Melody: Like Keeping up With The Kardashians?

Mr Terry: Exactly like that but with a twist. A lot of those reality shows, for want of better words, are partly scripted to keep ratings up. Do you think people really fight that  much, or would if the cameras wasn't on. These people are boring without a few words from the producer, but you two have an interesting dynamic where we wouldn't need to prompt you to do anything. You would be yourself. I mean come on, how many people have a butler and a duck as a pet? Who wouldn't want to see SCW's top champions more.

An excited look passes Melody's face, but the polar opposite runs over J2H's skin, an unimpressed look on his face, while Melody squeeze her hands together with delight.

J2H: SCW would never allow you to do that. We're contracted to them, they have their own studios, they wouldn't let two of their biggest stars make money for someone else.

Mr Terry: James... Can I call you James?

J2H: No, you can't

An uneasy look crosses Mr Terry's face as he looks towards the smirking champion. Melody quickly reaches down and grabs his leg.

Mr Terry: Mr Huntington-Hawkes, the budget we're talking about is far beyond the means of SCW's, but we will try to broker a deal to use SCW studios to produce the show for our network. They will make a lot of money, we will make a lot of money, you will make a lot of money and your star power will go through the roof.

J2H: How about no for an answer! Why the fuck would I let anyone walk around my house watching my every move?  

Mr Terry: Just think of the specials. We could do an episode based on Dexter the Duck.

Melody's eyes light up as she clenches her hands together, looking at J2H with hopeful eyes, but J2H shakes his head.

J2H: Who the fuck would watch Dexter for half an hour or so? All he does is sleep and be places he shouldn't be.

Melody elbows J2H in the arm, looking at him through narrowed eyes.

Melody: I would! I'd watch it, and record it, and watch it again, and again.

J2H: That fancy pigeon is already a diva, what do you think this will do for him?

J2H turns his head back towards the man behind the desk and shakes his head.

J2H: This is a really fucking stupid idea. I don't want people in my house, I don't want someone following a duck around my house with a camera, I don't want.... Whatever this show is called...

Mr Terry: House Of Jamel, where the A is styled like a heart.

Melody: Oh my god! That is so cute! Jam...

He waves his hand towards Melody, almost dismissing her with the back of his hand as he looks at her.

J2H: No Mel, not a chance, never gonna happen, refusing to do this shit. Your times up, you didn't impress me.

J2H stands up and Melody joins him on her feet. J2H just shakes his head and turns, walking towards the door, but Melody looks back towards Mr Terry, looking over her shoulder as J2H heads through the door. In a hushed voice, she speaks to Mr Terry.  

Melody: We'll think about it and get back to you!

Melody turns around and moves after J2H as the camera fades out.




Well the meeting was a bust in J2H's eyes, nothing gained for him for behind there, but for Melody, the thoughts of a reality show, where she could show the side only a few get to see, was running wild in her imagination. Her thoughts drifting from everything from showing the world who she really was, to making her baby Dexter a star, run through her mind at the speed of light, on the other side of the coin, J2H's thoughts of never gonna happen were stuck firm in his own mind.

The two had spoke about it all the way home, Melody trying the impossible task of trying to sway the mind of the stubborn J2H, but J2H himself hearing nothing more than white noise coming from his excitable girlfriends lips. The two now stood outside their home in Beverly Hills, standing just outside the front door.


Melody: But baby, it could be good for us. I mean we could just hang around the house all day and call it a job.

J2H: I don't want people seeing what I do at home. They get to see me enough for SCW. They don't need to see me more. Besides, we're not even in the country that much.

J2H pushes the door open and walks in to the house, holding it open for Melody to follow him in and softly shuts the door behind them both. He turns around to see Simpson standing in the hallway, just looking at them.

J2H: What the hell Simpson!? I just nearly jumped out of my skin seeing you standing there!

An apologetic look crosses the big man's face, mixed with a look of nerves.

Melody: Is everything ok Simpson? You look nervous. Don't worry, he won't fire you for scaring him. If he does, I'll make him sleep on the couch forever.

Simpson: I'm fine Ms. Grace, but I'm afraid that you sir, have a visitor.

J2H cranks his neck back as he looks at Simpson, more confusion than anything else running over his young face.

J2H: A visitor? I wasn't expecting anyone Simpson, so feel free to tell whoever it is, to pick up their shit and leave.

Another look of nerves runs over the big man's face.

Simpson: I can't sir.

J2H: Why can't you? You've thrown many people out of this house and I have no doubt you'll throw many more out of this house at some point.

Simpson: I have sir, but I've never thrown out your father before.

Melody: His father?

That's what Simpson said. James Huntington-Hawkes Jr, father of J2H was right there in the house he once owned before ownership was given to James Huntington-Hawkes III at the age of sixteen before his parents retired away to Florida. James Jr had rarely visited the house that now belonged to his son and girlfriend over the last seven years, all J2H had was the loyal Simpson guiding him through his late teens. The respect for his father had long gone many years ago when he was thrown in to a sink or swim situation with only Simpson as his life preserver and the look transferred to his face.

Nothing could stop the redness creeping from his neck to his face as the thought of the man who abandoned him, not to better his life, not to get away, but to retire across the country, was sitting in his home. The rage flew through his body as he looked up at Simpson, speaking through gritted teeth.


J2H: Where is he?

Simpson: He's outside on the deck sir.

J2H: He'll be outside of my house permanently soon Simpson, and from now on, if that man gets within ten feet of my door, I want him kicked away, do you hear me?

Simpson: As you wish sir.

The anger flowed through his muscles, causing his entire body to uncontrollably shake. He placed his hands out straight in front of him, visibly watching his hand involuntarily shaking. Melody moves next to him, cupping both her hands around one of J2H's hand and softly squeezing.

Melody: Calm down babe. You don't need to get so angry.

The words sounded distant in his ears as the sound of blood rushing to his head had drowned Melody's soft tones out. He looks toward a door at the end of the hallway, his breathing getting heavier. His head turns towards Melody, distance in his eyes.

J2H: I'm gonna do something you've been asking me to do for a long time but I always got Simpson to do it. I'm gonna take out the trash.

He walks towards the door at the end of the wide hallway and past the stairs. As Melody tries to follow, Simpson puts his arm out to stop her.

Simpson: I think he might want to do this one alone, but if you would join me in the kitchen, I have just made some fresh hot chocolate.

Simpson points to the kitchen and Melody walks towards it slowly, her eyes not moving from the door J2H just stormed though. Reassuring herself, she speaks softly.

Melody: I'm sure he'll be fine.

But would he though? The champion was already halfway across the living room floor, spying the man through the open door on the other side, his back towards the house. He knew it was his father, the smell of aftershave and cigar smoke never changed, he could even see the thick cigar in the distance, spirals of smoke dancing in to the air. The closer J2H got, the anger grew, dancing through his body, the smell of fresh smoke didn't help his mood. He steps through the door, not waiting for his father to turn around.

J2H: What the fuck are you doing in my house? Did you aim for the golf course and get lost?

Without turning around, James Jr looks in to the distance, the grass moving from side to side in the gentle Beverly Hills breeze.

James Jr.: Right over there, I remember you running along there, falling over a stone and scraping your knee, you cried for hours.

J2H: And you sent Simpson to deal with it because you was too fucking busy reading about the stock exchange and all that shit. Couldn't even bother to get off your ass to help your own son.

James Jr.: This house was expensive, it had to be paid for somehow.

J2H moves in front of his father, looking him in the eye.

J2H: Except you paid as much for this house as I did because your father gave it to you. Except he had the decency to wait till you was twenty one to do that. When you was legally an adult instead of leaving a kid in a house like this.

The camera turns, showing the side of the face of James Jr, father of J2H. James Jr places the cigar in his mouth, taking a long puff, but his son quickly pulls it from his teeth, and spies an ashtray on a nearby table, next to a whiskey glass. J2H quickly sticks the cigar, lit end own in the ashtray.

J2H: Don't smoke that shit in my house or on my grounds. No one needs to smell that or be around that.  

J2H picks up the glass of whiskey, lifting it to under his nose and breathing deeply.

J2H: I see you've been making yourself at home, but this is not your home. So how about you answer my question and tell me what the fuck you're doing here.

J2H grabs a nearby chair and spins it around, sitting on it backwards and looking at his father, his elbows resting on the chair top.

James Jr.: Well you haven't responded to any of my calls, since we last spoke. If you did, you might have known I would be here.

An eye roll comes from the champion as he looks at his father, sarcasm in his voice.

J2H: Oh sorry, I forgot to respond to both of your calls over the last few months, a whole fucking two calls. What a bad son that must make me. Well when it comes to being a bad son, I learned from you.

James Jr takes the glass of whiskey, picking it up to his lips and taking a sip.

James Jr.: I came to talk to you about the house.

J2H: My house, get that right, not the house, my house.

James Jr.: Not strictly true. My house that I gave to you that you've signed over to your girlfriend.

J2H lowers his eyebrow as he looks at him.

J2H: If we want to talk technical, it's the house that grandfather gave you, that you gave half to mom, which you both gave to me, which I gave half to someone who may end up having your grand kids in the future.

Let's just hope Melody's ears wasn't burning at that point, or she wasn't nearby listening, because that was the first time he ever come out and said such a thing, and the look of surprise at himself was evident on his face.

J2H: What I did was no different from what you did years ago, the difference between me and you, is I wouldn't fuck off and leave my kids like that. This is Melody and I's house, and the only thing you can do is buy it from me. Seventy million should be enough.

James Jr moves the whiskey to his lips, smiling at his son.

James Jr.: First off, seventy million is peanuts to me and you know it. Secondly, I didn't come here to buy this place. I came here to meet the woman who now owns half of it.

J2H: Well, here's the thing. That is not happening now, it's not happening ever. I wouldn't subject her to being around you. In face, I'm gonna go in there and take her out, by the time I come back, you better be on a plane back to Florida. If not, I will personally grab you by that dye job you got on your head and throw you out. You're not welcome in my house.

With that, J2H walks back in to the house as the scene fades out once more.




Out of the house and in to a coffee shop? Yes coffee shop. It's rare for J2H to be around the public willingly, his personal time is often spent away from the camera, most would head towards the nearest bar after the day he had so far, but not today.

Having grabbed Melody on the way out of the house, hoping that his father would not follow him through the house to just talk to her, the two were now sitting face to face in a quiet corner of a mom and pop owned coffee house - Take that Starbucks! Support your local businesses! A quaint little place, badly in need of some modern decoration, but the rustic feel brought the locals to the small place. It was odd to see a very well dressed couple in a place like this, neither J2H nor Melody had a chance to change from their earlier meeting, but for the most part, neither were looked at any differently as an assortment of people entered and exited with their purchased cups of caffeine. The corner booth saw the two SCW top champions sitting opposite each other, in front of J2H, a large cappuccino, extra foam, rested between his fingers, while Melody whirled the spoon in a cup of steaming hot Vanilla chai latte with a dash of cinnamon and almond milk. Melody removes the spoon and looks up at J2H, his eyes distant.


Melody: Wanna talk about it champ?

Instantly his eyes come back in to focus, looking at Melody.

J2H: Not really champ.

A smile crosses her face as she pushes a strand of blonde hair from his face, moving it behind his ear.

Melody: What did your dad want? I mean if he came all the way from Florida to see you, it must have been important.

J2H: It was nothing. I'm more shocked that he could pull himself away from the golf course long enough to actually remember who I was.

Melody reaches her hand out on the table, placing it on his hand and giving it a slight squeeze.  

Melody: why haven't I met your parents? I mean we've been back together for about a year now, so why have we never paid them a visit.

A sigh comes from the young man's lips as he looks towards his coffee, taking just a few seconds to think about his response.

J2H: Probably because he wouldn't take the time to actually pull himself away from his five bucks a glass whiskey, or the golf course, or his strange friends who think a one dollar bill is trash, long enough for the trip to be worth while. The man only cares about himself and how much money he has.  

Melody: What about your mother? I'd like to meet her.

J2H: He's broke her down so much over the years, she's like a robot, she does what he says, when he says it. Trust me, a visit to them wouldn't be worth it.

Melody: But he came all this way to see you, so he must have done it for a reason.

J2H shrugs. He hated keeping things from Melody, but he had no intention of ever subjecting her to his parents, especially his father.

J2H: It was nothing. I didn't return his calls, so he made a point of just showing up cause he can afford it. Trust me, tomorrow morning, he'll be in the club house bragging about it to his friends. It's a huge pissing contest with those guys.  

Without warning, Melody's phone starts to ring. She reaches in to her pocket and pulls it out, looking at J2H.

Melody: I think we spoke about parents too much. I should take this.

J2H nods as Melody stands up, off to talk to one of her parents. J2H sits and wraps his fingers around his coffee, but a man approaches him, clearly a hipster. J2H tilts his head, looking at him as he stops next to him.

J2H: Who are you?

Steve: Steve Stone, local blogger, you're J2H, right?

J2H: Yeah, but...

Steve: Mind if we talk? I would love to write a blog on you and the show coming up.

Usually J2H would tell this guy where to go, only partly for being disturbed but mostly because of his disdain for hipsters, but supercard week. The company encourage all SCW superstars to go out of their way to be media friendly on supercard week, really push the show, really do whatever they can to advertise the show - Even if they was approached by a hipster.

J2H: I guess so, but can we make it about the upcoming show?  

Steve: Sure, sure. I'm a big wrestling fan and I already have tickets to see the show. I can't wait. This is not your first Blaze of Glory, is it?

J2H: It's not, I defended the Roulette championship against Thatcher Rex at Blaze of Glory II and defeated Connor Murphy and Travis Nathaniel Andrews at Blaze of Glory V last year to keep my title that I still have today.

Steve: Do you think that Drake Green is a step up in class from the previous Blaze of Glory shows you've been on.  

J2H picks up his coffee cup and takes a sip before answering the question.

J2H: Of course. I mean what the fuck ever happened to Thatcher Rex? He's probably retired or something. He was an old man then, so he's probably in the retirement home for washed up wrestlers. Connor Murphy, he too, couldn't last the pace, and as for Travis, he's been everyone's little bitch boy for a whole year. Come on, from main eventing Blaze of Glory V, to opening Blaze of Glory VI should show you all you need to know. Drake Green is past it, but at least he took top gold in SCW, while the others turned out to be less than nothing.

Steve: It's a pretty stacked card, but not the biggest Blaze of Glory.

J2H: It's not but you look at the matches on there and with eight belts being defended, me and Melody in the top two matches against two Hall of Fame people, you know it's a big card there.

He hated playing nice to anyone with a media outlet, switching from who he is to who the press want in front of them. He could happily smack most of the people who approach him, but had to play nice this time.

Steve: What made you target Drake Green? I keep my ear to the ground, a lot of chatter saying that you wanted Simon Jones, but SCW couldn't agree terms with him.

J2H runs his hand across his chin as he looks at the man.

J2H: You wanna beat the best, and to me, Simon Jones is one of them, I rate him so much more than Drake Green. I see Drake Green as a leech to wrestling, he uses it for his own gain. He returns when one of his shitty movies are about to be announced, then he leaves again. I wouldn't be surprised if he's entire promo for the show is based around some shit film. Simon Jones on the other hand is a real wrestler to me, I would have loved to be facing Simon Jones on Sunday, but Drake Green stole his spot by attacking me. Like I said, only shows up to boost a failing career somewhere else.  

Steve: What matches do you think might just steal the show?

A moment of pondering takes place as he picks up his coffee once more, just looking across at the blogger with his notepad in hand.

J2H: Lots of good ones but believe me when I say I think that only mine and Melody's will steal the show. I know there's some hype around Despayre's match, and the Roulette title, the battle royals, but we're fighting hall of famers. We ain't fighting a pair of chumps, well I am, but I'll just make him look good so I don't look shit. I'll be shocked if Drake can even do a hiptoss anymore, but I'll steal the show on my own, or Melody will. It's why we're at the top.

Steve: What's it like going home with Melody, knowing the whole company is looking at you?

J2H: Bro, I thrive under pressure. It's why I've had my belt for so long, it's why I will keep my belt. Me and Melody go home, the belts get locked away and we become us. I couldn't give a fuck if people are plotting and planning against us, cause they will need to plot and plan a lot more than they do against say an idiot like Travis, or a loser like Amy Marshall. We're the best for a reason and try as they might, they will never get their hands on what's ours. We go to bed at night knowing they wish they could be us. It's a championship house and I plan on keeping it that way for a long, long time.

Steve: With the Blast From The Past draw happening that night, if you retain, will you be keeping an eye on that tournament?

A deep breath fills his lungs as he looks at the man, forcing him to wiggle slightly in his chair.

J2H: If I retain? Bro, this belt ain't going nowhere, ya hear that? I couldn't give a damn about that tournament, I've beat like most of the people in there already, they can put anyone against me, and I'll make sure I'll take them out. I don't fear anyone in SCW.

J2H looks up and sees Melody looking close to getting off the phone, indicating it by holding up a finger through the store window towards him.

J2H: One more question Steve and I wouldn't mind some more time with Melody, and before you ask, she won't be answering questions.  

Steve: Predictions for Sunday night?

J2H: I retain, Melody retains, Despayre probably bites Xander Bishop and stomps on Calvin Harris' foot, Mikah wins the Bombshell Internet title, because J2Hism has drove her there, Rage puts Jeremiah Hardin in hospital, Travis Nathaniel Andrews will pretend he has a private dressing room, Steve Ramone's fuck toy will get sore knees, The Fallen will probably be filmed doing some shit no one understands, James Tuscini will do some kinda segment that makes him sound like a throwback from the 80's, Dmitri will be some female vampires bitch, Ryan Keys will show up after forgetting to wear clothes, we'll be subjected to a ton of pointless Bad Boys and Mean Girl's skits that flood the show and no one cares about, Veronica Taylor will call someone basic, Jessie Salco will be listening to some God awful band where no one can understand the singer and Polly Playtime will still wish it could always be playtime.... Good enough?

A smile breaks out on Steve's face.

Steve: That works well. Thanks for your time, before I go, could I....

As his voice trails off, he puts the notepad and pen in front of J2H. J2H nods and quickly gives the man an autograph. The man looks at the page proudly and stands up, moving away from the scene as Melody returns, Melody takes her seat once more

Melody: Who was that?

J2H: Some blogger.... Hey, can we spend some time on the boat?




Ah, thankfully Melody said yes. Time on the boat it was. He'd had hoped that his father had headed to the nearest airport and was half way to Florida by now, but the SCW World champion couldn't be too sure. He knew if he played it safe, he could get Simpson to bring his championship belt to him for what he needed to do with it, and Simpson had delivered, with word that his father planned on waiting around for another hour before giving up on his son.

Time on the yacht with Melody? A perfect setting to cut a little promo and relax for the night. The two had prepared for stays on the boat, and fresh clothes would always be there. J2H was relieved for that reason as he made his way on to the deck of the boat, dressed in just red shorts, a baseball cap and a gold chain around his neck. His freshly delivered SCW World Championship sat comfortably over his shoulder. The champion moved towards a chair facing the camera and quickly opted to sit down and pull the championship belt across his legs and looks down the camera.


J2H: Now this right here is the perfect place to reflect on so many things and I have done just that since I've been here. Last year at Blaze of Glory, I successfully defended this bad boy in my first supercard that I headlined properly, the first supercard where this face was on the poster.

He points to his own face.

J2H: And here I am doing it all over again. Headlining a show for the second year running. Everyone expected my reign to end there and then, no one thought I was good enough, everyone thought wham, bam, thank you ma'am and I'll be gone and look at me now, I'm still the fucking champion.

An arrogant, yet confident smirk crosses his face.

J2H: Look at how far I've come, look at all the people I've defeated to sit here and hold this title for so long. Let's take out the shit like Travis Nathaniel Andrews and Connor Murphy, cause they're more of a pain in the ass than a challenge. I defeated Despayre, not once, but twice within months. Most people don't beat Despayre once in a lifetime. In fact, I probably have more wins over Despayre than the rest of SCW combined, but I did it, because I am truly that good. I beat the unbeatable twice, that was a highlight of my last year, and then on to the vampire Dmitri.

He waves his finger at the camera.  

J2H: Now I won't lie, Dmitri brought it harder than anyone else ever has against me, he drove me to hell and dragged me back, we went through a war three fucking times and all he got from me was my respect, but the title, it stayed right where it should have stayed all along. He damn near killed me but I went above and beyond to keep what was mine. I felt pain like never before, but I looked at this and a big smile crossed my face.

He looks down at the world championship belt on his lap.  

J2H: The Jamie Dean had a fair shot at it, but he froze and I destroyed him in that ring. It probably wasn't fair, it was a mismatch and I tore him up, just to keep this.

He taps the belt with his forefinger.

J2H: Those are just the big shows, but I took out countless people in between those shows. I was on every fucking show from Climax Control 140, to Climax Control 174. Thirty seven Climax Control's as champion, seven supercard's, I have been the fucking man. That has been my title reign, something most people will be proud of, right?

He tilts his head slightly.

J2H: But I've never taken out a Hall of Famer in that run, but that changes on Saturday.

A smile crosses his face.

J2H: Drake Green, you naive bastard. Did you really think for a second I didn't know what you was up to. Did you really think I didn't know you had my eyes on my title belt? How fucking stupid do you think I am bro? You're the attention seeking, grab hold of coattails worm you've always been, I knew you really wanted my title, but you just wanted the attention a little more, so that's what I gave you. I gave you what you craved so much, I made you feel fucking special cause I knew that's what you wanted Drake, but here's the thing I didn't tell ya.

He looks up, breathing deeply before looking down the camera once more with a smile.

J2H: I wanted you to feel like that, because I have plans of my own. See, being a champ this long, not that you'd know, because of all your injuries....

He air quotes the word injuries.

J2H: Being a champ so long, you have to learn to deal with people who think they're entitled to the belt, you have to deal with people who surprise you a bit, you have to deal with new people who think they can just come in and take what's yours, you have to deal with the ass kissers and you have to deal with people just like you, wanting five minutes of fame.

He pauses.

J2H: Thing is, those people who want their five minutes of fame Drake, they're no Hall of Famer's, they're just ex stars. I got bored of beating regular people, so I'm taking out a Hall of Famer. You played right in to my hands you stupid son of a bitch. I've beat everyone here but they never had that prestige title you have Drake, being one of the immortals in SCW. We might as well just admit it.

A wide arrogant smirk plasters itself on his face.

J2H: I am a fucking genius!

He waves his finger at the camera.

J2H: You thought you was playing me for a title shot, when all the time I was playing you to steal your credibility as a Hall of Famer. I am a genius, admit it Drake?

J2H laughs as he continues to look down the camera.

J2H: And you fell for it. Thank you for being such an idiot. When I make a plan, I go through with it, there's no half orders with me, I go through with everything I say and this is no different. I will go through with everything I say. I'm stealing any star power you thought you still had here and I'm stomping you in to the ground. After Jamie Dean froze like a nudist in winter, I knew I needed to wipe out someone much bigger and you just so happened to choose that moment to express your anger. This title belt was the lure and you took it hook, line and sinker, but you're gonna wish you never did. You're gonna wish you just ignored every little shot I've made about you for the last year. You're gonna wish you didn't bother showing up here again because you're not even half the man you used to be.

He pauses to take a deep breath.

J2H: I admit, I thought it would take you a lot longer to do it, I thought it would take months worth of more sly shots at you. I thought it would take Mikah going home to you and telling you more and more what a great leader of people that I am. I didn't recruit her Drake, she came to me to get her career back on track, she didn't come to you, she came to me. I knew she'd go home and tell you what a great effect I was having on her, and that's when I thought you'd snap, but you couldn't wait.

J2H rubs his chin.

J2H: I'm ok with that because I've had this belt so long, it's long over due that I step up that level and add another title to my collection. This one won't be a physical title but everyone will know Drake. Everyone will remember at the biggest supercard on SCW calendar, I stepped up from not only being the World Champion, not only being the man who breaks records for fun, the man who is more like a god in SCW, but I will be the man who has killed the wrestling career of one of the most decorated men in SCW history.

He shrugs

J2H: You lucked out on most of those achievements but the record will still show them.

J2H stands up, lifting the championship belt over his shoulder.

J2H: The record will also show that after Blaze Of Glory VI, the legend of Drake Green has come to an end, he was shot down past his prime, he was ripped apart by the young lion. He was banished back to Mikah's shadow where he was never seen again. You can call me God Drake, cause I'm about to plunge your world in to darkness.... Let there be light? Bro, no one wants to see your face again and I will give them that wish. This belt is coming home with me.

He points to the belt.

J2H: And you can't stop it, no one can stop it. Just pray I don't beat you so bad that you can still walk in the morning old man.  

He takes one last deep breath

J2H: I have no problem smashing up a senior citizen, and Drake, on Sunday when my boot crushes your jaw, I'll be proving that. That's real talk bitch!

J2H turns and walks away, stepping back inside the yacht as the camera fades for the last time.

44
  The door swings open to see Austin Parker standing behind the door. J2H smiles at his mentor as he waves them in.

Austin: Get yer asses in here before the kittens get out.  

Melody's eyes light up as she tugs on J2H's sleeve.

Melody: Kittens... J...

J2H: I've spent all afternoon saying no to you taking home animals, what do you think I'm gonna say here?

Melody: You're gonna say yes, because you've said no so much, a yes is right around the corner.

J2H: Swing and a miss babe.

Melody: You're no fun!

The two walk in to the house, J2H shutting the door behind them and the two walk in, led towards the dining room by Austin. Ms. Angel stands in the room, looking down at the vast array of food.

Melody: This looks amazing, Angel.

Melody was correct, the round table was filled with southern delights. beef ribs, BBQ, fried chicken,  fried green tomatoes, roasted oysters, mint julep, buttermilk biscuits, devilled eggs, chicken and dumplings, tomato pudding, shrimp and grits, crab cakes, cornbread.... Much more than four people could possibly consume, but it was the Parker's way, never leave a visitor hungry.

Angel: Oh I didn't cook this time. Austin knocked himself out and did it all.

J2H: Oh god! I'm gonna die!

Austin: Shuttup boy!

J2H fires Austin a wide smile as the four take their seats at the table and the scene fades out.




The evening passed in jovial fashion as the group of four enjoyed a very well prepared meal by the hands of Austin Parker, but to the surprise of J2H, who could not remember Austin once in the kitchen at his time in the ranch. The night time had set in and the SCW World champion sat on the wooden porch of Austin Parker's home, looking up at the night sky for just a few seconds, before looking down the camera in front of him.


J2H: I was actually pretty excited when I was told I was cleared to wrestle again, when I was told I could once again get in the ring and smack a bitch all over an SCW arena again. It's been a long time coming since I've been able to do that and actually do what I was put on this earth to do. Xander Bishop may have said recently I don't defend the title enough, well genius, injury stops you from doing that, but I was excited that I now get the chance to get back in the ring and show people just who I am, just what I can do.

J2H puts his palms out in front of him, a tone of disappointment spilling from his lips.

J2H: And then they tell me I'm facing Lord Raab.

He runs his fingers over his forehead, the shaking of his head matching the tone of disappointment.

J2H: Lord Raab. Well that, as you can probably tell, really disappoints me no end. You gotta sit there and think about things when it comes to booking my opponents, because you need to give me a challenge, or it all looks like shit, and someone in the bosses office thought Lord Raab should be the one. It's not only about the challenge, it's about who deserves it the most. Who has done enough to catch the eye, who has stood out as a single competitor and go with them. Who does the fans wanna see get a golden opportunity to lead a company I have pulled up from depressing times, in to a new golden era. Someone must have been on acid to think Lord Raab has matched any of the criteria I've just mentioned.

He rolls his shoulders back with another hint of disappointment on his face.

J2H: Has he caught the eye recently? No, he has done nothing at all. Has he been a solid singles competitor lately? No, he's been tagging with his butt ugly stuttering freak boyfriend. Do the fans wanna see that disgusting man lead the company? God no! Fuck, most of the fans didn't even know that fat bastard was even employed here anymore. Does the guy show up to work when he's not booked? Does he go above and beyond for this company? Does he do anything but curse and make people sick watching his promo work? No, but this is the guy deemed worthy above all else in SCW to get a shot at the biggest prize in the game. Not only does this make the staff look bad letting this fat fuck jump from a mediocre tag team, to the top of the rank, it makes every wrestler working hard for this chance think why bother when someone like Raab, the man with zero talent and a bad heart gets to jump the line and take a spot he doesn't deserve. How can a man who has done nothing on his own lately seem to be ahead of the rest of the roster.

He holds his arms out as if he's waiting for an answer from someone.

J2H: Great booking again guys. If you wanted to write a book on how to piss off a roster and give undeserved title shots, you're clearly ahead of the game here.

J2H sits back, resting his hand on his chin and his elbow on his knee.

J2H: But I guess it's the hand I'm dealt so it's the poker game I will win again. Let me ask you directly Raab. How does it feel to be handed something you haven't earned? How does it feel to not show up every week and put the effort in, like someone like Tuscini and still piss on your co-workers by jumping ahead of them and stealing a spot that you should never be near? This is what you've done, and don't give me the I'm trying to be a better man bullshit, because better men wouldn't have leaped ahead of everyone and everything, just to think of themselves. You deserve shit Raab and you've gone and jumped ahead when you're trying to be a better person. You must be so fucking proud of yourself.

The intense tone of J2H feels the Atlanta air, his words focused and direct.

J2H: You can claim it's not your fault that you're in this spot, that you've just been told to do that, to face a champion, but if you have an integrity, you will come out there before the live crowd and tell the world that you don't deserve this shot, that this belt should not be considered to be yours, that others deserve the chance more than you. Man up Raab and admit to the world that you shouldn't be here. That you should sit there in the tag division and pull that useless husband up to recognition so you can just wander off.

J2H lifts his hand, using two fingers in a walking motion to stab his point home.

J2H: You're just full of bad decisions lately, aren't you Raab? You clearly can't say no to an all you can eat buffet, because man you're piling on the pounds a bit there to the point if you had more hair, an audition to play Fat Bastard in the next Austin Powers films and you'll get it with ease. Bad choice letting yourself get out of shape. Another bad choice, you come out and tell the world you have a heart condition. You know what sports stars do when they have a heart condition? They retire and work with charities to help stop heart conditions, but no, you train, you get involved in MMA bullshit and you still try to wrestle. You think that's a good decision? No, it's really not, fuck, it's stupid that anyone employs you out of fear you'll drop dead in the ring and that fuck tard husband of yours learns how to sue someone. Another bad decision Raab, you went to a guy like Ben Jordan to help you be more relatable. The guy barely speaks good English and he's from fucking England! The only thing that could have saved you was J2Hism.

Confidence flows through J2H as he looks deeply down the camera.

J2H: Mikah is back to being the heel she always should be, and will take that Bombshell Internet title with ease, Rage won King of the Hill, meaning he can take on any champion at any time, so Despayre should have one eye over his shoulder as Rage looks to destroy the last of The Seven Deadly Sins. Shipman couldn't do it but Rage can, and J2Hism put them both in that position. More importantly, Melody took what she deserved by listening to me and will go down in history as the greatest ever Bombshell champion because she listened, she learned and she's go the world in her hands. You Raab, you went to someone else to try and soften yourself up. Another bad choice on your part.

He looks down the camera with a firm nod, a look of seriousness on his face.

J2H: I would have made you feared again, I would have delivered those tag titles on a plan for you and stuttering Joe, but no, you went a different route. You got one more bad decision to make Raab, one more bad call to make this week and that's getting in the ring with me.  

He slowly shakes his head and smirks.

J2H: The thing is, a couple of years ago, you was feared, people were scared of you Raab, people saw your name on the card and prayed they wasn't facing you, they hated the thought of having to go up with you, because you was unpredictable, you was the one people didn't know what to expect from, but now, you are predictable, you're all huff and puff, but you're no longer blowing houses down. You're the little piggie in the house made of straw.

Another smirk crosses J2H's face before he continues to talk.

J2H: You used to be the guy that would throw wildly and people didn't know how to handle it but now people are used to you, they're used to seeing what you have to offer and like me, they're no longer impressed with your outdated moves and the urge to just go steaming in like a pissed off bull chasing that red flag. People see the flaws that you have and none see them more than I do, none see them with eyes wide open more than I do and that will make your choice to step in the ring with me your next bad call.

He pauses for a second to breathe deeply. He exhales and continues to speak.

J2H: I know I called for you to come out in front of the fans and step away from this match, tell them that you don't deserve it, tell them that you shouldn't have ever been offered it, but let's be straight on the nose here Raab, you're a selfish, deluded prick that thinks you earned this someway, that you actually think you're gonna win this match and snap this long undefeated streak. Well you can forget that right away because there's more chance of another human being finding you attractive, than you ever ripping the championship belt out of my hands. It's simply not gonna happen because better people than you have already tried. Do you think for a second you're better than Despayre? How about Dmitri? Think you're better than him? Let me tell you this for free Raab, you're not better than those two, they pushed me to and beyond the limits and I still walked out with my championship belt, I still walked out as the man who leads the company through the rough waters, through the cut throat wrestling business. I am the man who leads and what I do, you could never keep up with.

He pushes his hands together, his head slightly tilted as he looks down the camera.

J2H: Could you show up at all the events that get planned as a champion, when you can't be bothered to show up at shows you're not even booked at? I don't think so, and even if you did, no one would show up to see you. You don't have what it takes to lead SCW in the ring and you sure as hell don't have what it takes to lead SCW out of the ring. Fuck, can you imagine this freak turning up at corporate events to drag in sponsors? Can you see him trying to sell a match at a supercard? That freak will be putting CEO's through tables an' shit, just because they said hi. If he gets lucky and somehow manages to rip the gold from my hands, everyone in SCW better start looking for new jobs because who would want to sponsor a show with that guy as the face of it? Sponsors will be dropping out in seconds after seeing just thirty seconds of a Lord Raab promo. They'll be gone and everyone will be having to look for work somewhere else.

He runs his fingers through his hair, his fingers locked behind his head as he shakes it from size to side. After a few seconds, he moves his hands back in front of him, his right fist balled in to his left hand.

J2H: It will be a disaster but luckily Raab, you're not blessed with the wrestling talent I have, so the SCW roster can breathe a sigh of relief. I will keep them all in work. Being able to grunt while you punch a bag doesn't make you a wrestler Raab. Being able to attack defenceless people doesn't put gold around your waist. Being talented, being able to be able to out think your opponent, that's what makes you championship material. You don't have that and with the IQ of an ape, you sure as hell don't have the brain power to out think me. You don't have the intelligence to even come close to my level. You're just another tag team wrestler that somehow got put in a match that you really can't handle.

He sharply exhales through his nose as he smiles.

J2H: Look at the effect I had on Jamie Dean. He came in with hopes and dreams of bucking the trend, of starting a brand new era and I broke him physically and mentally. The guy stopped talking to his friends because I mentally ruined him. Now I know you don't have friends to stop talking to so you can sulk like a kid who's mother won't buy them a two dollar, made in China, cheap, plastic toy, but I'm pretty sure Jamie Dean has a much higher IQ than you and he couldn't even out think me and I broke him. Isn't Jamie Dean the guy that stopped you from winning the tag titles more than once?

A wide smirk plasters itself on J2H's face as he thinks back to Raab's failings.

J2H: You couldn't beat a man I mentally and physically tore to pieces, you will not be fairing any better against me. You're stupider than I thought if you even entertain ideas like that. The simple facts of everything Raab is that if you was any good, if you was ready for this shot, if you was even in the same ballpark as me, you'd put in the effort and people would see why you're a good choice, instead, you've left people confused at how you're even in this match. You've left them wondering because you spent more time at home on a Sunday night, than you have in the arena putting yourself out there. You can be the biggest bad ass in the world, but if no one sees it, then you ain't worth shit, and no one sees it with you Raab, so by that logic, you ain't worth shit.

J2H stands up, looking at the camera angle slightly below him.

J2H: Your star fell from grace a long time ago, it crashed down never to rise again and this is not the start of your name to be out the front on the marquee, this is not your time for people to know the name of Lord Raab, the only way they will know your name is when they see that I've claimed another victim, that I've confidently strolled through another SCW star, and I use the term star very loosely when it comes to you. It doesn't end like this for me Raab. It doesn't end with me losing to a talentless freak of nature, it doesn't end with me losing to someone who doesn't deserve it. I'm still gonna be champion after Sunday, and beyond that. You can only dream of taking my title, you can only dream of being the one to lead the company, but here's the thing about dreams Raab.

He waves his finger firmly and confidently down the camera.

J2H: Dreams can be broken, dreams can be crushed, and I love to do just that. Stomping over someone's hopes and dreams give me great pleasure and on Sunday, in my home state, fuck, half an hour from where I live, I'm gonna take your dreams, and put them on the end of my boot and grind away until they're dust. This will be the end of the masked German monster, which is a fucking stupid nickname anyway, and people will go back to thinking that you're no longer employed in SCW. They thought it before and they will think it again after I've finished with you.

J2H presses his hands together as he shrugs his shoulders.

J2H: Now that Lord Raab, should have dragged you back to reality, so just enjoy being in the main event against the man of the year, just enjoy the brightness of my limelight, because it is mine Raab, you're just an unwanted visitor to my limelight and believe me, it won't be lasting long, cause you're worthless, untalented, chest banging ass will be back in the tag team division before you know it, right where you belong with the rest of the roster than needs someone to hold their hands. This ain't bullshit bro, this ain't even ego. What this is Lord Raab, and I want you to crane that big ugly head of yours closer to the screen while you listen to this, are you ready?

J2H pauses, putting his ear closer to the camera as if he is listening, in part mocking what he wants Lord Raab to do. Slowly, he turns his head with a serious look on his face.

J2H: That, is real talk bitch!

J2H turns his back to the camera, walking towards the house with a satisfied feeling running through his body, justified in every word that has left his lips, in every comment he made about Lord Raab, and gaining more and more confidence as the seconds pass. He knew Raab was a challenge, but not one that he couldn't over come and knew every word would have stung Lord Raab like a bee sting. Without turning back to face the camera anymore, he pushes the door to Austin's ranch house open and forces it open before walking through and in to the hallway. He shuts the door behind, causing a slight thud as the camera finally fades to black.

45
  Seething is an understatement of what was rushing through J2H's body as he stepped back through the curtains at Climax Control. Once again, his attempts to lure Drake Green back to the ring had failed miserably and a look of disgust was on his face again.

He'd offered the man a chance to relight his fledging career, a chance to prove he wasn't the selfish prick J2H knew him to be, the man to be driven by the limelight, by his ego. Many wondered if he'd married Mikah just to cling to a level of fame, just to make himself look better in the public eye, and J2H had offered him a chance to be in the public eye again, yet no matter what the bait, Drake  Green was not biting.

The champion breathed heavy as he stood behind the curtain, feeling all eyes around him burning on him, creating holes in his skin. Staff members, both on and off screen, wrestlers and the lucky fans who had got hold of backstage passes, all eyes were burning in to the champion like the sun to the earth, but his eyes darted around looking for one person, the boss. He moved his eyes towards Polly Playtime, waiting to make an entrance, and over towards Xander Bishop engaging in a brawl, but that too didn't bother him. The SCW World champion was looking for that one man.

His breathing slowed as he decided to make his way through the hallways, directly towards the bosses offices, passing other wrestlers as they get set to make their mark on tonight's show. He ignored most of them, not even acknowledging their existence before walking towards a certain door. He looked up at the name plate, reading the name as Hot Stuff Mark Ward. Gritting his teeth, he knew he had to make an impact, he knew his point needed to be put across to the staff. He quickly put his hand on the door handle, thrusting it down and pushing it forward and moving in to the room. His eyes fall upon not one, but two figures in the room, the figures of Christian Underwood as well as Hot Stuff Mark Ward. Hot Stuff sits behind his desk, while Christian sits on the corner of the desk. Christian looks him up and down before turning towards Hot Stuff.


Christian: He's like Beetlejuice, you said his name too much.

Hot Stuff looks towards J2H, slowly shaking his head.  

HS: Least it saved me having to look for him.

J2H: I'm sick of this bullshit! I'm sick of this guy appearing and attacking, what the fuck?

The bosses share a look before returning their glare towards J2H.

Christian: He must have hit you harder than I thought, cause clearly you're having a few memory problems, because you was the one who struck him first.  

HS: All because you don't like the word no.

J2H runs his fingers through his hair, messing it up slightly without a worry about how he might be looking at this point.

J2H: What is wrong with you two? I thought you was meant to be owners, I thought you was meant to be thinking of your business. Forcing that stupid son of a bitch in to a match with me, would mean more people would pay to see me kick his ass all over the place. It's a fucking supercard! You need it to sell. People would pay to see me beat that washed up hack.

Hot Stuff stands up, looking towards J2H, his palms pressed firmly on the desk.

HS: You can't force people to work somewhere they don't really want to and in fairness, I don't really want them to work. You can't force people to do shit. Christian is an expert and forcing men to do what he wants.

Christian just nods his head in approval of Hot Stuff's comment.

HS: But you can't force someone to go to work when they don't want to. He hasn't worked for me for a long time, and chances of him working for us again are about zero.

J2H throws his arms up in the air, turning his head at disappointment with that comment from the boss.

J2H: You forced him to work here before! You used every trick in the book to get him to work here and it did work.

HS: That's the old me, he's the bastard now.

Hot Stuff points his forefingers towards Christian, who rolls his eyes at Hot Stuff. J2H turns with a hopeful look on his face to Christian.

J2H: Well...?

Christian lowers his eyebrows as he looks at J2H, not sure where he's going with things.

Christian: Well, what?

J2H: If you're the bad boss an' shit, what tricks do you have up your sleeve to get him back in the ring?

Christian looks at the young man, running his fingers through his hair as he raises an eyebrow.

Christian: You're presuming that I want to help you, which I really don't.

J2H looks at Christian, his eyebrows now moving towards a lowered position as he stares at him through narrowed eyes.

J2H: What's wrong with you people? Are you allergic to money or something? You get him back and people will pay serious amounts of money to see me beat the living hell out of him.

HS: Or to watch him beat the living hell out of you.

J2H: That's not gonna happen. What will happen is I will show the world what a fraud that man is, I will show the world that he has no right to his so called star power. I will show him that he doesn't deserve to have people even know who he is.

Hot Stuff raises a hand, stopping the champions rant.

HS: It all boils down to the fact that Drake Green doesn't want to fight you, he don't want to wrestle you, and I doubt he even wants to be in the same building as you.

Christian: Maybe not even the same city as you. Maybe the same country.

Hot Stuff can't help but smile at Christian's additional comments as he looks back towards J2H.

HS: That too. I can't force him to do a thing around here, don't really want to. You know my history with him and I couldn't really give a damn if he's a wrestler, a movie star or if he worked at Starbucks, but for a guy with a business degree, you can be stupid as fuck sometimes.

The last comment draws looks from both Christian and J2H.

HS: A rule in business is to give the person you're negotiating with, something that they want.  

J2H: I don't know what that chicken shit wants! He shows up, uses a lot of words to say nothing at all and leaves again. Can't you two just sit there and just sign the match, and if he doesn't show, the media will rip him apart. He'll never work in wrestling or Hollywood again! He'll have to show up.

Christian: Or he can sue us for false advertising his name in order to get people to buy the show. Here's clearly a new concept for you, but have you asked him what he wants?

J2H shrugs at Christian, knowing his blind rage had stopped him from asking the most basic of questions.

J2H: What do you want me to do? Go find him so I can ask him what it will take to let me beat his ass at Blaze of Glory VI?  

HS: Wouldn't work right now, last I saw of him, he was on his way to the garage and on his way home.  

J2H: Fine, then get him back here next week then and I'll ask him.

Christian: Cause getting him here this week, worked so well for you.

The sarcasm drips from the smiling boss as he looks at the champion. He looks at Hot Stuff, trying to ignore Christian.

J2H: Give people what they want, right? That's what you just said.

Hot Stuff nods his head at him.

Christian: Well, what do ya know? He actually listened for a change.

Again, J2H ignores Christian and looks at Hot Stuff.

J2H: Well, I'll give you what you want. If you get Drake to show up next week, and he says no to facing me, like the chicken that he is, I will not come in here and bother either of you again about this at all, and you two can go ahead and find me someone else to beat at Blaze of Glory.

HS: One more time and I get some peace and quiet?

J2H: On the condition that you two have a contract written up and ready to sign so he can't weasel his way out of it.

Hot Stuff rubs his chin, looking at J2H with a slight nod.

HS: I'll see what I can do, but I make no promises. If Drake doesn't want to show up, he doesn't have to. I can't make him.

The hope brings a smile to the champions face as he nods his head and turns to leave but Christian clears his throat, causing J2H to turn his head back around to look at him.

Christian: Before you go and celebrate. I got a note from your doctor today, seems you got the all clear to return to the ring next week, so just before you burst in here, we decided to book you in a match next week.

J2H: Against who?

HS: Lord Raab.

J2H rolls his eyes as he lifts the championship belt higher on to his shoulder.

J2H: Great, another tag team wrestler who has done nothing to earn a shot at my title. Great booking.

Now the sarcasm rolls from J2H's tongue as he turns to walk out of the door. He reaches down, walking out of the room and shaking his head.

J2H: Seriously, Lord Raab, a man who has done nothing here lately. Gotta wonder what the criteria is here to actually get a title shot.

J2H walks away from the door of the bosses and almost directly in to Pussy Willow.

Pussy: Hi J, I saw what happened out there.

A lowering of J2H's eyebrows greet Pussy Willow, his silent stare just cutting a hole through the interviewers face.

J2H: And?

Pussy looks at him, trying to find her next words.

Pussy: Just making sure you're ok.  

J2H: Drake Green hits like a girl, the man couldn't hurt anything. I've been hit harder than that in my life.

Pussy: Oh, ok. Where's Melody? I haven't seen her around today.

J2H: She's at home, sick...




The two hour drive home from Santa Barbara flew by as J2H made his way back from the show, trying to be by the side of the sick Melody Grace. He knew Simpson had it in hand when it come to taking care of sick people, but the urge to spend the night in Santa Barbara, as most would after a show, felt pointless being so close to home. He made good time on the way back as his limited edition Aston Martin One-77 pulls up outside his house. The engine starts to silence as J2H, behind the steering wheel, powers down the car, just looking around at the house. Quickly opening the door, he reaches in for a bag on the passenger seat, pulling it out with him as he steps out, closing the door behind him.

His night had not been his greatest, but it wasn't about him anymore, it wasn't J2H that was around at this point. It was just James, the man with the sick girlfriend that needed him.

He pulls the bag over his shoulder, feeling the weight of a few pieces of clothing, and the SCW World championship belt safely inside before. He quickly moves towards the door of the house, reaching in to his white pants pocket and grabbing a key and moving it towards the door, quickly finding the lock and placing the key in. He turns the handle and moves inside, the lights in the hallway on already as he closes the door behind him. He looks down as Dexter the duck waddles towards him.


Dexter: QUACK!

J2H sighs as he looks down at Melody's feathered pet.

J2H: I knew you was gonna say that. Maybe we need to learn you to bark or something, just to surprise us every now and then.

J2H walks past Dexter, only to see Simpson walk casually out of the kitchen door, holding a steaming hot cup of something in his beefy right hand. He turns his head to see J2H in the hallway of the house and greets him with a warm, cheery smile.

Simpson: Good evening sir, how was your night?

J2H places the bag next to him, looking towards Simpson as Dexter catches up, just sitting on the black sports bag the champion has placed down.

J2H: Well Drake Green was a coward as expected, I spoke to the bosses about him appearing next week and got told I'm good to go and been booked against someone who doesn't deserve a shot at my title because once again, he's been in a tag team again. I don't understand why the bosses are so hell bent on tag team wrestlers getting a shot at my title. First Jamie Dean, who let everyone down and now this guy.

Simpson: What guy would that be sir?

J2H: Lord Raab.

Simpson prods his lower lip out as he thinks about his employers next opponent.

Simpson: I believe he will be a bit of a challenge sir, a phone call to Mr Parker might be in order to help you gain some kind of advantage. Mr Raab has a mixed martial arts background.

J2H: Dmitri and Despayre were tougher opponents than Raab will ever be, the guy is just sloppy in the ring. Forgetting that thing for now. How's Melody?

Simpson: Still not completely recovered sir, but she is on the mend.

J2H: Where is she?

Simpson: She's in the living room sir. I just left her to make her some hot tea with lemon and hope this helps.

J2H: Well, let's go see how she's doing.

J2H reaches down to pick up his bag, lifting it up and spying Dexter sitting on top of it. He rolls his eyes at the duck.

J2H: You knew I was gonna pick up the bag and take you back to Melody, and you didn't want to walk, right?

Dexter: QUACK!

J2H: You are one lazy duck at times. You probably want me to get another duck to pull you around in a cart all day, don't you?

Dexter stands tall on the waving his wings about in possible duck excitement.

Dexter: QUACK!

J2H: Ain't happening buddy. You got feet for a reason, use them.

Simpson leads the way to the living room as J2H follows him, as well as carrying Dexter down on his bag. Simpson moves in to the room first, where Melody lays on a sofa, her head on a pillow, and her body covered by a blanket. Simpson places the tea on a small table near her head and Melody looks towards him.

Melody: Thank you Simpson.

Simpson turns to J2H as he puts the bag down behind the sofa, and watching Dexter hop off the bag and waddle around towards Melody.

Simpson: Can I get you anything sir?

J2H: I'm fine Simpson.

Simpson nods and turns to leave as Melody sits up a little bit, not yet seeing her boyfriend standing right behind her. J2H leans down behind her as she sits up, putting his arms around her from behind and leaning closer. Melody looks at the arms around her and tilts her head backwards to see J2H behind her, and a smile forms on her face as he kisses her on the forehead. Her smile turns to a frown as she looks at him.

Melody: Don't get too close, you know I'm sick and I don't want you getting sick too.

J2H releases Melody and quickly moves around the sofa, sitting next to his poorly girlfriend before wrapping an arm around her shoulder.

J2H: I'll be fine. Don't worry about me.

Melody moves in closer, her head moving on to his chest as he looks down at her.

J2H: How are you feeling?

Melody: Better than I did yesterday so that's a win.

J2H: Did you watch the show?

Melody looks away from her boyfriend, her eyes looking up at the ceiling as she avoids the question for a few seconds.

Melody: I might have fell asleep and woke up five minutes from the end, but I will watch it tomorrow, I promise.

J2H runs his fingers through Melody's hair, looking at her with a smile on his face.

J2H: Don't worry about it babe. It wasn't a great show, not a lot happened but I'm back in the ring next week against Lord Raab.

Melody screws up her nose as he says Lord Raab, and understood why. Lord Raab had a way of creeping people out constantly with his promos. He knew the fans didn't like the fact that he and Samuel have to use their sexual exploits as a way of trying to entertain the fans, when in the real world, it caused a lot of fans to just switch off and not bother watching a Lord Raab or Samuel promo. Sadly, as champion, J2H took it upon himself to watch everything in SCW, regardless of how stomach churning it may be. He'd even drilled that in to Melody, using himself as an example on how it really helps. Melody took it to heart, she saw Lord Raab promos and like J2H, didn't care for their content.

Melody: Is he even still in SCW?  

J2H: Apparently so, not that you'd notice outside of when he shows up for matches. It's not like he goes the extra mile for SCW like I do by showing up every week, but some genius in the office thought it was a good idea for this guy to come after my title and I really have no idea. It's not like he's won a lot of single matches lately.

Melody puts her arm around J2H, her eyes closing as she breathes steadily.

J2H: You should be in bed, not laying around here. Should be sleeping this thing off so that maybe we can work on that house on the beach.  

He looks down at Melody, her eyes shut and not responding, just softly breathing as she falls in to a dream state, her mind drifting a million miles away from reality. J2H looks down at her and shifts his body around, just leaving her to sleep on his chest. Simpson enters the room and looks towards him.

Simpson: Do you need any help sir?

J2H: Nah, I'm good, I'll take her up to bed in a few.

 Simpson nods as J2H puts his arms under her legs, lifting her up in air as he stands up, walking her off camera.




The following morning, a new day, a new start. Melody had slept peacefully that night, in her mind knowing that J2H was not that far away, but he'd had the night from hell in terms of sleep, his constant tossing and turning kept him awake, and also filled him with the fear that he might also keep Melody from recovering. His eyes were heavy as he sat on the sofa, the television in front of him on but his eyes wasn't focusing on what was being shown. He just sat motionless with his hand wrapped tightly around a cup of coffee. A yawn escaped his lungs as he watched mindlessly, watching something about celebrities on the television.

He was a celebrity in many eyes, but hated the whole celebrity world. He'd got use to the cameras following him around, the people asking questions, wanting autographs, but hated the celebrity life at times. No one cares what shade lipstick some fat ass Kardashian might be wearing, or who's fucking who in Hollywood. He'd turned down wearing so many brands on television that people would have paid him handsomely for, to see their products getting more exposure, but he hated that as much as he hated reality television. No one really gives a fuck who wants to be rewarded with a date with a guy in a suit holding a rose.

Still, he somehow found himself watching this celebrity garbage, various people clasping at their five minutes of fame until something did make his eyes focus on the screen, an image that sent rage flying through his body.

The smug face of Drake Green.

He shook his head as if to clear something from his ear, leaning forward and listening to every word the female voice over reporter is saying.


Reporter: And in another news, Drake Green will not be returning to an SCW ring to face J2H we can confirm exclusively! The former three time world champion has ruled out a return to the ring, stating he would only return if the opponent was good enough. However, we have learned that his recent appearances on Sin City Wrestling television, is due to a new movie announcement that will see on screen SCW rival J2H, otherwise known as James Huntington Hawkes III, to star opposite him in his first movie role, as the villain to Drake Green's hero. We'll bring you more as we find out.

It was like the heat was rising from his feet all the way to the top of his head, he could feel the burn move up his body inch by inch until it reached his forehead. Anger inside him began to boil his blood as he yelled at the screen.

J2H: Good enough! Fucking good enough! I am the best fucking wrestler in the world and he won't return because I am not good enough? Bullshit Drake Green! Bullshit! Just like you are, just like your career!

His breathing becomes shorter and sharper as he feels his heart racing more and more, almost beating through his chest. It was like the heat from his body was making his own skin blister and peel.

J2H: And a fucking movie with that piece of shit? Are they for real? Why would I ever work with that guy when he can't act for shit! I wouldn't lower myself to even bother to make him look good. Believe me, he'd be the victim of an on set accident!

That comment made his soul feel like it's turned an extra shade darker. He knew he was going to hell regardless of what he did with the rest of his life, but he knew these thoughts were dragging him one step closer, but he didn't care. He hated Drake Green with a passion and he has for a long time. Ever since that movie that bombed regardless of Melody in there, he always saw Drake Green as a snake. He saw his relationship with Melody almost fall apart because of that man, and he had the boiling pool of hate pressed deep in his stomach for that long. He wanted to get his hands around Drake Green's throat and end him.

These thoughts did nothing to calm the champion and he could feel his soul being ripped to shreds inside, the darkness trying to take over from his rational thought and process, turning him in to the man that wanted to cause nothing but damage on to his rival. Drake Green had got under his skin and he could already feel his squeezing his heart with both hand just because he could.

J2H closed his eyes before opening them, feeling like a flash of red shot through them, feeling like the devil in him had been woken up. He'd never felt so angry in his life at just images on a television screen, hopefully at Climax Control he will be face to face with the man. He knew he couldn't control himself now, he had no clue how he could possibly control himself on Sunday night when he saw the smug face of Drake Green just feet away from him.


J2H: I will destroy him on Sunday, fuck the match, just keep punching and punching and punching until he stops moving.

The darkness was filling the young man with more hatred then he'd ever felt in his life, it filled him with more anger than he needed or that was healthy for any human to have. Gripping the coffee cup in his hand, he throws it with force, flying in to the television screen, the screen instantly shattering on impact, the coffee flying on to the electrical entertainment system, causing sparks to fly from the screen, he reaches down and wraps his hand around a small coffee table in front of him and picks it up, throwing it across the room and in to the glass door, leading to the outside area, the glass shattering and falling like rain to the floor outside. His thoughts of everyone around him, his neighbours seeing or hearing this, even the thought of waking Simpson or Melody up was a distant thought as he went on his rampage. He was so filled with rage, his normal judgement was clouded like a heavy storm. A dining room style chair was next on his hit list as he pick it up, swinging it towards a cabinet filled with priceless looking china plates.

A huge crash echoes around the room as wood smashes in to china, causing the glass cabinet to shatter and the shelves to fall, bouncing off the floor and shattering in to thousands of pieces. Another swing of the chair takes down the plates, leaving nothing but devastation on the floor of the living room. He turns one hundred and eighty degrees and releases the chair with such force, it flies from his hand and in to a wall, the chair breaking in to pieces on impact.

He stood motionless, the rage still coursing through his veins as he stares at the broken chair, the heat in his body still building up. It was almost as if he could feel his skin turning a bright shade of red. He didn't hate feeling like this, but this was a new feeling to him, he'd let the anger take over his already tainted soul and was willing to stop at nothing to get what he wanted. He could feel the demons inside using their claws to rip at his soul, he could feel them taunting him to push it further, to continue to destroy what he created, but he felt a hand on his shoulder.

He spins around but seeing no one there, he turns again as he feels fingers grip in to his shoulder, but no one stands before him. He looks around the room with narrowed eyes but he sees no one. This time a firm shake on his shoulder forces him to open his eyes, the setting changed from what he thought.

The morning sun outside his Beverly Hills home was just rising as he sat by the pool. Simpson stood before him, ready for his day work.


Simpson: Sir, are you ok? I came out here and it was like you was fighting something that wasn't there.

J2H springs to his feet, turning around and looking towards the glass door, yet the door was in perfect condition, not a scratch. He peers in to the room, and everything is in it's rightful place, no broken chair, television or even cabinet. Everything was where it should be. A strange look crosses the fast breathing champion as he moves in to the room.

What just happened felt so real to him, like he lived it. He felt the chair in his hand, he smelt the smoke coming from the television screen. It was real to him, he felt the rage in his body, the anger, the intense feeling to destroy everything in front of him. He felt the blood boil in his veins, he felt the lightning flash in his eyes, but nothing...


Simpson: Sir?

Simpson's voice pulled him back to reality as he spun around and looked at the bigger, bald man and bites his lower lip.

J2H: I'm fine Simpson, I just had this crazy dream or something, I don't even know what the fuck it was, but it felt real.

Simpson looks at J2H with a touch of sympathy.

Simpson: It's probably the stress you're under sir. You've had a lot on your mind lately. Might I suggest a day on the boat? It might help you relax.

J2H: Not the worst idea you've ever come up with Simpson. I'll see if Melody is up and if she feels like it.

With that, the champion walks through the room, stopping at the door to look back to see if what he felt was so real minutes ago, really did happen. He takes a deep breath, shakes his head and leaves the room as the scene fades out.




Ah, the boat, a place where J2H does come to relax. He'd spoke to Melody, who was well on her way to recovery, was not exactly there just yet. Another day of ordered rest from J2H was on the cards under Simpson's watchful eye. He took the opportunity to sit on his expensive luxury yacht, not too far from his home, but relaxing wasn't completely on his mind as he sat in front of a computer screen on the main deck, the tones of a Skype call ringing and ringing. The shirtless champion rolled his eyes as he waited for an answer from the other end, eventually, it came as Austin Parker's face appeared on the screen.


Austin: Ah don't need help, ah got it, ah got it!

A smile crosses J2H's face as he looks at his manager and mentor.

J2H: Well this is a vast improvement. You've learned how to use Skype without one of your kids showing you how to do it.

Austin grits his teeth as he stares down the camera towards J2H.

Austin: Shuttup smart ass. Why ye calling me anyway? Ah got better things to do than speak to you on this thing.

Austin wasn't the most technically minded when it came to modern technology, choosing to shun the busy city life in favour of a ranch in Atlanta, Georgia.

J2H: Well, I'm back in the ring on Sunday...

Austin: Well bully for you.

His southern tone dripped with sarcasm, but J2H chose to ignore his tone.

J2H: Look, I'm facing Lord Raab.

Austin screws up his face as he peers down the camera at J2H.

Austin: Wha' th' hell, he ever do to get up there?

A casual shrug comes from J2H as he looks back at Austin.

J2H: Been asking myself the same fucking thing since I found out about this match. I mean the guy is a tag team wrestler, an average tag team wrestler at best, it's not like he's set that division on fire. Somehow, he's been put in a match against me.

Austin: Well what do ya want me to do about it?  

J2H: Well some advice from you might come in handy Austin. You're meant to be my manager and mentor. This guy is like something I haven't faced before for the title. The guy isn't the most orthodox guy out there.

Austin: Boy, ah've told you so many times ta take what they think is strength an' turn it ta weakness. The guy can't control his temper. He sees red an' dunno wha' he's doing in there. He don't have the guy who he stay in control for ready to tag in. Ah dunno if ya noticed, but he's different when he's on his own in the ring.

J2H: I noticed his style is more aggressive in the ring when he's on his own.

Austin: Cause he ain't got no one else out there to think of. When he's gotta do it with a tag partner, he don't wanna let that big oof outside the ring down. The man is changing and he's startin' ta think of Samuel's success an' not just his own. When he's in the ring on his own, he don' have that control. That's what ya use against him. He goes all blind an' ya pick him apart.

J2H leans back in his seat, nodding his head towards Austin.

J2H: So set him off and pick him off like he's not even there.

Austin: Exactly. The guy ain't got the stamina to keep up with ya in the ring anyway. Five minutes and he'll be blowin' up like a balloon. Jus' fly around the ring a lot and he won' be able to keep up with ya.

As J2H nods, taking in every work Austin has told him, another face appears on the camera, the face of Austin's wife, Ms. Angel. Her cheery complexion lights up the screen as she partly knocks Austin out of the way.

Angel: James! So great to see you!

J2H: Likewise Ms. Angel, you're looking very well.

Angel: You too darlin'. I'm so glad Austin has you on here. I wanted to invite you and your good lady to the ranch on Friday for dinner, to celebrated your championship run.

Austin's face appears on the corner of the screen, a look of confusion on his face.

Austin: Wait... what?

J2H ignores Austin and looks towards Angel on the screen.

J2H: We'll be delighted to. We'll fly in on Friday morning.

Angel: Wonderful. I will see you then.

Ms Angel blows a kiss towards the camera before walking away from the screen. J2H waves a finger in Austin's direction.

J2H: I guess we'll talk more about this on Friday.

Austin: Son of a...

Before Austin can finish, J2H closes the computer screen down and smirks. There were times he missed being at the ranch, Angel made him feel like family, she watched him grow like a mother would watch a son. One day, he'd like to know what that feeling felt like, but for now, the excitement grew. Friday, he would be back in Atlanta...

Where the rebirth happened, where evolution took him from James Huntington-Hawkes III, to year long SCW World champion, J2H....




Friday morning in Atlanta, the old familiar dirt road, familiar to the eyes of J2H, and the minds of people who care to remember, fills the screen as a car moves along it, the crackle of loose stones beneath the wheels can be heard. Inside the presumably rental car, J2H sits behind the wheel, in the passenger seat, a nervous looking Melody Grace sits wrapped up in a puffer jacket, the morning Atlanta February air still chilly. J2H casts an eye towards his young lady, smiling eyes hidden beneath dark sunglasses as he turns his attention back to the road as he passes a small gas station and convenience store, also familiar to himself and anyone with a good memory.  


J2H: What's wrong? You haven't said much since we got off the plane.

Melody shifts in her seat, looking at J2H contently driving along the road, before her attention switches back to the ranch in the distance growing ever closer to the couple.

Melody: Nothing, I'm just a little bit nervous.

J2H reaches his hand from the steering wheel and squeezes her leg just a little to reassure her.

J2H: You got nothing to be nervous about. Austin's wife, Angel, invited us here for dinner to celebrate my year long run as a champion and you get to see where I was reborn a little bit. See what I had to put up with just to be where I am wrestling wise. Plus there's a few things on the farm that you can do, and I don't mean shovelling horse shit like Austin made me do.

Melody's eyes widen with excitement as she looks towards J2H.

Melody: There's horses on the farm?

Beneath the sunglasses J2H rolls his eyes.

J2H: That's what you got from that whole sentence? Yes babe, there's horses, chickens, goats, lots of things.

Melody claps her hands together in excitement as J2H drives through the gates of the ranch and towards a modest house. He stops slowly outside the house and the door opens to see Ms Angel Parker, the wife of Austin Parker steps out of the house, the old wooden door opening slowly. A beaming smile crosses the face of the southern belle as the door stops behind her. J2H turns the engine off and looks towards Melody, who is taking a nerve calming deep breath.

J2H: Ready?

Melody breaks from her deep breaths and looks towards J2H and nods before reaching for the handle of the car. Both step out and Angel runs to greet them, her arms flying around J2H's neck. Melody looks on with a smile as she sees an unusual bright smile on the face of J2H. Angel releases the young man and places her hands on the top of his arms, looking at him proudly.

Angel: Look at you, it's like ya grown up even more since ah last saw you. I'm so proud of ya James. Over a year as champion.

She hugs him once again, like a proud mother would, squeezing him with all of her tiny might, before letting him go. She turns towards Melody with a warm smile.

Angel: And this must be the young lady in ya life.

J2H: It is. Ms. Angel, this is Melody. Melody, this is Angel Parker. A woman who not only taught me how to grow up a bit, but told me some great stories about Austin that should never be repeated.

Melody: It's nice to meet you Mrs Parker.

Respect flew from Melody's mouth for an unknown reason, but Ms Angel drew the respect of everyone on first meeting. Maybe it was a natural aura, maybe it's because people know she'd somehow managed to tame Austin Parker, but either way, there wasn't a person alive that had a bad thing to say about her.

Angel: Please call me Angel.

She moves towards Melody and wraps her arms around the startled blonde, the friendliness of some southerners, taking her back slightly. She steps back away from the now smiling Melody and looks her up and down.

Angel: What a beautiful couple you make.  

A smile from the couple instantly cross both faces as Melody moves closer to J2H, wrapping her arms around just one of his.

Melody: Thank you.

J2H: Where's Austin?

Angel: He's in the house, but why don't ya take ya bags to the guest house, an' give Melody the tour and come join us at the house a lil' later.

J2H: Sounds good. We'll be back with you in a while.

J2H looks towards the car, nodding towards it and Melody waves towards Angel. The two walk to the car and quickly jump in as Angel stands cross armed on the porch, looking at the two. J2H jumps in the drivers seat and Melody in the passenger seat and J2H starts the car.

Melody: When can we go see the animals?

J2H: Soon. Let's go to the guest house first and leave the car there, then we'll have a walk around and you'll see a few animals.

J2H starts to move the car, moving it towards the guest house he spent the best part of a year living in while he trained.

J2H: Now don't expect too much from this. When they say guest house, it's more of a shed with like four rooms.

Melody: I'm sure it's perfectly fine.

J2H slows the car down outside the small building and J2H eventually stops the car and looks at Melody with a smirk.

J2H: Your not so much of a palace awaits.

He opens the car door, prompting Melody to do the same and walks towards the guest house, opening the unlocked door and leading the way in. Melody follows him in the building and looks around, the front door leading directly in to the living room, with just basic immensities, a small sofa against the back wall, and a small television set on the other wall.

J2H: Home, sweet hell. Next room through is the kitchen, next one through there is the bedroom and through the next one is the bathroom. Wouldn't expect too much hot water in there.

He sits down on the sofa, wiggling around a little to get comfortable and looks up at Melody.

Melody: You actually lived in here?

J2H: Yeah, for a long time. I kinda got used to it when I worked out I had to do everything for myself or I wouldn't survive. The beds a bit lumpy, the sofa numbs ya ass, the water is cold and that cowboy woke me up at 6am every damn day to shovel horse shit and feed animals before I could even try and train to wrestle. It was hell but it made me a better wrestler, showed me I could over come anything at all.

Nostalgia kicks in as he thinks back to the times where he wasn't where he was in the wrestling world, where his look was somewhat different to what it is now. The muscle definition, the tattoos, all was non existent back then. He looked like a regular guy, just a face in the crowd. Looking back, he knew that this place could have made him or broke him. Through the rough conditions, he knew it had made him. He knew that the sacrifices made in this place had actually brought him up and not dragged him up. Austin Parker was a bad ass, this was his way of toughening up. The poor conditions wasn't to get any kind of sick pleasure, they were to toughen you up, but Ms Angel was the good cop in this partnership. While Austin toughened you up, Angel tended to show you a human side, a side to keep you grounded.

J2H looked towards Melody with a smile, before forcing himself back to his feet. He moves towards the blonde, her eyes looking around the room.

Melody: Jam, you don't like staying in places that are less than four stars, how did you survive this place?

J2H: It was my last shot to try and be someone. If it didn't work out this time, I was done with wrestling. I was just gonna sit in doors all day and do nothing until  I figured out what to do. Probably just invest money in shit and let everyone else do the work. I knew if I could survive this hell, I could have a future in wrestling. It's what drove me on.

Melody moves towards him, putting her arms around his neck.

Melody: Jam....

J2H places his hands on Melody's waist, wondering what she is going to say next. He tilts his head in anticipation for her next words.

J2H: Yes?

Melody: Can we go see some animals now?

A smile breaks out on J2H's face as he looks at her and nods.

J2H: Yeah, let's do that. We can get the bags out of the car later. I know just where to show you first.

Melody smiles at him as she moves her hands around from his neck and slides her arms down his body, to his side and spins around, wrapping her hand around his own and leading him out of the house. She looks around the farm land and quickly back towards J2H.

Melody: Where to first?

J2H: There.

He points his free hand towards a wooden barn in the distance to the left and starts to lead Melody towards the aged building. J2H leads her down the path, the ground soft under their feet as they move through the mud and grass. The chilly air bites at their skin as they reach the barn, J2H looking up at the tall wooden doors. He reaches towards the rusting ring handle and pushes the barn door open and steps inside. Melody peers around the corner and sees a wrestling ring, it's best days long behind it.

J2H: This is where I learned to wrestle, right here in this ring. This is where I spent every day, after I could lift that stupid bale of hay.

J2H points to a bale of hay nearby, causing Melody to look towards it. She walks over to it and puts her hands on the straps holding it together and lifts it at least a foot off the ground before dropping it on the floor.

Melody: It's not that tough to do Jam.

J2H: Took me weeks to even lift it that high off the ground!

A proud smile crosses Melody's face as J2H tells her this new information before looking back towards the ring, turning his head away from an almost gloating Melody.

Melody: I thought we was gonna see some animals J.

J2H: Oh we are.

He turns around towards this ring, moving towards it and sitting on the apron. He taps his hand on the canvas next to his leg and calls out.

J2H: Get out here Chuckie, I know ya in here somewhere.

A curious look crosses Melody's face as she looks around the, what seems like, empty barn, but clucking appears to be coming from under the ring. J2H smirks at her as chicken appears by his feet. J2H looks down towards the bird and reaches down as he jumps off the ring apron and picks him up, lifting him on to the ring apron.  

J2H: This is Chuckie, he's the first chicken that ever wanted to be a wrestler it seems. This guy was forever in the ring trying to ankle peck me.

Melody moves closer as J2H taps him on the head causing the chicken to look at him. More clucks come from under the ring and three baby chickens toddle out from under the ring. Melody looks down, her eyes filled with joy as she sees them.

Melody: I don't think he came alone babe.

J2H looks down to see them and reaches down. He picks one up and places it on the ring apron. He reaches for a second and Melody picks up the third. J2H looks at the father chicken.

J2H: Someone's been busy since  I've been gone.

Melody: They're so cute! Jam...

J2H: No, we can not have a baby chicken Mel. We already got a duck and a fish. No need for a chicken.

Melody pouts towards J2H, her lower lip quivering at him, but J2H stands firms in his choice as he looks at her.

J2H: Not a chance.  

Melody: Fiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiine.

J2H looks at Chuckie as he walks up and down the ring apron. J2H waves his hand at the bird who returns to his side.

J2H: Someone needs to give you the talk. I think we'll leave that one down to Austin thought cause I don't speak chicken.

J2H places the chick down on to the floor and reaches for the second on the ring apron and picks it up, also placing it down on the floor. Melody reluctantly does the same with the one she's holding and J2H watches Chuckie as he jumps off the ring apron and to the floor.

J2H: That chicken has no fear. If he could throw a dropkick, he'd probably be better than half my opponents.  

The two watch as the chicken and chicks wander under the ring again. J2H takes Melody by the hand and the two walk for the exit. He quickly let's go of the Bombshell champions hand and closes the door of the barn behind them. He reaches back for Melody's hand and wraps his fingers around it, walking past it, to where a field sits with goats in, five to be exact, two adults and three kids. The group of five instantly move towards the couple as again, Melody's eyes filled with joy as she crouched towards them, the younger goats moving towards her quickly. She reaches out a hand as one of the younger ones get near, licking at the top of her palm, causing her heart to melt.

Melody: They're so precious! I'm almost jealous that you got to live with the animals for so long.

J2H: You wouldn't be saying that if you had to run around feeding them every day, cleaning up after them and checking the fences every day.

Melody: I would love to feed animals every day and run around with them.

J2H: Until you got animal shit on your Jimmy's and spent hours cleaning them.

Melody stands up, putting a playful elbow in to J2H's ribs, causing the World champion to smile at her.

Melody: Baaaaaaaaaabe....

J2H quickly shakes his head, knowing what coming next.

J2H: No, we can not take home a baby goat either. What would the neighbours think?

Melody taps her chin, thinking for just a few seconds before looking back at him.

Melody: They'll think "Awe, what a cute goat, we need a cute goat like that too!"

J2H: I don't think they'll be thinking that. I think they'll be thinking "Why is this damn goat eating my lawn!"

Melody holds on to J2H's arm and he leads her away, moving just past the main house of Austin and Angel Parker and towards an empty looking field, with a hill partially in the middle of it. He stops at the wooden fence and climbs up, taking a seat on it. He reaches down to Melody helping her up on to the fence. Melody sits next to him and looks around, looking for anything that could be in the field but spies nothing.

Melody: Jam, there's nothing here.

He brings his fingers to his lips and whistles, the sound echoing around the open field. Melody looks around as he smiles at the sound of hooves in the distance, charging towards the duo, the sound getting louder. Over the hill, a black stallion leads the charge of four other horses, heading towards the couples location. The horses stop sharply in front of J2H and Melody, the black one moving forward away from the pack and towards J2H, his eyes locked on him. J2H looks directly at the horse.

J2H: We gonna do this stare down shit again? You know I always win.

The horse lifts his head and turns away as J2H strokes him on the head, the horse looks at Melody sitting next to him on the fence.

Melody: Hi horsey!

J2H: You can stroke him, he won't bite, unless he thinks you're a carrot or something.

Melody puts her hand out to him, and the horse moves closer, allowing Melody to stroke him on the head. He moves closer to Melody as excitement fills her eyes.

Melody: J....

J2H: No....

Melody: Rats!

He knew what was coming and decided to end it before it could even begin. He looked at Melody, her attention already turned back to the horse, seeing the happiness in her eyes. It was nice to see that Melody return, having been ill for a couple of weeks, seeing her smile so much actually made him feel perkier. Melody ill equalled a very sad Melody, but seeing her like this gave him a bu.

J2H: Ok, we should probably go and take the bags in. I'll show you the rest of this place a little later....

The rest of the day flew by as J2H kept his word, he spent the afternoon walking around the vast ranch, showing Melody everything it had to offer, from the running springs in the hills, to the rest of the farm yard animals, causing Melody to wonder how Austin had time to look after so many, and more so, how Angel coped while Austin was at SCW shows. The day wore on nicely as the afternoon turned to evening time and the duo stood outside the main house of the ranch, both dressed in evening wear for the night.

J2H knocks on the door with his right hand, causing the door to slightly swing open, only to be greeted by a cat walking through the door. J2H looks down as the cat makes a beeline toward J2H, rubbing her body around his leg.


J2H: God damn, you're still walking around like a six year old.

J2H turns towards Melody.

J2H: This cat is about eighteen years old. Still, Austin's probably got underwear that's older.

Austin: Ah heard that, smart ass!

46
Supercard Archives / J2H Vs Jamie Dean
« on: January 20, 2017, 05:15:55 AM »
 J2H: Jamie beat nine other guys to get to this spot, this will be the biggest match of his career. He has the fans behind him and I know they're desperate to see me fall short of holding my title belt for a whole year. He will step up his game and I will fight to keep what's mine.

Freddy: Are there tickets left to see the show for people who want to travel to Vegas to see the show?

J2H: Sadly not, but you can subscribe to scwrestling.net and see the show live on pretty much anything you can get the internet on. You can sit in the bath and watch the show on your phone if you want. It's not too expensive and it will be a huge night of actions.

Freddy: We're coming to the end of our time here, but before we go, what's your plans for 2017?  

J2H: Just do the same as last year, just keep going and going and going. Don't ease up, just get stronger.

Freddy: That is all the time with have with this busy young man, J, we can not thank you enough for stopping by to talk about your life, wrestling and of course Inception II, January twenty second, live on scwrestling.net. J, it's been a pleasure to talk to you today.

J2H: No problem at all.

Freddy: We'll be right back after these messages.

The two stand to shake hands as the camera fades out.




Well our story is almost coming to an end as we head in to deadline day, the day that SCW takes all promos and airs them constantly on scwrestling.net, can you feel the excitement in the air? Well there's something else to be excited about before that....

Melody's birthday!

Yes, tomorrow, Saturday, Melody's birthday rolls around and he'd be a shitty boyfriend not to do something different, and that is where you join us.

The grand dining area of the house of J2H and Melody Grace is much busier than usual. A round table is seen in the middle and five people are seen decorating it to perfect. Expensive china is placed on the table in front of a floral centrepiece. To one side, J2H stands with Simpson, watching proceedings.


Simpson: You've spared no expense here sir?

J2H looks at Simpson with a smile, nodding his head up and down.

J2H: She's worth it Simpson. Besides, it will help take her mind of certain things that happened lately.

Simpson looks down on the young man with a raised eyebrow

Simpson: Oh?

J2H scrambles for words. The private conversations between Melody and himself were just that, private. He hadn't gone outside of the two to talk to anyone, Dexter getting a free pass because, you know, he's a duck!

J2H: Oh, you know Simpson. She took her loss to Crystal hard the other week and now she's stepped up to headlining a supercard, hopefully this will help clear her mind. She's heard Crystal brag about wanting to be the longest serving Bombshell champion and it effects her. She thinks Crystal's determination will see her through.

Danger averted as J2H gets himself through a sticky moment.

Simpson: Oh, you disagree with her sir?

A quick sharp nod comes from the champion.

J2H: Oh course, Crystal Millar is not all she cracked up to be. How often in her run have you seen her on SCW television? She's not been like me showing up every week to show I am the leader of my division. She's made that division like a ship without a captain. Plus no one knows if she's a good guy or a bad guy. They made a Mr. Men after her Simpson, little Miss Bi-Polar. Melody has nothing to worry about, Crystal's ego will explode and her good side will end up arguing with her bad side. The woman is a mess and the division will be a lot better with Melody running it.

Simpson: I somewhat agree sir. The division needs a leader.

J2H looks across at people setting up the table, moving things around, trying to live up to the perfection J2H has demanded. He quickly turns his head towards Simpson.

J2H: You're welcome to join us. Melody would want you there.

Simpson: I appreciate the offer sir, but I do have other plans. I think this would be the perfect time to bring yourself closer to Ms. Grace and her family. I will certainly see you both in the morning to give Ms. Grace her present.

J2H: I'm sure she'll appreciate it Simpson.

From behind the pair, Melody stands looking at the two of them, her eyes then darting curiously around the room at the scene of people moving around.

Melody: What's going on?

Simpson and J2H slowly look at each other, both with curious looks on their faces. They both slowly turn around to see Melody Grace standing behind them, hand on her hips as she looks at them.

Melody: Well...

Simpson: You'd have to excuse me sir, I believe I left the oven on.

Simpson quickly darts away from the two as J2H shakes his head at the big man.

J2H: Coward!

Melody puts her finger up to J2H's face, pushing his face across to look her in the eye. He looks at her blankly as she returns his look, a much more sterner look on her face.

J2H: Hi....

Melody continues to sternly look at J2H at he smiles, trying to take away her attention.

Melody: Hi, now what's going on around here, Jam?

The surprise had gone and he knew it as he took a deep breath inwards. He looks at Melody with a half smile and confesses.  

J2H: Well babe, I thought you was out all day today, so I decided to do something for you. It's your birthday tomorrow, we have a really busy weekend so I thought I'd do something for you tonight instead, so I made some calls and set this up.

Melody looks around the room, seeing people busy themselves working on arranging flowers and place settings.

Melody: Set what up?

J2H: Well, I invited a couple of people over tonight for dinner. It's all taken care of. These guys are the best in the business at arranging tables perfectly so I'm told and caterers are on their way in, and our guests will be here in a couple of hours to join us. I just thought you was out for a little longer so it could all be done before you got home.  

She reaches out, grabbing his hand with both hers.

Melody: That's sweet babe. Who's our guests?

A smile crosses his face, knowing that brownie points are almost certainly on their way.

J2H: Your parents.

Melody's eyes light up as she wraps her arms around his neck

Melody: Oh my God! I can't believe it.

J2H: Well they're be here soon, so go make yourself look prettier than you already do right now, and you'll see them soon.

Melody quickly squeezes J2H around the neck and charges off without another word, the excitement taking over her body. He smiles as the scene fades out.

This one continues over in Melody's second promo, so go on, go check it out and I'll wait here patiently.




To speak about one's opponent is more than tradition in wrestling, it's to build up a match, it's to put asses on seats and something J2H is very much known for is the effort he puts in to building up a match at a supercard, or indeed any card, but the supercard is his thing, he's known for putting everything he has in to it and this will be no different.

The camera moves around a room, dedicated to wrestling memorabilia, Pictures of J2H holding titles above his head are seen wall to wall. Replica title belts sit in clear display boxes around the room. The camera turns around to a wall of photographs, candids of J2H and Melody with various people from SCW, including a group picture of Melody and the Seven Deadly Sins. Another shows her in between Roxi Johnson and Misty. J2H walks in front of the camera, moving in front of a box showing the SCW Tag Team championship he won in the past and turns to face the camera, the camera seeing him wearing baggy grey pants, and white sleeveless shirt. Around his neck sits a thick gold chain, and a baseball cap slightly pushed to the left. The SCW World championship sits around his waist.  


J2H: Looks like this title belt is the only think I have in common with my opponent.

His fingers dance on the box containing the SCW Tag Team championship belt, sliding along the glass box as a smile slowly creeps on to his face.

J2H: This is my room of achievements, a room in the house dedicated to wrestling for Melody and myself. This room alone tells a story, it shows that starting with nothing and coming back with something is something I've spent my career doing.  

J2H looks towards a photograph on the wall, clearly years younger, his hair very different and muscles and tattoos non existent. Over his shoulder is a custom made championship belt.

J2H: Day one, me with the Universal title.

He looks deep down the camera.

J2H: Yeah, I made that shit up, fuck everyone else trying to copy me, you know who I'm talking 'bout.

He turns back to the photograph, a smile on his face as he thinks back to the start. It wasn't always the easiest time in his life and he didn't know it till long after, that although miserable then, every single move he made brought him to here and made it worth it. Took a long time of beatings and liberty taking for it all to be made worth it.

J2H: This is a room of memories Jamie Dean, this is a room of accomplishments and memories from my time in wrestling, from my time in SCW.

He turns back to face the camera, an arrogant, cocky look on his face.

J2H: Let me guess what you do with your memories of wrestling Jamie. I bet you keep them all in a shoe box because realistically, you've not done a whole lot, have you?

He taps his chin with his middle and forefinger as he smiles down the camera.

J2H: While you have a box of pictures of drunk karaoke moments with a goody two shoes, an English guy who wants to be friends with the world, and a woman not used to standing up unless she's bending over, I've been making something of myself Jamie. I've done all this and I got rewarded with this.

He points down to the title belt with both hands and smiles.

J2H: See, I started to make something of myself while you relied on someone to help give you a hand. I remember how you returned to SCW. You returned because someone sold you a dream of becoming a champion and that's exactly what you bought in to and well done, you came in and won a belt when that division was on it's knees. There was no competition there and now look at it, Jet City, The Unholy Alliance, The Monstimals, Dying Breed, The Bad Boys, The Elders, look, there's competition and I ain't shocked to see you running from the division to hide in the singles division, praying you'll get lost in the shuffle because you're not good enough to stand out on your own.

He knew what he was doing, he knew he was zeroing on doubts that Jamie Dean may have about himself. His shocked reaction to his position, to his unbelievable rise to the top of SCW by winning just one match.

J2H: I know you can argue that you beat nine men Jamie, but I could have beat you all at the same time. I could have pinned you all, but nope, over the top rope where others did a lot more work than you did. That's gotta make ya feel proud that you had others throw some people over the top rope so that you can take the glory. It's a bit like your tag career, let the other guy do the work and claim victory, raise your hand like you earned it. These people don't see it Jamie, but I do, I see the dark side to you, it's there in everyone but I see it a lot in you, and I've been around Brother Grimm, but your dark side isn't far off.

He hold up both hands to the camera.

J2H: Oh let me explain before you condemn me. Let me tell you just how it is because claiming I'm wrong.

He lowers his hands, his mind already knowing where he wants to take this, what he wants to spell out for the fans who cheer Jamie Dean unconditionally.

J2H: This is a man who couldn't save his tag partner twice from losing in a title  match. This is a man who hasn't been pinned in a tag match while his partner took the fall. This is a man who couldn't be bothered to jump in the ring and save him. This is a man who looked out for himself and no one else. His reputation didn't get tarnished, and he has the balls to wonder why he's in this match, why he was in the battle royal over his more successful tag team partner? He played this one to perfection and you lot all swallowed it up. This is the man who broke a home by taking away someone's husband just days after he became a father to triplets! This is the fucking man you cheer, this is the man who brags about it, yet you cheer him, and I'm the scum of the earth? I'm the bad guy who swoops lower than a snake, but he can go and break a home and everyone applauds him. If I did that, would you applaud me?  

He slowly shakes his head, knowing that the fans would rip on him if he ever did that.

J2H: No, you'd call me all the names under the sun. You'd pull me in to the street and stone me, but Jamie Dean does it and no one raises an eyebrow, no one batters an eyelid. Not even his closest friends, the oh so moral driven Sam Marlowe or Ben Jordan have told him he was wrong for it. He can argue the man just showed up, but there's this word called no Jamie, and you could have used it, but as usual, you was too busy thinking of what suited you, rather than the people it destroyed on the way. It's been the story of your career Jamie. You've used people to get where you are, you've put of a smoke screen of being this good guy, when you're not.

He looks around the room in disgust at Jamie Dean's actions before looking back at the camera.

J2H: Even your little charity thing is bullshit Jamie. A club for homeless gay people. You sit there think you're helping out people, but what you're doing is alienating people. You're undoing years of peoples work who tried to end segregation between straight and gay people, by just making your little charity for one certain set of people and not others. Gay people wanted equality, to be treated like any straight person in the world, people like you fought for that, fuck even I agreed with that, that people should be treated equal, but in your eyes, if they don't play for your team, then fuck them, let them stay out on the streets and freeze to death, but if you like the same sex, please come on in.

He places his arm out behind him as if he's inviting someone in to the room, before moving back to tall confident stance.

J2H: You scream for equality but then you stop people because they're not like you. How about you practice what you fucking preach you hypocrite.

J2H grits his teeth, his jaw line tightening up as he looks seriously down the camera.

J2H: Gay people can join the military in the worlds eyes, but straight people gotta stay on the street if you look through Jamie Dean's eyes. Your friend Ben Jordan has a charitable organization set up, does he not? One that helps under privileged kids, named after that ex of his that strangely vanished. Maybe someone should dig up his old garden, might find her again, but he has that charity Jamie. Do you think he asks kids if they're straight or gay before offering to help them?

He turns his ear to the camera as if to wait for a Jamie response before turning back to face it.

J2H: This is the kinda guy you cheer, this is the kinda guy you want to see end my reign as champion and walk away with the gold. This is the fraud you wanna see raise his hand with my title belt at the end of the next but I am going to tell you this. It will not be happening. He has no one to hide behind in this match, no one to reach out and tag in to, no one to yell to to help him. This is just my skill as an undefeated for over a year wrestler, to a man who like to pull the wool over everyone's eyes and pass himself off as a good guy and top level wrestler, but I can assure you, he is neither. I didn't raise the bar when it came to wrestling, I am the bar and I'm miles ahead right now, of what Jamie Dean will ever be in his SCW career.

He takes a deep breath, letting the air fill his lungs before exhaling and continuing.

J2H: You know you're out of your depth in this match Jamie, it's ok to admit it to the world. You're not facing any man in SCW, you're facing THE man in SCW. There's no one on the roster that even compares to me. I'm better than anyone you've faced in the past and I'm better than anyone you'll face in the future. Pick one guy on the roster as good as I am. I've taken out Dmitri and Despayre back to back in wars, there's no one else on this roster that is as good as I am, and you've never faced anyone even half as good as I am Jamie. Hell, SCW can't find anyone as good as I am or they would have signed them by now. There is no one in the wrestling world that can stand up to me, so why do you think a guy with no title history on his own, can stand up to a guy that's done all this.

He points around the room and smirks, basking in the glow of his own personal achievements.

J2H: This is what I've done Jamie, you have done nothing compared to me, so what makes you think you can dethrone this king?  

He pushes his hands together and looks down the camera with a tilted head.

J2H: The fans might be cheering you on, they might be yelling your name and screaming for you to win but they know deep down, they know in their hearts that it's more hopeful than anything else. They know I ain't gonna lose this one bro, because as much as they wanna see an upset, they know they're not gonna see an upset. They know I'm way too good for you, they know that this is a foregone conclusion man where you don't have a chance in hell. You know you don't Jamie, they're just hopeful, why are you even gonna bother showing up at all. It will be more than a little pointless with you wasting my time and their time. It will be just plain fucking stupid getting your hopes up when I have more than a chance to batter them down in to nothing, in to less than nothing. I can crush your dreams with just a few moves Jamie, send you back to where you want to be and lost in the crowd so you can ruin other people's lives under the radar while masquerading as this good guy.  

He looks down the camera with a serious look on his face.

J2H: You don't deserve to be in this match in terms of being a wrestler, you don't deserve to be in this match in terms of being a man. You don't deserve to be anywhere near me Jamie. The only joy you'll get out of this match is the fact of being able to touch me without getting arrested. Everything else is gonna just be an uphill battle for you to even last in the ring with me.

He smirks down the camera.

J2H: You thought Rage hitting you with a chokeslam was something? You wait until you're in the ring with me. I've done everything Jamie, I've gone through hell with monsters, I've walked alongside demons and I've battled everything people can throw at me. You've won a few tag matches and a battle royal. You're not ready for this Jamie and you won't be for a long, long time. You won't be able to last in this match on your own Jamie because what I'm about to bring is beyond anything you've ever seen before, it's bigger than you can ever be, it's stronger than anything you'll ever have to face again and you won't be able to handle this at all. I didn't become a champion by luck, I picked my time and I shocked the world and since that moment, SCW has been a much better place. I lifted SCW with my bare hands and turned it in to the right place to be for everyone. I showed people on the roster that dreams fucking come true and I am the living proof of that but with that Jamie, I now also have the power to kill dreams, to end them there and then and that is something I intend on doing with you and ending your one shot of big time SCW glory. Maybe you should go back down to the lower levels, have a go at the roulette title, or piss of Steve Ramone or Travis Nathaniel Andrews because they're about your level.  

Arrogance drips from the young mans voice as he feels justified in looking down on Jamie Dean.

J2H: Until that battle royal, you wasn't a big name in SCW let alone the wrestling world and that's probably why we ended up bumped down to not closing the show. No one really wants to see you that high up, outside a few fans, the only reason they want you to win is because the fans love an underdog, but I don't give a fuck what they want, SCW is the J2H show. There's not many others around people care about, this show is all about me, it will always be about me. I know I'm the one all eyes are on and unlike you Jamie, I refuse to disappoint.

Confidence runs through the young mans body as he continues.

J2H: Do you think these people would buy a ticket to see you hold my World championship? No! Do you think these people would be interested in seeing you with my title and holding it proudly around? No! They come to see me, they come to see me talk real and tell people how it is and I'm doing that right now. I'm telling you all how it is, I'm telling you now that I speak no lies when I tell you this is where I belong, not where you should step Jamie. You will only be disappointing yourself by trying, you'll only let down those handfuls of fans that have come to see you. You will only fall short, because I will have my belt for over a year and I will not let you think you can stop me by winning a battle royal. I will not let you even come close to trying and stop me. This title is coming back to this place with me. My record will stay in tact. There's no tag team partner there for you to take the fall Jamie, this one is on you, this one is where your eyes will open to see that any talent you thought you had bro, is all in your head.

He smirks down the camera, his eyes focused.

J2H: I am more than capable of putting you away in record time Jamie, and I just might do that so we can move on to see Melody win the SCW Bombshell championship. Everyone knows I will beat Jamie Dean, everyone knows that the win is as good as mine already without me even to have to try too hard against him, everyone knows that I am going to walk out victorious. You can bring your little friends if you want Jamie, you can have Ben Jordan down here, you can have Sam Marlowe down here, you can get Amy Marshall off her back or her knees and you can get her down to the ring to will you on, urge you on, push you to try and do better, to give it your all, to push you to victory, but by the end of the match, all they will have is a sore throat and a look of disappointment in their eyes as you fail in front of them, as you lose with them that close to the ring. They'll be right there to pat you on the back and tell you it was hard luck, that I got lucky.

He scoffs at the thought of being lucky.

J2H: Let me tell you Jamie, it won't be luck, it will be nothing but skill. I will rip you to pieces with relative ease, they'll just be trying to make you feel better after a crashing defeat. Let me tell you Jamie, it's no fun getting so close and falling on your face but it's something you have to experience just once in your life. I have been there and I vowed never to be there again, never to have that feeling again, never to feel like I was worthless again, and I will not. Come Inception II, you will have that feeling, you will fall face first and you will know what it's like to have that crushing feeling of defeat. You won't like it Jamie but out there on your own, it won't be the last time you feel that cold sting. It won't be the last time you feel that agony shooting through you knowing that you just couldn't stand up to the man who has ruled this roost for a long fucking time and will rule it for a long time to come.  

He nods and smiles, impressed by himself but continues once more.

J2H: The facts are there in front of your face Jamie and you won't be able to stop what's about to happen. Bluntly, I'm just too fucking good and you're not. I was born to be a champion, you was not, I was made to take federations and lead them to greatness, you were not. I am the greatest man to step in a ring, and you're just an average run of the mill wrestler never destined for anything great. You're here in this match based on one little match where others did the work, now Jamie you're all alone and you will know it as soon as you step in that ring, look up the entrance ramp and wait for that music to hit. As soon as it does Jamie, there will be nothing you can offer to this match, there will be nothing you can do to stop me. You will just end up on the list like the rest of them that have tried and failed.

He takes a step closer to the camera, looking down it with intent in his eyes and a smirk on his face.

J2H: Just enjoy being in my limelight while you can Jamie, because the limelight will fade for you just as quickly as it appeared. It will fade so soon, that you might not ever notice you was in it. This is all about me Jamie, and it didn't matter who won the battle royal, each and every person was just being fed to this great champion, each and every person was just about to walk in to the same fate and that's ten minutes in the sunshine before the rain falls once again. This is your one moment Jamie Dean and trust me, you will fuck it up. You will fall just like the rest of them. I don't doubt it at all Jamie, and neither should you.

He casually shrugs his shoulders, a look of non concern on his face.

J2H: So there you go Jamie Dean, your fate has been written and you will disappear as quickly as you appeared. Now that, is real talk bitch!

J2H smirks as he walks away from the camera, leaving the scene to fade to black.

47
Supercard Archives / J2H Vs Jamie Dean
« on: January 20, 2017, 05:13:16 AM »
  Well, this was unexpected...

Not the timing of the supercard, the people who have been here a long time sort of works out when it's time to get ready for a huge show, but opposition. Deep down J2H actually agreed with the long overdue attempt at making new stars, he also knew that it wasn't always the higher ups fault that it didn't work out, sometimes people thought they were already made men and didn't have to work, and somehow trailed off, but Jamie Dean was the last person he thought he'd be facing at Inception II. Just weeks before, he scoffed at the idea when Amy Marshall suggested it on Twitter that Jamie should face him, and now it's a reality.

He didn't believe that her tweet had made the bosses think, he knew Amy had zero influence about what went on in SCW, so the "they got a title shot because someone asked" people, yes, I'm looking at you Alexis Staggs.... God it feels weird saying that, and no, I won't ease up on her cause Austin lost his mind, anyway, back on track here. Jamie Dean was put in a position to earn it, and that's what he did. J2H half expected him to earn it, to come through for some reason, but didn't believe it would happen.

The roster is full of potential talent in his mind, not only the ten men who had a chance to be in the position that Jamie Dean sits in, he could see potential in so many, yet he knew so  many would become lazy and fade away. To him, they didn't have the mental side to their game.

Being the best isn't about showing up, getting in the ring and winning, it's about doing your homework, committing to the cause, to the career path you've chosen because you want to be the best, and that's what he did.

Sitting in his Beverly Hills home, the familiar surrounds start to emerge as J2H sits on the sofa in his huge living room, his eyes firmly planted on a notepad in his left hand, a pen in his right hand. He taps the top of the pen on the back of the page, his eyes burning in to the page as his eyes move from word to word. His eyebrows lower as the words slowly feed in to his mind. Breathing deeply and quickly sighing, he closes his eyes to let the thoughts run through his mind. Melody walks past him, walking in front of him and past him for a second, throwing a casual glance in to his direction but stops and takes one giant step backwards. She spins ninety degrees to face and him and looks down at him, scratching the side of her head as she looks at him with his eyes closed.


J2H: I know you're there babe.

Melody grins as she looks at him with his eyes still firmly shut. She attempts to deepen her voice, and putting on a British accent, trying to do her best Simpson impression.

Melody: What was that, sir?

J2H's eyes fire open, a look of shock on his face as he half expects to see Simpson standing in front of him, only to be met with the reality of a giggling Melody. A sigh of relief escapes his lungs as the images of the outside world starts to become more clear and sees Melody in full focus.

J2H: Your Simpson impression is getting better. I almost thought for a second that it was him. x

Melody covers her smile as she moves next to J2H, sitting next to him on the sofa and putting her head on his shoulder.

Melody: I can't like Jam, he's been giving me tips so I can scare you like that. Fun, right?

J2H: As much fun as sitting on a hedgehog.

A yawn escapes his lungs as he stretches his shoulders back, leaning in to the comfortable sofa. Melody puts her hand on his shoulder, giving it a gentle squeeze.

Melody: Why don't you get some sleep J? You didn't sleep well last night, and I heard you get up at 3am.

He brushes off Melody's comment with a quick shake of his head, looking at her through his tired eyes.

J2H: No, I'm fine. I need to get this done, I need to find a weakness or two so I can focus on overcoming Jamie Dean.

Melody leans backwards a little bit, pulling some distance between her face and the champions face, her blonde hair falling slightly over her forehead. She brushes it behind her ear as she looks at him with one raised eyebrow.  

Melody: I've never seen you like this when it comes to an opponent, even a new opponent. Usually you're fine, and confident.

He turns his head towards her, his eyes in line with her very own.

J2H: Oh I'm confident Mel. I'm confident I can walk in to any federation up and down this country, hell, in the world and beat their champion with relative ease, but something about Jamie Dean that makes things unpredictable. The fans are behind him as much as they were behind Despayre. He fits the mould of a top champion, he's fresh, young, and people could see him lead SCW in to a new era. More to the point Mel, I can't find any weaknesses with him.

Melody squeezes J2H's shoulder as she looks at him with slight concern. She knew in her heart that this is not the way he acts before any championship match. She knew that there was something more to it.

Melody: Come on Jam! This is what you're good at! You can pick people apart in your sleep. You know he has a weakness somewhere there.

Her motivational words fell partly of deaf ears as the thoughts of how bad he would look losing to Jamie Dean ran through his mind like a steam train with failed breaks.

J2H: I'm not too sure he does Mel, look at this.

J2H lifts the notepad to eye height and hold the words towards Melody, allowing her to see what he wrote.

Melody: What is all of this?

He taps the pen on top of the top page, the firm sound of pen against paper jumps in to the air.

J2H: This is what I wrote before Sunday's Battle Royal, I wrote this as soon as every man was announced to be in the match. One of them had to win it so I sat there and I got ready for whoever it may be. I listed a few weaknesses.

Melody's eyes read the words, reading them out loud.

Melody: Blade Alexander - can't handle the pressure, once quit SCW three days before headlining a supercard, lucky to even be allowed back.  

J2H: Very fucking lucky to be allowed back.

Melody: Samuel Devereux, lost spark since becoming a father and cheating on his wife with another man.

J2H: His head was never gonna be in the game. That man lives a fucked up life.

Melody: Joshua Acquin - hahahahahahaha... Really Jam?

A smile crosses over the young man's face as he looks at Melody.

J2H: Yeah, I mean come on, beat him before and if I listed all his weaknesses, I'd have run out of paper. The guy was always an unfunny joke.

Melody continues reading down the page, her hand squeezing the champions leg.

Melody: Samuel McPherson, likely to get lost in the ring without Raab holding his hand and guiding him through the match. Inexperienced in single matches.

J2H: I bet that guy don't sneeze unless Raab tells him to. Maybe we can report Raab or something for taking advantage of a fucktard.

Melody's mouth opens wide as she looks at J2H with disbelief.

J2H: What? He is a fucktard.

Melody: I'm just gonna move on J because it's not fair to comment like that. James Tuscini, way too slow, moves list that comes right out of the 60s, doesn't move with the times.

J2H: I should have wrote greasy fingered pia boy who will slip over the top rope because his hands are to greasy to hold on.


Melody rolls her eyes at his jab towards Tuscini and continues to read.

Melody: Calvin Harris, not the man who won all those titles in the past, bum knee, easy to take out with one kick.

J2H: He impressed me considering he was a one legged man in an ass kicking contest.

Melody can not help but smile at that comment before continuing.

Melody: Xander Bishop, keyboard warrior, too much of a rookie in SCW to even be considered a threat in this match.

J2H: And he wasn't a threat, all talk, or what you can understand of it.

Melody: He's got some talent. He's looked impressive so far.

J2H flicks the hair from the side of his face as he smirks at Melody, quickly shaking his head at her.

J2H: He got pushed too soon and will probably crumble. Feel free to continue.

Melody: Steve Ramone, there's a reason Ramone hasn't been at the top in his SCW career and been around the bottom level... Because he sucks! Probably be too worn out jerking off to his bitches movies.

J2H: Well it's true. Surely what the silly bastard is doing backstage is illegal.

Melody: It's gross J. Makes me feel sick.

J2H: Makes everyone in the world feel sick. No one wants to think of him doing that.

Melody: I'm just gonna keep reading before I end up being sick all over the place.

J2H: Good call babe.

Melody: Jeremiah Hardin, The Fallen's bitch, will try too hard to impress them and lose concentration. Spent so long hiding behind his uncle in a tag team, will be tired in about three minutes.

J2H: Not too bad with these predictions so far, eh?

A proud smile crosses J2H's face as he looks at Melody, his eyebrows raised

Melody: So far so good. One more name left on the list. Jamie Dean...

Melody looks up towards J2H before looking back at the writing pad.  

Melody: Babe, there's just a question mark there.

J2H waves his finger towards Melody.

J2H: That is the problem babe. Jamie was the one man going in to that battle royal that didn't mind about the out come, he relaxed, played his game and won and he is the one person that could come in to the match against me with the same attitude. He's took the pressure off himself and that takes out so many potential weaknesses. He's not gonna over think it, he's gonna be relaxed, the pressure of being in a main event match, well co main event, isn't gonna bother him in the slightest. When people come in to these matches, they think of worse case scenarios and they shit themselves because they want it so bad and I can pick them apart. Jamie Dean is not gonna worry about that or the fact that when it comes to big match experience, I got him beat.

Melody: I think you're over thinking this. Jamie is good, but he's been in a tag team for a long time. The longer you make the match go on, the more tired he will become.

J2H bites his lower lip as he looks at Melody.

J2H: So drag him on, and use everyone's weakness against him. Tiredness. He'll have nowhere to go, no one to tag out to. I've put myself through bigger, longer matches than he has.

Melody: Exactly.

A smile crosses J2H's face as he leans in towards Melody, kissing her on the forehead.

J2H: I've seen and done it all and he's done nothing. The guy hasn't held a single title at all. I mean for me to go down to his level, I will have to sit on the floor.

Melody: Now that's the champion I love.

J2H smiles at Melody but a huge yawn leaves his mouth and hits the daytime air. He looks at Melody with an apologetic look on his face.

J2H: Sorry.

Melody: I think you need a little sleep.

J2H stretches back on the sofa.

J2H: I think you're right and you're right about this match too. I was born... to.... be..... a wrestler.

He trails off through another yawn, his eyes closing firmer this time.

J2H: I couldn't imagine being anything else....

That's about as much as the tired champion can manage before drifting off in to a world of dream and fantasy, the real world left long, long behind..




Now you know when someone says they can't imagine being anything else? Right before they leave reality to enter the dream world? You know what's gonna happen, right? Oh good. It's like thinking of that certain person as you drift off, the odds are they're bound to feature in your subconscious somehow. Well this is no different... The last thing he said was about not imagining being anymore else, but what if he was? What if he had no privileged life, no popularity, no money and was just a normal every day person? Let's find out shall we?

TAP TAP TAP!


"Huh?"

TAP TAP TAP!

"James, wake up!"

His eyes start to open, daylight flooding in to his blurred vision as his mind tries to remember where he is, but sadly nothing flows back. He looks around his surrounds, seeing himself behind the wheel of a parked vehicle. Looking around the grubby interior, confusion rains over him, more so as he looks at the torn upholstery to the passenger seat. He pulls down the rearview mirror, a shock to see his apparel is old grey overalls zipped to the top, covered in oil and grease. Looking away from the mirror and down his front, he sees the name James stitched in to the left side of his clothes.

TAP TAP TAP!

The tapping pulls his attention to the window where a familiar face greets him.  


James: Despayre?

Indeed Despayre stands waving at the man who is known as J2H. He looks closer at the man who knew as a wrestling rival and in the other man's eyes, a friend. Looking down at the man's name badge, he sees the name written on it.

James: Joshua...?

Joshua smiles at him.

Joshua: Did you fall asleep in there again? I thought you was not going to stay up and play video games all night tonight.

A confused look crosses his face as he stares towards the man he knows as Despayre, happily being called Joshua.

James: What's going on?

He opens the truck door and steps outside, looking around at the area, a cul-de-sac if you will of a few stores, a comic book store, a mini supermarket, a computer game retailer and a towing company.  

Joshua: Well, what's going on silly is that I was going to meet you for lunch, like we've done every day for four years, but like most days, I found you asleep in your truck because you spent all night playing video games and yelling at those guys online.

More confusion runs over him as he shuts the truck door and looks around.

James: What guys online?

Joshua: I don't know, that Mark guy and that Chris guy. I've never spoke to them, but you say they run some online game that you're a part of and spend hours at night playing.

James raises his eyebrow and looks at him, his eyes glancing around again at the stores, looking closer at the towing company and reading the name out loud.

James: Simpson's Towing.... What the?  

Joshua scratches his head as James looks at the building with his mouth open.

Joshua: Why are you looking like that? You've worked there for five years, it shouldn't surprise you that much.

James spins around, finally taking a look at the vehicle he just exited to finally see it as a tow truck, with the name Simpson's Towing on the side. Joshua quickly grabs him by the shoulder.

Joshua: We better get in to the diner before you end up late for work again. I'm so glad the comic book store is closed this afternoon so I don't have to go back to work.

Joshua leads James towards the diner door, James' eyes still looking at the towing company door. He eventually turns around to face the open door, held by Joshua and the two walk in. Looking around, an unimpressed look crosses his face.

James: Why do we even come here? This place looks dirty.

Joshua: Because you've been in love with the waitress here forever so you make us come here every day.

James: I am?

Joshua points to a waitress, her back towards them as she stands conversing with men of the college age, dressed in blue jackets with a the letter L stitched in. Her blonde hair is pulled up in two pigtails. She turns around to James and Joshua, James' mouth opening wide.

James: Melody....

Indeed, the woman strikes a stunning resemblance to Melody Grace, and her name tag reflects that, the name Melody written across it. She rolls her eyes as she looks towards the two taking a seat at the counter.

Joshua: Your dream woman who you haven't had the nerve to ask on a date ever since you've been my best friend.

She walks towards the two behind the counter, chewing gum and muttering to herself

Melody: Great, these two losers again.

James looks curiously towards Joshua, but Joshua shrugs it off.

Joshua: She calls us that every day, the words have lost all meaning.

James: I ain't a loser, this girl loves me.

Joshua: What planet are you living on? Cause it's not this one ol' buddy o' mine.

Melody stops before the two of them, looking them up and down and she lifts a notepad.

Melody: Let me guess, the guy who doesn't know how to brush his hair there wants a burger with no onions and a cherry coke, and bleach blonde here wants a burger with everything and a normal coke.

Joshua: Correct!

Melody rolls her eyes, turning towards a window towards the kitchen, ripping the order off the notepad and putting it on the counter.

Melody: Jake, loser one and loser two want their usual.

A man appears at the window, his bald head just looking through the window. He looks down at the ticket and strokes his goatee beard before looking at James and Joshua. James cranks his neck back as he looks at the man.

James: Rage?

Joshua: I wouldn't call him that, but he was pretty made when you sent back the burger last week for getting it wrong.

A slow shake of the head comes from James as Melody puts two sodas in front of the two, not even acknowledging their existence before turning and walking back towards the college boys. James eyes trail her as she walks across behind the counter, her elbows on it and blowing bubbles from the gum.

Joshua: You might wanna close your mouth James, a fly might just fly in there and choose to stay.

James looks around the place before turning back to Joshua.

James: In a place like this, I wouldn't be surprised if there's more than just flies around here.

Both men take a sip of their drinks in front of them, James trying to get his bearings. He knew this wasn't his life but it someone felt like it was, like it was familiar. A minute passes and the ding of a bell can be heard and Melody returns to Jake at the window, placing two burgers on the ledge in front. Melody moves towards them and picks them up, turning around on her heels and placing the food in front of them along with the bill.

Melody: I hope you two are gonna tip today. I don't work here for charity.

Melody walks away, moving back to her clearly favourite crowd and both men pick up their burgers, taking big bites out of them. Joshua places his down on the plate in front.

Joshua: I don't know what you see in her.

James: Well she must be worth seeing because this food ain't all that.

He begrudgingly picks up his burger again, taking another bite out of it and places it back down on the plate. Joshua does the same as James goes for his drink.

Joshua: We better hurry up with these today, my dad will be picking me up soon, and you'll be late back to work, and you don't want to deal with Mr Simpson shouting at you again. Last time he shouted at you, the comic books fell off the shelve and it took me all afternoon to pick them back up.

James picks up the burger again, the third bite almost finishing it off. He quickly wipes his mouth as he turns back to Joshua, who is quickly eating through his burger.

James: Simpson is a pussy cat, he always has been, he don't scare me.

James picks up his burger and takes the last bite out of it, looking at the surprised look on the face of Joshua. Joshua puts down his burger and looks at James.

Joshua: Last week, you told me he grabbed you by the ankles and shook you upside down for scratching that car.

James eyes widen as he looks across at Joshua on the stool next to him, but before the two can continue, a car horn is heard from outside, causing Joshua to look through the window.

Joshua: That's my dad. I gotta go, it's your turn to pay today, right?

James: I guess so.

Joshua quickly finishes off the burger and takes a couple of gulps of his drink as James looks through the window, noticing the driver of the car to look a lot like Synn. He impatiently hits the horn again as Joshua jumps off the seat and moves to the door, he quickly looks back at James.

Joshua: You better move it, you're late for work. Have a good one buddy! Same time tomorrow.

With that, Joshua moves out of the door and towards his fathers car. James reaches in to his pocket, looking down at the bill. He reaches in to his pocket, pulling out a bunch of one dollar bills and counts through, throwing them all down on the counter and reaching in to his pocket, pulling out some change and placing it on top before walking towards the door and outside. He glances across at the tow truck company and sighs. He takes the short walk towards the door and pushes it open, to see a man in a suit and tie behind the desk, a cigar hanging out of his mouth as he looks towards James. James stares back at him.

James: Simpson?

The man sits up straight in his chair and looks James up and down.

Simpson: That's Mr Simpson to you boy, and you're late again for the second time today.

His barking tone forces James to take half a step back as the bigger man stands up, pressing his hands on the desk in front.

James: I'm sorry, erm Mr Simpson, I erm...

Mr Simpson slams his hand down on the desk, causing James to jump.

Simpson: I don't want your excuses boy! You've been late five times this week! Twice of them today and I'm not gonna sit here and let you do that! You're on thin ice James and I have no problem throwing you through that damn window if you screw me around again! Are we clear?

James: Ummm, yes sir.

Mr Simpson settles back in his chair, looking at James.

Simpson: But you can redeem yourself a bit now little man, because we got a repo going on and let me tell you, this little bastard has been as slippery as an eel. Many people have tried to repo this car, but we're gonna take the money, and by we, I mean me, because I'm wealthy and you're a poor little pissant, but if you get this one for me James, you might find yourself with a ten dollar bonus.

James: Oh, erm, thank you Mr Simpson.

Mr Simpson picks up a file and hands it to James, who opens it and looks at the green non descript car with the personal registration plate CNR MPHY. Mr Simpson hands him a scrap of paper.

Simpson: Last seen parked outside a bar and there's the address. Don't let me down or you will seriously regret it!

James quickly shuffles backwards out of the door, the file in hand.  

Let's fast forward a bit shall we?  

A little while later, James is seen in the cab of the tow truck, looking across to the right at the green car in parking lot. He looks at the registration before looking down at the file. Nodding his head in confirmation, he quickly checks for people around. Spying no one, he moves the tow truck around and in to position, hitting a button inside the cab to lower the wench. He grabs the file from the truck and opens the door, jumping out and moving around to the back, only to see a man sitting on the trunk at looking at James. The camera can only see the back on the man as he sits on the trunk and James looks down at the file.


James: Mr Murphy?

James looks up and see the man properly as the camera moves around it. James sighs as he closes the file and looks blankly at him.

James: Connor Murphy...

Indeed, another familiar face joins our story as Connor Murphy sits on the trunk of the car.

Connor: In the flesh laddie. Now it looks to me that you're trying to steal my car.

James: Not steal, repossess, it seems there's a repossession order on it, and I've been sent to get the car, you can sort it out by....

Connor puts his finger to his lip, causing James to stop talking. Connor calmly reaches in to his top pocket and pulls out a packet of cigarettes and a lighter. He takes one out and places it between his lips and lights it before blowing smoke at James.

Connor: Now many have tried to take my car and there it is, sitting there still, and they've been a lot tougher than you are.

Connor slides off the trunk of the car and stands looking at him.

James: I got a job to do.  

Connor: And I got somewhere to be.

James tries to move past Connor but Connor pushes him to the ground. He laughs at the fallen James and flicks his cigarette next to James as he moves towards the drivers seat and jumps in. He rolls down the window and looks out at James on the floor.

Connor: Better luck next time kid!

Connor speeds up, sending dust from his tires over James as he shoots past. James looks around as he stands up, dusting himself off and slowly shaking his head.

James: Mr Simpson is not gonna like this.

Oh how right you are young man, as we movie in to the office of Mr Simpson. James sheepishly walks through the door, causing the cigar chomping Mr Simpson to look up from his desk, looking through the clear shop front. He looks towards James with narrowed eyes.

Simpson: I don't see a car outside James, a car worth a lot of money.

James wrings his hands with nerves, looking across at him with his head slightly bowed.

James: The thing is Mr Simpson, I got there and I found the car, but the guy was there. He attacked me and got in the car and took off. I tried to look for him but he was gone.

Simpson: ENOUGH!

James jumps backwards as Mr Simpson's voice fills the room.

Simpson: I have had just about enough of you as I can take! You're late for work every single day of your pathetic sad little life. You spend the entire day yawning or drooling over that little blonde thing across the road, and don't deny that because I've seen it when I was going to much better places to eat, the kind of places you could never afford. More than anything James, YOU JUST COST ME MONEY! I don't like losing money and you have just made me lose a hell of a lot of money, so take tomorrow off, take the week off, take the year of because you're fired!

A look of shock appears on the young mans as he puts his hands out in front of him in a pleading manner.

James: But....

Mr Simpson raises his hand, stopping James from talking anymore, the tone of his voice becoming much quieter and much more dangerous.

Simpson: Not another word, get out before you no longer have the option of walking out through the door, but the window on the other hand....

James backs off, his eyes on Mr Simpson as he reaches for the door handle and slowly backs out, his now former bosses icy stare locked on to him. He stepped out of the building, feeling safer, yet moved away at a brisk pace. A sigh escaped his lungs as he stopped outside the diner.

James: What am I mean to do now?

He turns his head, glancing through the window towards Melody, the college frat boys still standing in the diner, seemingly with their own desires to charm the waitress. He grits his teeth firmly as he looks through the window.

James: Screw it, what's the worst that could happen?

With a sense of determination, J2H walks through the door and towards the counter, a renew purpose driving him forward. Melody turns around, catching his eye as she walks towards him.  

Melody: Not you again, thanks for the quarter tip.  

Sarcasm drips from her voice as she smirks at him, but his determination pushes him on.

James: How about you drop the attitude and just listen for a minute.

The comment shocks not only Melody, but James himself. Impressed with his forcefulness, he continues.

James: This has been one of the worst days of my life, but it's gotta change sometime, and this is the time, so I'm thinking that me and you should go out sometime.

Melody looks at him, not quiet believing what she just heard.

Melody: Like on a date?

James: Yeah, on a date.

Melody nods her head as if she's considering it, but bursts out laughing at him, wiping the confident look off his face. She turns her head to her college favourites.

Melody: Oh my God! This loser just asked me out on a date!

Within seconds, the college boys join in with her laughter, pointing at the now crushed James. He looks to the floor, looking for the proverbial hole to swallow him up but nothing comes...

His eyes fire open, the laughs of the crowd although not real, still stung in his body, rushing through him, the waves of embarrassment and disappointment running through every nerve in his body. He looks around confused, thankfully seeing his living room where he fell asleep a short time sooner. He turns his head to his right, seeing Melody's head on his shoulder. He looks down see Dexter the Duck on Melody's lap, even his eyes half closed. Whispering to himself, he can't help but smile.


J2H: I wouldn't want this any other way.

The camera fades out.




Now before I start this scene, this is strictly off camera, use it against me at your peril!

This is where we pick up shortly after Melody's bombshell to J2H on Monday morning. Talk about light the fuse and watch it burn quickly, because his mind was racing faster than it has done in recent times. He's always had a lot to think about, he brings it on himself half the time with the paranoid thoughts that rush through his head at times about current and former SCW stars, but this has knocked the young man for six.

The look on his face as he comes on to the camera tells the story of a man who was trying to processes something major, this was something major, this was life changing. Melody hadn't said much after the earth shattering news that in nine months they could be parents - Also a moment that was off camera, so fuck knows how someone on Twitter thought it was right to make a pregnancy comment shortly after Melody's main promo aired - off camera means off camera!

Anyway, I digress, J2H sits stony faced on the front porch of the house, the door behind him slightly ajar as he sits on the steps, waiting outside for Melody to join him. He couldn't wait another minute to get her to the doctors to find out once and for all which test was right. The feelings that ran through his body just by laying his eyes on a false pregnancy test, and a positive pregnancy test were feeling he'd never felt before in such quick succession.

Confusion, blankness, more confusion, disbelief, acceptance, joy, happiness, composure, clarity, realism.

All hit him like waves crashing quickly in to a sea wall one after the other in quick, strong bursts, but eventually a deep clearly breath brought him around to finding out immediately what was going on. He wasn't the most patient person in the world and this only served to prove that.

His eyes looked around the outside of his grounds, darting from the fountain in the driveway, to the row of winter blossoms lining the road leading towards the house and on to the front gate that bared the initials "J2H", a custom feature from day one of becoming J2H. He looks around, talking softly to himself.


J2H: Me.... a father?

A questioning tone falls from his lips as he narrows his eyes, trying to come to terms with what may be.

J2H: I've never imagined myself as a father, I mean why would I imagine myself as a father? I haven't been in the same room as my own father in years, what kind of father would I even make? Its not like I actually had a great teacher. By the time I was ready to learn how to be a man, he'd fucked off long before that, and he wasn't exactly around enough for me to learn anyway.

Dexter the duck waddles from the partly opened door behind him. He walks next to J2H and turns his head, looking at the SCW World champion.

Dexter: QUACK!

J2H turns his head towards Dexter, looking down at the duck with lowered eyebrows.

J2H: What do you want?

Dexter: QUACK!

Dexter shakes his tail feathers and looks to sit down next to him on the step.

J2H: Knew you was gonna say that. I know she thinks you can say more put that's the best you got.

J2H looks in front of him, looking out at the grounds and pulling his knees closer to his chest. He rests his elbows on his knees, cupping his hands under his chin and looking towards the graveled ground. Slowly, he turns his head towards Dexter.

J2H: I don't even like you that much, I don't even look after you that much, how can I do the same to a kid?

Melody wasn't listening but I think hearing J2H liked Dexter even just a little would have set her kind heart racing, considering he often remarks about Dexter becoming someone's dinner.

J2H: I had no role model to look up to, unless you count Simpson, but he more took care of doing everything I needed done, rather than did the father thing you teach kids, and my dad, he was a bastard Dexter, he cared more about golf and fine malt whiskey that he did about his own family. He made my mother the way she become, I know he did. What if it's genetic?

Doubts flooded his mind that if it was to be, he would even be capable of being a role model to someone when he never really had one of his own. What if parenting was genetic and he would have inherited the traits of his own father, asleep inside until awoken by the actually thought of being a parent. He knew Melody was stronger than his own mother, he knew she wouldn't be broken down like his was and neither did he want to try to, but the story of J2H's mother would be a tale for another day. He knew Melody would be a perfect mother and that alone brought a smile to his face, offering hope that he would be alright, that he could at least learn from watching Melody's mothering instincts.

Yes, she would be a perfect mother, but what if he couldn't match up.

The thoughts of what being a parent, especially while in baby and infant age hit him hard. Could he handle getting up in the middle of the night? Could he physically do all the horrible things you need to do as a parent? Can he deal with the smell, with the constant threat of being pissed on, of vomited on? He's never thought about that before, did his dad have the same thoughts and was that why Simpson was hired? How could he possibly defend the world Title in SCW and come home beaten and bruised and be able to lift his own child?

SCW...

He moves his cupped hands to the side of his head as he closes his eyes, running his middle finger and forefinger on the side of his temples, slowly circling them anti clockwise

The thought of Melody lining up for her first headlining show at a supercard and knowing there's no way that SCW officials will allow her to complete in that condition would absolutely destroy her soul. We've seen it before where someone announced her pregnancy in her promo and was instantly dropped from a bombshell championship match, J2H knew that this would happen to Melody and break her spirit in so many ways. Even the thought of parenthood would dull to her in the drowning sea of disappointment. It meant both their careers would be over for a while. He would refuse to let Melody stay at home alone with a baby while he went where ever SCW sent him.

He may not have a clue about parenthood but one thing he did know for sure is that he would not let Melody take care of a baby alone, he would not do as his own father did and become absent in his child's life.

Wait... hold on, it might be...

Before his train of thought can continue, Melody Grace walks from the inside of their home, her footsteps causing J2H to turn his head backwards and looks up. He stands to his feet, reaching out and taking hold of Melody's hand.


J2H: Ready?

Melody doesn't reply but a simple nod indicates a yes. The two step off the step and start to walk away as the camera fades out to black.

I guess you wanna know what's going on, huh? Guess you gotta wait until Melody's promo airs.




Selling a match, it's what we're in this business to do, and that is what puts people in arenas, which often mean long, long hours for the most dedicated in our sport, the ones at the top because they've worked to be there. Supercards mean most champions are running around like crazy, wrestlers are appearing on television shows, press conferences and like today, J2H will be spending part of his Wednesday on the Radio, The Freddy Coleman show on KSPN, a Los Angeles branch of the famous ESPN. The host, Freddy Coleman himself sits on once side of a table, huge microphones in front of him and the other side of the table for his on coming guest, J2H himself. J2H walks through the door of the studio, comfortable with the scene as he's been in many of them. He is dressed in plain white pants and a thick zipped up jacket, black with red trim, and a baseball cap. He reaches out a hand to Freddy, who stands up as a commercial plays.


Freddy: Freddy Coleman, nice to meet ya.

J2H nods politely at the man as they shake hands.

J2H: Just call me J.  

Freddy points to the chair next to J2H and J2H accepts the unspoken invitation to sit down. He quickly picks up a nearby headset and places it on his head, readjusting the microphone towards himself.

Freddy: I see you've been in studios before.

A nod comes from the champion as he looks at the man.

J2H: One or two, I know how all this stuff works.

A producer from behind a glass panel to one side knocks on the window, causing the two men to look towards him. He starts counting down from five on his hand, causing Freddy to fumble for his own headset and sits in front of his own microphone. The producer points at Freddy and he starts to talk.

Freddy: And we're back here with ya at KSPN 107. Earlier today, we promised you a major guest in the sporting world and he's now sitting right here in front of me. Welcome to the show SCW World Champion, J2H. Welcome to the studio J.

Instantly kicking in to media mode, J2H quickly responds.

J2H: Nice to be here Freddy.

Freddy: Let's get straight in to this J, because I know you're a busy man and this is not your last media meeting of the day. People know you from your character on television, but don't know the real you, so tell us something that we don't know about you?

J2H smiles, rubbing his chin and looking at the host.

J2H: What you see is what you get with me. I don't do the character thing, I do the me thing. I get up and people see me for who I am and if they don't like it, I'm not the one with the issue here. I think if there's anything people don't know about me, it would probably be that I'm a massive fan of old movies, the classics. People seem to think there's no depth to me, but these people don't live at my house, ya know?

A nod comes from Freddy's direction

Freddy: What's your greatest accomplishment outside wrestling?  

J2H: Probably that I'm still breathing, that I am alive and haven't had too many worrying moments in my life. There's a lot of bad things happening in this world, the fact that not too much bad has happened to me is a big thing to me. I ain't stupid enough to sit there and think that it might not happen in the future, but I'm smart enough to appreciate that it's been a good ride so far. Being able to get out of bed after all the work I've done and the insane work stuff I've done is a big accomplishment to me.

Freddy: I did some research today, and I couldn't find too much about you from your pre wrestling days. So what was your fondest memory growing up?  

J2H looks up, as if searching for something to appear in his  mind. There's a reason he hasn't spoke so much of his past or personal life before, but this was not the time to tell it.

J2H: I think Christmas time with someone who works for me now, Simpson, was one of my fondest memories. When I was a kid, he'd always seem more excited at Christmas than I was, come to think of it, he still is right now.  

J2H can't help but laugh a little.

J2H: He'd always be the one who would dress up as Santa and sit around with me while I opened presents and seem more excited at what I got than I did. He'd spend hours just putting stuff together for me, when I was one of those kids that was happy playing with boxes at the time.  

Freddy smiles at the comment, and J2H joins him in that sentiment, he did have fond memories of childhood, but most of them included Simpson in one way or another.

Freddy: Music is a big part of your profession, but do you have a favourite song right now?  

J2H shakes his head at the question, looking at the host.

J2H: Not really. I mean I don't get time to listen to music so much anymore, unless I'm hitting the gym, but at that point it's all just background noise. I'm so busy at the moment with promoting SCW, with a home life, it's tough at times to even just sit down, put some music on and kick back. I spend at least three days a week around fan and interviews, then weekends it's off to where ever the shows are.

Freddy: It does seem like a tiring lifestyle.

J2H: It is, but when it comes down to it, I can see why I'm in demand more than others. I'm good at what I do, I'm the guy the fans wanna see, it doesn't matter if they boo when in the arena or ask for photos outside, the fans wanna see me one way or the other.

Freddy: If you found yourself stuck on a deserted island, what three things do you have with you?  

This one took some thought, only one thing came to mind instantly.

J2H: Well Melody, that's a given, cause she is the light to my darkness and I would have probably found a way to burn the whole damn island down within minutes. I'm thinking probably an unlimited supply of beer would be nice to have around, and a boat, cause I ain't gonna wanna stay on that island.

The two share a laugh before Freddy continues.

Freddy: You mentioned your girlfriend just then, how is home life with Melody?  

He smiles at the question, looking the eager host up and down.

J2H: I couldn't ask for more. Things have been going better than I expected. It's the first time I've lived with someone like that and it was a bit of an eye opener to start, but I soon started getting used to walking in to rooms and seeing stuff that never used to be there.

He laughs out loud as he looks at the smiling host.

J2H: Seriously, I couldn't ask for more... Melody and I have a good understanding, we are both really busy at times but we try and do the simple things like dinner every night, even if it is at ten at night, when I've just got home, or even if it's at 3pm before either of us are out for whatever reason afterwards. I adapted better than I thought I would.  

Freddy: Melody was in a movie fairly recently, that wrapped up, but the hype seemed to fade away, what happened there?

There's a time for diplomacy, and this wasn't it.

J2H: I don't know, maybe they wasn't impressed with the leading man or something, but it all went quiet and nothing has been said since.

Freddy: Will Melody be making more movies?

J2H: I can honestly say I hope not, because last time nearly pulled us apart from distance and working with people I can not stand, so I really hope that was her big role and that was it. Melody can do anything she wants, but people in the movie business are creeps and working with some people who I can't stand will just blow up in our faces. The last one nearly drove us apart, hopefully we won't be in that situation again. It's not good for either of us. I know she wants to make her own way in life, but the last movie paid well regardless of the fact nothing really happened after it was finished, so it's good seed money to do whatever she wants.

Seeing how serious the mood has just become, Freddy decides to move on with more wrestling related topics.

Freddy: Let's talk business, lets get down to talking wrestling. If SCW was to start daily shows, who would you car pool with?  

J2H: Man, I got a tour bus and everything.

Freddy: Really?

J2H: Yeah, perks of being a champion with money really. You have to be damn lucky to step on to that thing, it's got everything, and room to sleep a lot of people. I think it's pretty much reserved to like me, Melody, Simpson, and that's about it. I mean I'd let Rage travel on it, Austin Parker too, but the thing is beast mode. I wouldn't have to sit in a car with people I don't really like.

Freddy: I read that you was interested in getting a former SCW World Champion, Simon Jones, to come back and face you. What's the story  behind that and do you think it will ever happen?

J2H: The story is Simon was the last man to defeat me over a year ago, and I wanted to bury that demon. I've become a better wrestler over the last year and I have proved that time and time again. I would have been happy taking Simon on, beating Simon Jones and getting rid of one regret from my pre God like life that I created after that defeat. It drove me on a lot, and now that memory needs to be buried. Do I think it would happen? Not a chance. I could offer the man a million  bucks in cash tomorrow to come and face me at a future event, and he'll still say no. I could offer him that money and give his family a free vacation on the cruise ship show we do every year, and he'll say no. I tried, he wasn't interested.  

Freddy: Is there anyone in the wrestling world that  you think have achieved more than they should have?

Without hesitation, he answers quickly.

J2H: Yeah, Drake Green.

Freddy looks slightly confused at the speed of the answer, and decides to push the issue.

Freddy: The movie star? Wasn't he a wrestler before the movies, so the movies couldn't have a baring on his wrestling career?

J2H: He mixed it up a bit, but the guy don't deserve to ever be known as a former SCW champion. He's always been a snake and I've called him on it a million times to no response. The man is full of himself, but the fans lap it up. If only they knew what he was really like, and they wouldn't listen when I told them that he used them for his own personal gain. Boo me, cheer me, I don't give a damn, I will always be who I am, but Drake Green was a fake for the fans and should never be considered an SCW champion. The guy is a flake, shows up when his movie career bombs and people take him back with open arms, he gets popular again, gets cast in some awful movie and he's gone again. He uses SCW to launch himself and that is disrespecting the business, it's disrespecting my kingdom.

He grits his teeth and Freddy quickly moves on to stop the icy atmosphere building.

Freddy: Tell us about the upcoming SCW Show, Inception II

J2H: It's being held on the twenty second in Las Vegas, Nevada's Gold Coast Casino, which is kinda like the home base for SCW. It might be small but it will always be a place SCW calls home regardless. There's eight belts on the line, my Melody is headlining and hopefully going to get what she deserves and walks away with the top women's title and I'm in a match defending my World Championship against a guy called Jamie Dean. I know, I say that a lot and people say who but he's there.

Going against everything he truly feels, J2H chooses to take the route that's good for business, rather than take the opportunity to destroy Jamie Dean. Still plenty of time for that.

J2H: Jamie beat nine other guys to get to this spot, this will be the biggest match of his career. H

48
Climax Control Archives / A Christmas miracle
« on: December 16, 2016, 12:58:27 PM »
  And now it's time for a Christmas miracle. It is the time of the year that wrestlers do stick to a general Christmas theme, but it's also the time where they give a little back to the outside world and are set up to visit random places to add some Christmas cheer to the lives of people who don't often get to see it. Don't get me wrong, SCW goes above and beyond at times to be charitable, even if the charities are a little silly in thee bigger picture of the world - Seriously Christian, no more fucking pet charities when animals seem to live better than humans most of the time, I know you're behind it! Anyway, a little off track there, but even with charity shows and theme shows that give up toys for tots, like this show coming up, Christmas is when SCW stars often visit homes, hospitals and the like. If you keep up with Twitter, you'll see Sam Marlowe is visiting sick children this week, but for the SCW World champion, his name is often the first charitable organizations ask for.

The bosses have sorted out who deserves to see who, and the highly sort out champion and girlfriend were deemed fit to visit an orphanage on the outskirts of Beverly Hills. The smart amongst you will probably know that this would more be suited towards Melody Grace, rather than J2H, his hatred for most things in life would see this is a terrible idea for him to be there, but Melody was his calming influence, his light to his darkness, and the bosses know she'd keep him in check.

It didn't stop the champion complaining as the two sat side by side in the car, recently reunited from Melody's trip to Florida to shake some life back in to Kate Steele, even if he didn't see the point of Melody's friendship with Kate, or Kate's obsession with Melody.

The two sit at the front of the line in traffic, and J2H behind the steering wheel, flicks his head to the side, looking towards Melody with narrowed eyes, wearing a silver suit with black shirt, whilst Melody wears light blue jeans and a figure hugging white shirt.  


J2H: I just don't see the point of this babe. I don't even like kids and they're making us go there for no reason!

A slight look of disappointment runs over Melody's face as she look back towards him. She knew the two of them was very different, but knew somewhere in there, he had a heart.

Melody: Because it's Christmas Jam, they're kids without parents. They have no one to turn to when they're sad, and no  home to call their own.

J2H: Well they can have my parents, although my dad will just give them a house at sixteen years old and fuck off to Florida. I just don't get the obsession of SCW trying to look holier than thou by doing this every year.

Melody: What's the difference between them sending you to stores to sign autographs and sending you to see some needy kids? You still get to brighten up people's days.

He lowers his eyebrows as he looks towards Melody, his mind rushing with thoughts.

J2H: Babe, this ain't about me, this one is about you. SCW knows you will bring a bit of brightness to their lives, I don't even know why they want me here.

Melody reaches over, squeezing J2H's leg and looking at him.

Melody: Does it matter why they want you here? I want you here. That's what should matter. I  missed you when I was in Florida, so any time I can spend with you is good time.

He knew he'd been beaten at that point as the traffic light changed and he moved the car forward, moving it down the road at a steady speed.

J2H: I don't even know why you went to Florida. The woman is a wrestler, she should be able to shake off defeat. Everyone loses titles, except me of course, I'm too good for that, but I think she did that just to get you there, she's like obsessed with you Mel.  

Melody waves her hand towards J2H, shaking her head firmly at him, as he pays more attention to the road in front.

Melody: Kate is a friend. Are you saying you wouldn't help a friend if you had a chance?

A laugh escapes J2H's lungs as a wide smile crosses his face.

J2H: I don't have any friends for that reason, and the ones I do stopped being friends long ago when I stopped being around them.  

Melody: You don't know what you're missing out on.

J2H: And I don't think I wanna know.

Spinning the wheel to the right, J2H pulls in to parking lot, looking up at a big, yet unmaintained building in front of him. He spins his head towards Melody with a look of confusion on his face.

J2H: Is this the place?

Melody nods towards him as he continues to look at the building in front of him.

Melody: It is.  

A slight look of disgust crosses the champions face as he looks up at the decrepit looking building. He slowly shakes his head.

J2H: Kids live in there? It's like a factory. There's mice that wouldn't live in there!

Melody: They don't get a lot of funding Jam. They live off donations from the local people and charity things.

J2H: There's like people all over the world that wanna adopt kids, and instead they stick them all in a building here and almost forget about them.

Melody looks at J2H as he sits with a partial look of shock and surprise on his face.

Melody: Careful J, anyone listening might think you have a heart after all.

A raised eyebrow comes from the champion as he turns his head towards Melody, quickly shaking it as he clicks down to remove his seatbelt.

J2H: Shall we just go in before I change my mind?

Melody nods as she unclicks her seatbelt and opens the car door. J2H does the same and steps outside, the two shutting their doors almost at the same time. The two move around the front of the car and Melody links her arms around his.

Melody: Just be nice Jam, these kids have it tough enough without you being a grinch.

He rolls his eyes at Melody and the two walk towards the door, a big glass covered door, with cheap looking plastic trimming around it. J2H pushes the stiff handle down and pushes the door open and holds it open for Melody to walk through. The two look around the grim looking beige and brown reception area, where a man awaits their arrival. He steps forward unenthusiastically.  

J2H: Mr Smith I'm guessing.

Mr. Smith: I am, but you can call me Bob.

Melody extends her hand, warmly shaking it. He offers his hand to J2H, who shakes it casually.

Melody: Nice to meet you

J2H looks around the reception area, his eyes darting around.

J2H: I would like to say what a nice place you have here, but let's be honest, it's a shit hole.

Melody: James!

It's very rare Melody ever calls him James, he knew she thought he'd overstepped a mark, but he felt justified in his words.

J2H: What? It is.

Mr. Smith: Sadly, funding has been down recently, so we haven't been able to do as much as we wanted. Please, follow me, the children are waiting in the dining hall.

Mr Smith points towards a door to the side and he leads Melody and J2H towards it. They follow past a row of doors.

J2H: What's in this door?

The group stop as J2H points towards the door.  

Mr. Smith: This is just a standard bedroom, would you like to see?

Melody: Sure.

Mr Smith opens the door and he steps in to show a small room, four bunk beds along the back wall. J2H looks around the room, looking at wallpaper peeling off the wall. He takes note at how dimly lit the room is, as dirty windows block some of the light filtering through. He shakes his head slowly.

J2H: This is fucking disgusting. Eight children to one room? A room that looks this bad?

Melody tugs on J2H's sleeve, with a look in her eye to try and get her outspoken boyfriend to stop his outburst.

Mr. Smith: We are trying to do the best we can with the very little that we have. It is high on our list to make these rooms a better environment for the children.

J2H: Your best ain't good enough bro. If I was forced to be here, I'd be doing all I can to turn sixteen and leave this place.

Melody once again tugs on J2H's jacket sleeve.

Melody: Let's move on, the kids will be waiting.

Melody pulls J2H out of the room, and is quickly followed by Mr Smith, who closes the door behind him. He points down the hallway towards a door at the end, quickly jumping in front of Melody and J2H. Melody looks up at J2H with pleading eyes.

Melody: Please be good Jam.

J2H looks around the hallway, the decor can only be described as depressing and outdated.

J2H: Mel, this place is like something out of Oliver Twist for fucks sake. No one should live like this. I mean if your an orphan, you've had a huge loss, but to be forced in to this, is just wrong.

Melody: This place has really got to you, hasn't it? Does this mean we can adopt everyone and take them home?

Melody's eyes light up with excitement, as she asks the question and hoping for a miracle response from her boyfriend.

J2H: It does not, but this place is shit.

They reach the end of the hallway and Mr Smith opens the door to the dining room.

Mr. Smith: Can I have your attention please.

A room of thirty children and six adults instantly lower their tone to a hush as they look at the authoritive Bob Smith.

Mr. Smith: We have two very special guests here with us today. They're from the television, welcome in wrestlers J2H and Melody Grace.  

J2H and Melody walk in the room, instantly met with screams and charging kids, instantly running towards the two SCW superstars. J2H looks around, noting mentally not one Christmas decoration hanging from the walls, not a tree to be seen. He looks towards Mr Smith.

J2H: Couldn't even afford a tree?

His question is greeted with a shake of a head. A disgusted look crosses the champions face as he turns back to the children charging towards him, and paints a smile on his face. He looks towards Melody, already on one knee to greet the children and follows her lead, dropping to a knee as the children swarm around him with hugs. He looks at a young boy near by and speaks to him.

J2H: So what do you want for Christmas little man?

The boy looks surprise that J2H has spoken to him out of all the kids in the room.

Young Boy: I just want to be happy.

The answer seems to hit a nerve with J2H, who looks at the boy with an impulsive look of surprise.

J2H: You're not happy here?

The young boy shakes his head sadly, pulling on the usually ice cold J2H's heartstrings. He looks around the room, seeing the depressing basic dining hall, a distinct lack of Christmas spirit filling the halls.

J2H: Well let's see if I can help with that.

His voice starts to break up slightly as he stands up and looks at Mr. Smith.

J2H: Is there somewhere else in here we can take the kids and hang out rather than in here?

Mr. Smith: There is.

J2H: Let's do that.

Melody stands up and looks towards J2H, catching part of his question to Mr Smith.

Melody: What are you doing, Jam?

J2H: You'll see.

Reaching in to his pocket, he pulls out his phone and types in the pin to unlock it. He quickly pulls up his contact list and scrolls to a number, before lifting the phone towards his ear and waits patiently.

J2H: Simpson, I need you to do something and fast.

Fast forward a few hours and J2H leads Melody and Mr Smith back down the hall towards the dining room. Behind them, thirty children follow them, talking amongst themselves. J2H stops at the door, his hand around the handle and looks back at the children.

J2H: I think you guys deserve some Christmas cheer. I know you don't have it easy but it is Christmas after all.

He opens the door and steps back, allowing Mr Smith to lead the children in to the room, gasps of surprise are heard behind the door. Melody looks at J2H with a curious look on her face.

Melody: What did you do?

J2H points in to the room and Melody walks in, her mouth drops open widely as her eyes feast upon and huge Christmas tree set to one side, along with a mountain of presents underneath. Other decorations hang from the wall and ceilings. She turns her eyes to the table, where plates are set up and three turkeys and all the Christmas trimmings you could desire, line the center of the table.

Melody: Oh my god!

J2H turns his head to the right to see Santa Claus approaching them. Melody turns her head to see the man, as he nods towards J2H.

J2H: Thank you, Simpson.

Revealed as Simpson, Santa Claus bows his head towards the young man.

Simpson: You're very welcome sir.

Melody wraps her arms around J2H's neck, squeezing him tightly and whispering in his ear.

Melody: Looks like your heart grew five sizes.

J2H raises a finger to his lips in the internationally known symbol of shush, as the scene fades out.




In front of one of many Christmas trees in his home, J2H sits cross legged. Dressed in loose fitting white pants, and a black sleeveless shirt. His eyes narrow as he looks down at the SCW World championship across his legs. He runs his finger across the nameplate, his fingers tracing the letters. Slowly the champion raises his head, looking towards the camera with menace dancing in his eyes.


J2H: It is the season for giving I guess, and well this is Joshua Acquin's Christmas present.

He rolls his eyes, his unimpressed and sarcastic tone filling the air.  

J2H: And I know you feel like a kid at Christmas, I know since it was announced you'd be in the ring with a man who has tipped SCW upside down and shook it by it's ankles, the biggest and best opponent you have ever faced, you've been running around excited, but it's time to burst that bubble of yours Acquin.

His lips curl up in a smile as he looks down the camera.

J2H: You had to use a whore as an excuse rather than earn it like everyone else has tried to do. You had to sit there and do the dishonourable thing, by jumping in ahead of the queue to get a match with me. People have busted their asses for months to be at my level, people would have loved to be in the ring with me trying to take away my title belt because they've earned it, but you had to try and take advantage because I mentioned that waste of space.

Conviction comes from his voice, feeling justified in every word that passes his lip.

J2H: See, defending people only works if the person you defend has a little honor about them and Amy Marshall does not have that. Anyone can throw their legs in the air and moan loudly, but you don't seem to get that, so you thought she needed defending and you jumped in to this match when I could have been headlining this show in a real match. You're the reason I'm not headlining the last show of the year, believe me.  

He rolls his shoulders back as he tilts his head, looking down the camera.

J2H: It is the season of miracles and it's a fucking miracle someone actually decided to book this match. It's a miracle anyone would even wanna see you in the ring against me. It's fucking embarrassing. I don't know who is more embarrassed for this, me for having to face someone who wouldn't know midcard if it bit him in the ass, or Amy Marshall being defended by you!

He points down the camera, as if you put an exclamation mark on his claims.

J2H: Seriously, out of all the people she knows, all the people she hangs around with, the likes of Ben Jordan and Jamie Dean, you had to come out to defend her, when realistically,  put you two in a match and she'd kick the living shit outta you. It's embarrassing for her to be defended by you and it's embarrassing that I'm finding myself in this match with you. Only bright side to facing you is the fact that I end 2016 on the easiest win of my career and believe me, there's been a lot of easy wins, but you will be the easiest win I've ever had. I mean out of everyone sitting backstage, out of everyone that could have returned to actually give me a match, I get you and we all know why Acquin.

A sigh escapes the champions lips, before he lifts his head and looks down the camera with a serious look on his face.

J2H: Because you've been running round backstage for months, kissing bosses asses, doing what they say, brown nosing and worming your way in. You admitted yourself on Sunday that you've been working backstage, following orders like a good little solider, and this is why you're in this match. Amy Marshall was just an excuse for you to be in front of the camera, to make it seem justified, but we all know you're out there because you've been kissing ass for months to the point where you've been rewarded. You haven't earned your way in to this match by what you can do in the ring, you've pulled yourself in to it by what you've done outside of it, cause you know for a fact you would never, ever get the chance to be considered to ever face me. Little Mr Ass Kisser has annoyed SCW by jumping the line. Well here's the thing Little Mr Ass Kisser, you're gonna end up wishing you never did all that brown nosing, you're gonna wish you just stayed backstage getting the bosses coffee and leaving the wrestling to the real men, like me.

He quickly points two thumbs at himself as he smirks down the camera.

J2H: You're not in ring shape, you'll be blown out in minutes, there's not a chance in hell you will ever be able to keep up with me. Better men have tried, but all have failed. Better men have got me worried, you do not Acquin. In fact I could throw a fucking Christmas party in the ring while defeating you, it's not even gonna be a problem to me.

He shrugs casually down the camera, looking uninterested as the thought of the match rolls through his mind.

J2H: You've basically come back, stole a spot and will get beat so badly, you'll wish you never even bothered. The whole of the wrestling world is shaking it's head at this. The greatest ever SCW World champion ends the year facing someone who has wrestled like once this year. How the fuck are you even employed? How the fuck are you even considered a wrestler anymore? There's kids in school playgrounds that have wrestled more in the last week, than you have in the last year. Do you really think you have a chance? I mean if this is about retribution for my words, retribution for me calling a whore a whore, then how are you gonna feel, fuck, how's sweet innocent Amy...

He air quotes his last three words.

J2H: ...Gonna feel when poor little Joshy boy couldn't actually get any level of retribution while trying to defend the honor of someone who has no honor?  

He wags his finger at the camera with a cocky half smile.

J2H: This whole thing is pointless, you are pointless and because I will beat you so easily without you even coming close to getting your retribution, you even being on camera again last week was pointless. This is gonna be more one sided than a photograph, it's not even worth you coming down to the ring because I think everyone already knows the way this one is going.

He clears his throat, but holds up his hands in an innocent stance.

J2H: Don't get me wrong, I don't underestimate anyone at all, but we all know what you can do, and that's not enough. Your highlight reel would last like four seconds. Everyone in the world knows this is a huge mismatch and that I will steamroll through you like you're not even there. There's bookies that won't even take bets on this because they know it's gonna be an easy win for me. Even with the thought in your head that if you win, that puts you in the title picture, probably headlining the next supercard with me, you know deep down that it's a pipe dream and never gonna happen. You know that I'm the best I've ever been after getting through Dmitri, I had to be the best I've been to get through him. Did you watch that match Acquin.

J2H tilts his head and looks up, before turning his head and eyes back to the camera.

J2H: What am I saying? Of course you saw it, everyone with half a brain saw it and you clearly do have half a brain. That was a challenge, that was a man who would go the extra mile to win, he pushed me to be better, and believe me when I say this Acquin, you're not even a quarter of the man he is. He forced me to lift my game and I refuse to drop it down again. This and this alone should get through to you that you're not on my level.

He pauses for a second, breathing deeply.

J2H: What are you hoping to gain from this really Joshua? Is this about getting in the title picture, or getting Amy Marshall to drop her panties for you, like she has done for the rest of the male species? Are you jealous she just doesn't see you in that way, or wanna pay you to be in her next movie? We've seen you hit on and fail with everyone, so what makes the really bad porn star so special? There is nothing special about her and you must need your fucking eyes tested if that's what you wanna get your rocks off to. This is clearly your ego driven attempt to get a piece of her, but I'm gonna break this down for you real easy Acquin.

He holds up one finger.

J2H: One, you will not defeat me.

A second finger gets raised.

J2H: Two, you will never be in the World Championship picture, EVER.

He raises a third finger.

J2H: And three, you will never get Amy Marshall to look at you the way you look at her, and I don't mean on a screen holding a box of tissues.

He lowers his fingers and smirks arrogantly.

J2H: That's spelling it out for you so even an idiot like you can understand it. Whatever you hope to achieve stops when you get in the ring with me. Go give your brother a call, go back to the tag team division because this will never be in your reach.

He quickly runs his hand across the World championship on his lap.

J2H: I've proved all year that I am above everyone else in SCW. I've gone from strength to strength to show that I'm the best in the world and I am truly unstoppable. I won't be slowing down right now just cause you've put your face back in it, and no one will remember you afterwards when you disappear again. These people ain't stupid bro, they know you'll be gone again after this one, so I won't put the fans through having to deal with seeing you for more than a few minutes in that ring. Going against me will not save your career, or whatever is left of it. Trying to stand up to me won't get you noticed more because the people will forget you as soon as the referees hand hits the canvas for the third time and raises my hand. You should never stand up to something you know you can't beat, you should just bow in my presence because I am here to continue to go through anyone who stands in my way, for whatever reason.

He bows his head, looking down the camera with a serious look.

J2H: You will never come close to beating me Acquin, you will never be good enough to lace up my boots. You'll be back on the scrap heap before you know it and I will end 2016 in a winning fashion that only you could dream of. I will be the man smiling at the end of this one, while you try go get some sympathy before disappearing again. Face it, you're a loser now, you will be a loser on Sunday, and a loser for the rest of your life. Only thing I'm giving you for Christmas Acquin, is the thing you're used to more than anything else. That bitter taste of defeat.

He lifts the championship belt over his shoulder.

J2H: That's real talk bitch.

The camera fades out for the last promo from SCW's longest serving world champion.

49
Supercard Archives / J2H (c) v DMITRI
« on: November 18, 2016, 07:30:25 PM »
 J2H: You could have ended up permanently disabled. Then what? You couldn't wrestle, not that you'd care it seems, but you think you could still do movies when you couldn't lift a damn prop? Hell, you couldn't even do the simple things like driving, or moving something three foot away!

Melody cranks her head back, slightly seeing his anger and stepping away was more to do with concern. She knew he would have done more if she would have told him, she knew he would have stopped her from doing everything.  

Melody: So you ended things because of that?

J2H: Not just because of that Mel. I'm sick to death of being forced to do things by you all the time.

An invisible punch catches Melody in the gut as she feels her stomach twist just by hearing those words fly from J2H's lips to her ears.

Melody: I don't make you do anything!

J2H: You do it all the fucking time! Mikah talks about shopping, I say no, you have a pissy moment on there and once again, I feel like I'm in the damn wrong for saying no to something you know I hate doing. It happens all the time, your friends invite you somewhere and say to bring me. Do I really wanna be around your friends? You know how I feel about one of them, but you put me in that situation all the time. I'm not a fucking accessory.

J2H picks up a nearby tie and holds it up.

J2H: Do I look like a fucking tie to be worn to make you look better? I can not take the damn fact that I have to walk on eggshells, just so you don't get publicly pissy on Twitter.

J2H moves towards Mel, a serious look on his face, more so than any point of their conversation so far.

J2H: I couldn't deal with the fact that I don't have a life anymore. My life is what you tell me it should be. I go to all these events for work, and never make you come along if you don't want to. I say no to shopping, fucking shopping with you and Mikah and fuck, Twitter goes on one where even Jamie Dean has to have his say!

Melody: I can't control what others say on Twitter.

J2H: No but you can on what you say on there! I say no to anything on there and I'm the bad guy who's not allowed an opinion, or to do what I want.

Melody: You left me to go to Georgia to Austin Parker's ranch! You didn't even mention it to me.

J2H: For you to say no? For you to tell me I can't cause you had some damn plans about getting your nails done and had to be there, just because you say so?

Melody puts her hands on her hips and looks at him with one raised eyebrow.

Melody: I would never have asked you to do that.  

J2H: Ok, maybe that one was a bit out there, but you get the idea. Everything has to be your way or not at all Mel, and I ain't living my life like that.  

Melody sighs as she looks at him, her mind searching for any scrap of truth in his words. Something rings true in her head, causing her to exhale deeply.

Melody: I didn't mean it to be that way James. I just wanted to spend time with you. You're busy all the time, you have to work for SCW pretty much every time you leave the house. Every time someone comes near you, you have to be J2H and not James. I have to put up with the little fan girls drooling over you.

J2H: I have to put up with every guy on Twitter drooling over you but that has nothing to do with making me feel like shit because I don't do what you want. Sure as hell don't give you the right to not be straight up with your injury.

Melody: I just want more time with you...

Melody taps her chin as she looks at him.

Melody: Well, wanted but now look where we are. You're not perfect. I have to avoid you when you're in a bad mood.

J2H: Maybe you should look at why I'm in a bad mood.

Melody: You can't put that on me. You get angry when it's too hot, or too cold.  

J2H: I get a lot more angry when I feel like I'm here to just do what you want and fuck what I actually like to do or not do.

Melody: This is getting us nowhere James, and I might have a flight to catch.

J2H: Trust me, you don't that sly old dog got you here to see me so you didn't run away from me.

The two look at each other, both not sure what to say as John Legends "All of Me" starts to play over the store sound system. The two look at each other, Melody starts to nervously circle her hair with her finger.

Melody: So now what, James?

He had a choice to make at this point, he could let her go, he could let her book a flight to anywhere she wanted to go, or he could try and talk her out of it.

J2H: Now we go home and sit and talk and if we can't sort it out, then you can go to Norway, or anywhere you want to go and I won't stop you. The worst that could happen is you can be on a plane this afternoon to go where ever you want, I'll even pay for it.

Melody looks at him, her eyes momentarily turning away, maybe the music softening her mood as she looks at him, just giving him a nod, no words coming from her lips. J2H tries not to smile with his lips, but his eyes tell a happier story. J2H turns his head towards the door the shop assistant went in to.

J2H: You can come out now.

The shop assistant slowly opens the door and looks around it to see them. J2H looks towards Melody, addressing her with a soft tone.

J2H: I better go through with my promise here. On the way back, I need to stop off somewhere, so you and Simpson head on home, and I'll be back soon. I just need to pick some stuff up and I'll be with you.

Melody squeezes his arm and nods as she walks past him. J2H reaches in to his pocket, pulling out his money clip as the scene fades.




Hope for the couple yet?

Well it did seem the ice had thawed just a little after their short airport encounter, but Melody did indeed agree to go home, but as J2H had informed her. He had plans to stop off somewhere before returning to the house. In fact it was always a plan, since he came up with a conclusion on that long plane ride home. He knew he had to at least try and be civil. The house was not his, it was theirs, he knew Melody had added her own personal touches to the place. He knew that if things wasn't to be, there was a lot to be sorted out. He knew if it wasn't to be, both would want things settled as quickly as possible. The last thing he expected was to be bumping in to Melody at the airport, on her way out of the country. He luckily stopped that from happening and was safe in the knowledge Simpson was driving her home, but his plan remained intact.

Walk in the house with breakfast. It was still early morning, the daylight just starting to peak over the buildings of Los Angeles. He told both Simpson and Melody in the car to just drop him off downtown, that he would be safe and home within an hour. Both protested, knowing the dangers of being in downtown Los Angeles in the early hours, but he assured them he was going to be safe. At times he had a way of blending in to the background, and knew he could here. After agreeing to get a taxi home, the two had reluctantly let him leave.

He had done what he had to and was sitting in the back of a taxi. His fingers loosely wrapped around a bag containing takeaway food, the smell filling the cab. Sitting across his chest sit flowers, red roses that he had to overpay for, just to get a tired florist receiving an early morning deliver to sell to him.

He looks out the window as the car moved out in to the lane towards his home. A satisfaction washed over him as he felt himself getting closer to home. He wasn't sure what to really say to Melody to get things back to normal, nor did he know how to bring around the subject of the house should it all go wrong. He looks out of the window as the car, seeing his own house, but something looked incredibly different, the house seemed brighter in the distance. He lowers his eyebrows to focus his eyes as the car drew closer. A look of utter shock crosses his face as the car stops outside the gate. J2H quickly flicks his attention towards the taxi driver, reaching in to his pocket and pulling out a wad of notes, pulling some out and handing it to the taxi driver before stepping out of the car, pulling the bag and flowers with him. He moves to the gate, his eyes wide as he looks at what's before him.


J2H: What the hell as she done?

He snaps his eyes away from the scene to quickly type in the security code on the gate, causing the door next to the side gate to open. He steps through seeing the scene before it.

J2H: Seriously, what the fuck!?

His eyes look down the driveway leading towards the house, as tall Christmas trees line either side, lit up brightly in the night sky. He walked towards the house carrying his goods, his eyes still turning around as if his head was on a swivel. Moving towards the front door, he saw the Christmas theme continued as his eyes rested upon the wreath on the wooden door, and to the side a scene from The Nutcracker set up.

J2H: Please God that this is has far as it goes, and that she did this to show off for the neighbours.

He puts his hand on the door, pushing down the handle and pushing door open. He walks in and quickly sees that his hope for less Christmas scene had quickly faded. Looking in the main hall, the stairs either side covered in green tinsel entwined around the banisters, with wreaths attached to the banisters, with red bows, on either side, leading to the top of the stairs. He looks around, feeling something else off, and looks up in the air, seeing that the bright light bulbs above his head, high in the sky has been changed to red and green. Mistletoe hanging above his head also caught his attention.

J2H: How the fuck did she get all the way up there to change them?

His mind thinks of possibilities, but none seeming realistic. He wanders further in to the house, looking around as he spies Christmas baubles along the way, snow globes, candles and mini trees line the wall. His anger grew inside of him. He'd never seen Christmas this overdone. His teeth grinded together as he moved towards the living room, anger building in his body, when he should have been pleased and full of the Christmas spirit, or at least appreciate Melody's hard work.

J2H: Looks like Rudolph has been sick around here.

He moved towards the main room of the house, the living room, hoping for something less in your face but reaching the half open door, he knew he would be more shocked if there was less Christmas decoration. Through the partially opened door, he spots Melody on the sofa, her blonde hair resting on the arm rest of the sofa. He moves in to the room, his intention to tell Melody just what he thought, but Melody didn't move. Moving towards her, looking over her, he sees her eyes shut in peaceful slumber. He turns around, looking at the room, his eyes like saucers as he looks around the trees all around the room. He moves towards the center of the room, placing the takeaway bag and flowers on the table, a dancing Santa in the middle.

J2H: Why are there so many Christmas trees around here?

Indeed he was right, looking around the room, he saw five trees, five trees in one room! Each decorated beautifully, lit brightly.  

J2H: Why does anyone need five?

He walks towards the first one, crouching down and looking at the presents underneath it and reading one of the tags.

J2H: To James, love Melody...

He stands up and moves to the next tree, crouching down and looking at the next tree, his eyes moving over the label shaped like a snowman on one of the presents. To Melody from Simpson, he reads in his head. Yes, Simpson, not a Christian name, but Simpson. Moving to the next tree, he spots a label with the words "To Simpson, from Dexter". J2H frowns as he blinks rapidly.

J2H: The duck does his own shopping now?

He casts his eye towards Melody, sleeping peacefully on the sofa, and turns to the final two trees. He moves towards the forth tree, crouching to read the next label.

J2H: To Dexter, love mommy and daddy?

He scratches his head, looking towards Melody, still not moved from her sleep, her knees curled up to her chest.

J2H: I didn't buy shit...

The realization crosses his mind about the fifth tree and he quickly moves towards it and sees the label "To Puppy, from mommy and daddy."

J2H: She bought presents for a fish? This is serious damn overkill!

The anger started to build again, running through his muscles as he turns to face Melody, but her peaceful look on his face stops the upcoming explosion. He sighs sadly, part of him just relieved that she's there and came home rather than ask Simpson to return her to the airport. He moved over to the end of the sofa, Melody laying across two of the three cushions and gently lowers himself at the end. As if instinctively, Melody just sits up, her eyes closed switches positions, lowering her upper body across his legs and grabbing his arm, pulling it over her. He looks down at her with a slight look of confusion. He quickly shrugs it off as her innocent peaceful look, possibly the most peaceful she has looked in days, washes the rage and anger from his body. He knew she was asleep, Melody had this knack for falling asleep deeply within minutes of her head hitting the pillow. He knew the world she was in right now was a dream world, but he spoke anyway.

J2H: Sometimes I wish my brain would work faster than my mouth.

He looks down at her laying on his lap, her hand wrapped around his.

J2H: I want more from us Mel, I don't want to constantly feel on egg shells. You know all that stuff form years ago plays on my mind, you know it kills me and fills me with nothing but hate. It fucked up so much then and even now. I don't want it to be like this.

He felt raw, as if he was baring his disfigured soul, taking comfort in the fact that if she heard it, it would work in to her dream world in the form of something else.

J2H: I want the best for us, push as far as we can go, but lately it's been weird.

He felt like he was confessing to her.

J2H: I'm just sick of the shit from the past, shit that could happen again. Today it nearly did, you nearly hopped on a plane and disappeared again. You nearly left me standing in a place that looks like Christmas moved in. I don't wanna sit here anymore and think you can up and leave at any time.

Melody squeezes his finger, still miles away in her dream world.

J2H: We need to be better, we need to be closer or this ain't gonna work anymore. We need to stand up and be better every day. I know I need to get rid of those demons, I know I need to put some things behind me but I also know I can't do this shit on my own. I feel that way at times, like I have nowhere to turn, like I...

He looks down at Melody, her breathing slow and steady. He knew there was no waking her and looking around a place that could put Santa's grotto to shame, he breathed in deeply.

J2H: We'll talk about this a little later.

He pulls Melody across his lap a little more, the sleeve on her shirt rolling up. Something grabs his attention as he looks at the top of her arm, showing a deep, dark bruise, very angry looking and purple.  

J2H: What the fuck? Melody? Melody?

He gives her a gentle shake, but all Melody does is lift her arms up and wraps her arms around his neck. He lets out a short sigh and puts his arms under her legs.

J2H: Someone's got a little explaining to do a little later.  

He turns his head to a grandfather clock on the wall, reading the time as eight O clock in the morning. He stands up, lifting Melody in the air and holding her up, she instantly puts her head on his shoulder and wraps her arms around him tightly.

J2H: Sleep in her own bed will do her good.  

He walks towards the door, the camera watching the walk out of the door, but staying fixed in one place. Just seconds later, the sound of J2H's footsteps moving up the stairs and along the hallway, presumably to the bedroom. The footsteps stop and only his voice can be heard.  

J2H: A Christmas tree in the bedroom too? Damn! You didn't do this by half, did ya babe?

Fast forward just a few hours. Having decided to catch some extra sleep too, J2H lies in bed, the camera focused on his face. Rolling over, he reaches out, expecting to reach out and find Melody laying beside him, but Melody is nowhere to be found. He eyes slowly open, staring at an empty pillow, he lets out a long yawn before rolling to the side of the bed and pushing the white covers from his toned body. He swings his legs around, touching the floor, before rubbing his eyes. He glares across at the Christmas tree in his room, slowly shaking his head.

J2H: At least on the bright side of Melody doing all of this stuff, I can stop hiding her presents in the wardrobe.

Shock, horror, J2H is not as stupid as many would think. For months he had been picking up bits and pieces when he could for Christmas, for not only Melody, but for Simpson too. It's been easy to do so without Melody noticing. J2H has been out on the road constantly while Melody has been at home, resting her shoulder, he'd been in cities days before, looking for little things. He stands up moving towards the walk in closet in his room, moving to his side of the closet. He pulls down a robe from behind the door and wraps it around his body before reaching down and grabbing two heavy looking sports bags and sliding them out. He knew it was the perfect hiding place. Melody would never go down any of his large collection of sports bags. Pulling them out, he lifts them over his shoulder and walks out of the room. His face drops as a horrible thought enters his mind as he looks at the empty bed.

J2H: Wait, what if she's....

His words trail off as he makes a move towards the bedroom door, the bags still over his shoulders. He moves out of the room and quickly down the hall to the top of the stairs. He thunders down them, the added weight on his back and shoulders add to the sound. He gets to the bottom of the stairs and turns around, moving under them in a half run and pushes the kitchen door to the left open and burst in the room. Melody sits to his left, but quickly springs to her feet as the urgency of J2H alarms her.

Melody: What's wrong?

A sigh of relief exits his body as he moves towards her, wrapping his arms around her firmly.

Melody: Ow, ow, ow!

His hands press on Melody's training wounds, unseen by his own eye, causing her to wail in pain. He quickly steps back, happy to see her there.

J2H: What's wrong?

Melody: Nothing, I over did things with training.

The sound of a man clearing his throat behind J2H causing him to spin around. His eyes rest upon Derek Thorne standing in his kitchen.

J2H: Well at least this explains the bruise on your arm I saw earlier.

Melody quickly covers her arm in the same place as J2H's eyes rested on just a few hours earlier. He looks at Derek's icy stare.

J2H: Derek...

Derek: James.


The two just stare at each other, before J2H turns his attention back to Melody

J2H: Can we talk outside?

Melody nods and she holds a finger up to Derek Thorne, indicating her intention to return in just a moment. J2H walks out of the door, shortly followed by Melody. He stops and turns around to look at her.

J2H: Those bruises.

Melody: Just training hard for this comeback.

J2H: What's he doing here anyway? I thought that part of the past was gone, done and he was hiding in the snow somewhere.

Melody: He just showed up.  

J2H taps his chin, just looking at Melody, his head slightly tilted.  

J2H: When you have some time, I think we need to sit down and sort this shit out Mel. We can't go on like this is we want to move forward. If you want to move forward.

Melody: Of course I want to move forward Jam. I don't like this fighting.

Sadness fills her voice, yet a genuine feeling comes from her tone. She steps forward, placing her hand on his arm.

J2H: As soon as you get time, we'll talk, ok?

Melody nods in agreement. She didn't want the single life, as much as it was tweeted. She knew she would do whatever she could at this point to make it work.... Well, almost everything.

Melody: Ok. What's with the bags Jam?

Almost forgetting they were on his shoulders, J2H looks either side to see the bags. He runs through his mind, looking for an excuse.

J2H: Oh, just some stuff I need to shoot that promo. It's gonna be great but needs a lot of set work, so these should help, just gotta check on them so I'll be in the study. Also need to run my eye over that really confusing promo Dmitri threw out last week.

Melody knew better than to ask too much about the promo work that he does when it comes to focusing on an opponent.

J2H: So I'll be in the study. As soon as you're free, come find me, ok?

Melody nods and moves forward and kisses him on the cheek. She turns and moves back towards the kitchen. J2H moves in the opposite direction and towards the living room. Looking behind himself to make sure he hasn't been followed, he moves quickly towards the Christmas trees, dropping down to his knees and placing the bags either side. He kneels in front of Melody's tree and quickly opens the bag, reaching in and grabbing presents. He hurries as he pulls out the presents and putting them around Melody's tree. He quickly slides along to Simpson's tree, opening up the second bag and glancing over his shoulder, looking towards the door. Spotting no one around, he reaches in to the bag and pulls out presents, placing them around the free. Thinking he can hear footsteps, he springs to his back and hurries to a door at the side of the room and quickly walks through, heading towards the study. The sound of another door opens and his voice can be heard.  

J2H: Fucking hell! Is there a room in this house that hasn't been decorated?!?!

The camera fades out.




The moon drops down in the background over a graveyard setting. Tombstones fill the camera on a hill as a wide shot is seen, the city of Los Angeles can be seen in the distance. The camera pulls back, showing the tombstones a little closer, some with traditional arch shapes, others in cross form, cut in marble. The camera spins to see people lined up alongside an open grave, four on each side, a mix of men and women all in black. Face nets cover the eyes of the women, helping to give distinction between genders. Behind an oval tombstone stands J2H, his blonde hair neatly combed to the side. His body is covered by a black suit, with a white shirt and a black tie. He bows his head as he looks in to the open grave. The camera moves in a little closer, capturing all nine people in a closer shot. J2H raises his head, his diamond stud earring blinking in the moonlight at the floodlit funeral. He clears his throat and looks deep in to the camera.


J2H: Ladies and gentlemen, we are here to say goodbye. We are here to say goodbye to something that once promise so much, yet never lived up to full potential. Something that we hope in the afterlife can be much more successful. It wasn't an easy ride for this being, yet he someone managed to cling on in an attempt to be relevant, but all things, good and bad, must come to an end, and this is one of them.

He bows his head just slightly.

J2H: Today, we have to say goodbye to the career of Dmitri.

He raises his head and tries not to smile.

J2H: It felt like yesterday when his SCW career had began, but his contract was signed back in January, on the twenty fifth to be exact, and he debuted two months with a not so impressive with against Tim Staggs. A victory we've all had in our careers, but it was the start of something forgettable sadly. It was the start of another career that never really amounted to anything, regardless of the strides make in the less than seven months between stepping in the ring and today. So many would be impressed with this but I can't say I am.

He rolls his shoulders forward in a reverse shrug

J2H: People would be impressed that he moved on well and took the Internet championship, with stiff competition fighting for that title, the one title I have not put my hands on. He defeated Rage, Rage of all people, so some would list that as a career highlight in SCW.

He tilts his head slightly, his face stone like and unemotional.

J2H: Some would, I wouldn't.

He solemnly shakes his head firmly.

J2H: Just two weeks later, that championship belt was back around the waist of the better man, it was back around the waist of Rage, so that pathetic run, and I use the word run lightly, did nothing to impress me. In fact, a lot of things Dmitri did, no one could truly understand. Let's talk about another moment in his Sin City Wrestling career, shall we?

J2H nods his head, just taking a deep breath before continuing.  

J2H: Let's talk about the decision to join forces with James Tuscini. I know, I'm scraping the bottom of the barrel here, because there hasn't been many defining moments in the career of Dmitri, but jumping on board with James Tuscini. Let me tell you something about being part of a successful team. You need to have something, anything, just a little thing in common with someone you plan on teaming with. Myself and Giani Di Luca, look at how alike we were, we had it all. Look at other teams, and this might be the only time I ever praise these teams, but Team Hero, The Monstimals, Team BJ, fuck, go back to Sinful Obsession, all these teams had something that made them seem a fit, yet the Dmitri, Tuscini team makes no sense. A vampire and a Jersey short stereotype, made no sense, yet this is what I'm forced to talk about because of how unmemorable Dmitri's time in SCW has been.

The mourners around the grave side sob as J2H shakes his head.

J2H: If my career had that many forgettable moments, I'd cry too. I'd sob like a baby because no one would remember a thing I've done, just like him. There's not one promo I can honestly say I remember from him. In fact, this is no longer a sad occasion saying goodbye to his career.

J2H runs his hand along his chin.

J2H: This is actually a mercy killing for the sake of the fans.  

He presses his hands together as he looks down in to the open ground.

J2H: You would have thought last week would have been an interesting story, showing the world that you have a maker, and that you've become a whinny little bitch, Dmitri. We always knew you was a whinny little bitch from the second you cried about getting a rematch, but now your career is gonna meet my maker. I thought it would add something new to you, that we might actually get to see something other than the usual shit we get to see, but nope, it was the same regurgitated shit as always.

The champions rolls his eyes at his own comment.

J2H: We get it, you like blood. You like the night time, you like scaring people, come up with some new shit bro!

He rolls his eyes, clearly disappointed that Dmitri used the same old gimmicky lines to get his point across.

J2H: We already know what you're supposed to be. We get the sharp teeth, messy hair, pale complexion, it's something you don't have to go on and on about, nor does anyone give a flying fuck about the history of Russia. You're run by a fucking idiot, the next Hitler. No one gives a shit. I did however learn one thing, one thing that will put me in good steed.

He waves his finger at the camera, pointing with confidence.

J2H: You are so damn unfocused, it's not even funny. You spend half your time rambling on about people other than me. Hello Dmitri, I'm your opponent, Casey isn't, so why you going on about a man who is not in SCW bro? Do I give a damn that you attacked a man like a coward in his own house in front of his kids? No, I don't, so why the fuck are you talking to him and not me? I don't even think he cares while he's sitting at home. I'm your damn opponent, focus on me rather than an embarrassingly proud moment where you beat up someone who has nothing to do with this match.

J2H disappointedly shakes his head, feeling the confidence in him grow.

J2H: You wanna rid the world of the weak, you should consider suicide.

An arrogant smirk crosses his face as he looks down in the open hole below him.

J2H: And sitting mocking Rage.... Are you fucking serious bro? The guy took your Internet title from you, and you wait for months to waste a chance to talk about me, talking about Rage. Again, I'm your opponent fuck nuts, and you just cost yourself this match by being so unfocused. If you took out everything you said about everyone else and not me, your promo would have lasted for just enough time for people to take a piss through and come back. You've heard of piss break matches? Well after that, you are the king of piss break promos. Why waste so much time talking about Rage? We're in a thunderdome genius, no one can get in. No one can step through the ropes and have any impact on this match. All you've done, like the idiot that you are, is waste precious time talking about someone else. That shows your head is not in it. It shows your focus is split, it shows you're too busy worrying about someone else, and I'm all about focused on you. I'm not rambling about someone else. I mean, you're going on about beating someone at the last Climax Control. I can do that too, now who did I beat in my last match on an episode of Climax Control?

J2H taps the side of his head, as if he's thinking about it, knowing the answer fully well.

J2H: That would be you, Dmitri. Let me ask you some of the same questions you asked him. It musta been hard for you, huh Dmitri? Cause I watched you sink in to the forgetfulness of being non relevant... Whatever the fuck that means.

He tilts his head up, looking up towards the night sky before looking back down at the camera.

J2H: Did me beating you make you run off in desperation? ...What?

J2H tilts his head again, still confused by the words he just spoke.

J2H: Seriously, you rambled for ten minutes about people that is not me and expect to be focused on me. That's seriously cost you, ya fucking freak!

He shakes his head slowly, his mind in thought trying to figure out how anything Dmitri said in his wasted time talking about Casey and Rage, linked to him.

J2H: If that wasn't bad enough, a fucking history lesson. No one gives a fuck about Lenin, Louis XIV, or any other historical figure you wanna bring up. This is the hear and now, this is modern times and you wanna compare me to fallen history figures to show even this king can fall, is that it? You chose to ramble on to the point where people would have turned off, just to say you want to get piece of the people around me... Tell the people something they don't know! You're a fucking bad guy, they already know you want revenge on Rage and JT Midas, you don't have to talk such shit taking us on a tour of history to let us know you wanna beat up two people who stood by my side.  

He shrugs confidently as he looks down the camera.

J2H: You basically wasted an entire promo, talking about a subject that no one really liked in school, talking about other people and pretty much just wasting space.

An arrogant smirk crosses his face.

J2H: Travis mentioned me in his promo this week, am I gonna dedicate an entire scene to him? Fuck no! Thanks for watching Travis, maybe you will get sixes across the board, but one hundred for stupidity. I didn't feel confused when you stepped up to me, I felt like I was in for an easy time.

A smile breaks out across his face.

J2H: And Spike and Alexis mentioned my name... Yeah, Spike's right Alexis, Austin Parker is the one. He is a champion maker.

J2H puts his hands out in front of the camera, with a wide smile on his face.

J2H: That is how to you address things, without rambling on about people not in the match, just to make your promo look epic, and to fool people in to thinking you're a great talker. You're really not, you're like a drunk at a bar repeating his story just to prove a point.  

He tilts his head as continue to speak.

J2H: You wasted everybodies time who thought you was gonna talk about something they was interested in. They thought you was gonna speak about me, about the world title match, about the thunderdome, about the fucking huge supercard that is High Stakes VI, but you wasted everyone's time! You wasted their time, you wasted my time, you wasted the damn film that piece of shit was recorded. The people didn't want to hear you ask how JT is feeling, or how Rage is feeling, they wanted to hear about our damn match and you ruined it Dmitri, you made all the fans see that your mind is not in this match and mine is more than focused for this one.  

His eyes narrow as he looks down the camera, his lips pressed out as he thinks about his next words.

J2H: I was actually pretty fucking shocked when you did decide to talk about the match after what felt like an eternity of you talking about everyone other than me. Then I wish you'd have just shut the fuck up and just disappeared. You asked me to tell you how I plan on beating you, besides about me telling you that I've beat you before...

A frown passes the champions face.

J2H: Ummm, why the fuck would I say anything else? You've been in the same fucking ring as me idiot! Why would you even ask a man who has beat so you damn much, how I plan on beating you! I will beat you like I did the first time, I will beat you like I did the second time, I will beat you like I did the third time. Seriously, do you just wanna show up here and finish the rest of this promo for me, because right now, you're just beating yourself and that is fucking embarrassing.

The frown is replaced by an arrogant smirk.

J2H: You're loading the gun and aiming at yourself asking this stupid fucking questions. How about you tell me how you're going to beat me. Like rip the flesh back and get down to the bare bones of thing and instead of the tough talk, you tell me tactically, how are you gonna beat me?

He waits for a few seconds, pausing as if he's waiting for an answer.

J2H: You're clueless Dmitri. You mock me for having two followers, you call me a bitch for having two followers. Jesus had followers, was he a bitch? Your little hero Lenin had followers, so many that bought in to his cause, was he a bitch Dmitri?

The arrogant smirk returns to his face as he looks down the camera.

J2H: How will I slither out of danger? Hello moron! Fucking Thunderdome! I'm gonna stand toe to toe with you because you are such a whining little bitch, crying to get another title match after Christian made a fuck up and kicked you. You went crying for your shot, and I out smarted you, you somehow lose everything on your own the whole cycle, only winning tag team stuff, yet you are the number one contender yet again. I'm not buying this bullshit Dmitri. Instead of acting like you fucking deserve this, you need to be grateful you're even in this match rather than in a match with a new guy!

He puts his hands out to the side, with raised eyebrows.

J2H: I ain't no sun king, I piss on Louis XIV when it come to being a king so fuck you and your history pal. Louis XIV would never have held an SCW title as long as I have, so you're talking shit. I set the standard, and he couldn't live up to me even if he tried Dmitri. You're not facing him, you're facing me, focus bitch!

J2H points to his own eyes with his forefinger and middle finger.

J2H: I'm on the top of the world cause I fucking earned it, I didn't go cry about being kicked in the balls by a boss as a legit reason to get a title shot, you fucking did, little whinny bitch. You're not my thunderdome, you're not my impossible match, fuck, after watching you ramble in your last promo to me, I'm not even sure you can even hold a conversation anymore. I don't fear this match at all. I fear nothing about you. I fear nothing about this match. Hit me with everything at your disposable, electrocute me, throw me in to every inch of the cage and I'm gonna get up Dmitri. I'm going to stand up to you and walk out with my championship belt. There's nothing you have left you can give to take me out, and you know it. That's why you spent more time talking about others than you did me, because you know when my name gets stuck in your throat, you get that knot in the pit of your stomach, you get that sick, sinking feeling because you know that name, is the name that will always haunt you. It's the name that will always be your biggest downfall. It will always be the name that will keep you awake, the name that will turn you to alcohol, because you will never be able to stand up to it.

A determined look covers his face.

J2H: Does this look like a face of desperation to you? Does this look like a man who is gonna crumble?  

He points to his face as he shakes his head.

J2H: You're not that lucky Dmitri. There is not a hint of desperation in this face, not one little bit of desperation, but you having to go back to times no one cares about, you having to talk about past and present associates, it shows that you've accepted defeat against me. It shows that you are trying to avoid the fate that awaits you. You know you have already lost, you know you're already bowing out to me and just falling at my feet. Everyone can tell that all this talk of the dark side, and all this devil bullshit is just a way to hide your inadequacies. Everyone knows that it's a way to sit and deflect people from the fact that you ain't that good bro. I've walked with the devil and you ain't it and never will be Dmitri.

Confidence floods his face as he looks down the camera.

J2H: You can take your pointless rhetorical question asking ass and disappear Dmitri. I'm bored of you asking pointless questions that no one cares to know the answer. Certainly don't ask me if anything you say makes sense, because nothing you say, or have ever said to me, has make any sense at all. You spend so much time questioning yourself, it's a fucking surprise you even remember to show up. Should you devour me?

A look of disgust crosses J2H's face.

J2H: What grown man asks another grown man a fucking question like that you sick freak! Who even thinks those things, let alone let them fall out of their mouths!?  

He slowly shakes his head as he looks at the camera.

J2H: This is why people will never wanna see you as a champion and will be bowing to me in thanks that I would have saved the world from what you spit these seriously confusing words from your lips and boring the daylights out of each and every person every week. Who fucking asks if they should be baptised in my shame. You might think it was a pretty clever line but...

J2H firmly shakes his head.

J2H: I can tell you that there is not one person out there that actually found that a clever line at all. Just made people shake their heads in serious disappointment. It wasn't a smart line, it was pretty lame if I'm honest, the people feel it.

J2H shrugs his shoulders.

J2H: In fact, you're so shit at this thing, the fans are booing you so much more, you're actually turning me in to a fucking face!

He smirks as he looks down the camera once more.

J2H: This is where I save the world from you, this is where I bury your career for the good of humanity. I will do this for the people because people are sick of you.

He reaches down to the ground, picking up a handful of dirt. He stands up and looks in the hole below him.

J2H: Your career ends here, Dmitri. Ashes to ashes, dust to dust.

He drops the dirt in to the hole and straightens up.

J2H: You will never get another shot at my title again Dmitri. That's real talk bitch.

As J2H turns and walks away, the camera drops down to the tombstone below him, the camera resting on the front of it.

<img src=http://i1253.photobucket.com/albums/hh598/SinCityWrestlingBucket/Dmitri%20tombstone_zpsdpcyqkow.jpg>

The camera fades out for the last time.  


50
Supercard Archives / J2H (c) v DMITRI
« on: November 18, 2016, 07:27:27 PM »
 <span style='font-family:Arial'> When you feel lost, who do you turn to? Do you run to family? Do you go to friends? What if they were the cause of this lost feeling that you felt inside? Who then?

The scene opens up with a statue of Jesus, hanging from a gold cross, his head tilted to one side as a crown of thorns rest upon his head, his eyes closed. The camera pulls back to show the cross hanging from a wooden wall. As the camera moves out further, an old style pipe organ sits to the left of the shot, it's pipes losing some of their brass shine. As the camera moves further back, a pulpit made of worn oak sits in the middle of an elevated floor. Yes, we are indeed in a church, a place where most go when they run out of options and have to look to an unseeable force for guidance, for blind faith. The pulpit stands high, allowing a speaker to see over the congregation, but today wasn't Sunday, the congregation were nowhere to be seen, but a man sits in the forth row, his head bowed and his hands pressed together. The camera moves in closer, clearly showing the head of J2H.

J2H inside a church, seems unlikely, yet there he was, wearing a black suit, with a white shirt, his hair neatly pushed back. His eyes are closed as his hands cover half his face, his fingers brushing gentle over his nose. Nothing but silence fills the church, as SCW's top male champion sits on the slightly uncomfortable wooden benches. His mind rushes as he stays in a silent state, his head bowed for a few more seconds. Slowly he raises his head, his eyes opening as he looks at the statue in front of him and slightly to the right, the main focus part of the churches stage. He looks on in silence, his breath a slow and steady pace, when he is approached from his right hand side by a man dressed in a black robe and white collar. The man, tanned, olive skin, and dark hair neatly combed downwards, around a bald crown, with a moustache, just following the curve of his upper lip. He looks towards J2H, causing him to turn his attention to him. The man points to the bench and J2H nods, inviting him to sit alongside him.


Father Rodriguez: My name is Father Rodriguez. I haven't seen you here before, my son.

J2H: I'm J2... James, just call me James. I haven't been here before father.

Father Rodriguez: You look like a young man with the world on your shoulders.

J2H sighs as he adverts his gaze to the front of the room, his eyes on the statue of the crucified Jesus Christ.

J2H: I do have the weight of the world on my shoulders father, the weight of many worlds I think. Life isn't what I imagined it to be at this point, when I should be happy, but I'm not. This world is a messed up place and right now, I don't even know how I got here.

Father Rodriguez: Sometimes, going back to the start of the path will help you figure out where you are now.

The champion frowns as he keeps his eyes on the statue.

J2H: Well, I'm a wrestler father.

The father smiles.

Father Rodriguez: I confess, James. I do know who you are. Although not a fan of the sport as such, I do see you in the society pages.

J2H: Can you tell my smile in those pages are fake, Father? Can you tell that I put it on like a poker player to hide the fact that I'm not happy?

Father Rodriguez shakes his head slowly as he looks away from the young man.

Father Rodriguez: No, but there is not many people out there that are truly happy with what they have James.

J2H: I'm one of them father, but it's not about wanting more than what I have, cause in honesty, I have everything a normal twenty two year old should have and more, but this point of my life, I don't know what to do with it.

Father Rodriguez: Go back to the start, and bring yourself to this point.

J2H sighs as he closes his eyes and speaks.

J2H: Well I was always the kid that did the unexpected, like I grew up with money, and that was it, I should be sitting around all day doing nothing, but that was never the case, Father, in fact, it was the opposite. I was a child genius, I went to college early, I got a degree in business at a young age, while I was wrestling. I was always good at sports, but people looked at me and saw the skinny rich kid and that was enough for them to judge me without knowing me.

Father Rodriguez: As the saying goes, never judge a book by it's cover.

J2H: That saying could have been made for me. I was judged from the second I said hi to someone. I was judged the instant I came in contact with people, I still am. People don't want to give people like me a chance for whatever reason, no one wants to be that close. I was always the guy that people come to when they wanted something, when they needed something and I still am in a way. People come to me when I can do something for them that others may not want.

Father Rodriguez: So you feel under appreciated?

J2H opens his eyes, breathing out sharply as he looks towards the reverend.

J2H: That's an understatement. I don't do well with friends father, and if this wasn't holy ground, I wouldn't be holding back on how I feel about the and well the curse words would be flying.

The father can't help my smile sympathetically towards the young man.

J2H: I feel used. I feel taken for granted. I feel like people would let me slip through their fingers, watch me crash to the floor, have them step over me, only to come pick me up when they want to. I've felt like that with so many in my life, even with family too. I'm at the point where I'm tired, father. I'm at the point where compliments don't come my way, no matter what I do. It's probably my own fault really.

This draws a curious look from Father Rodriguez.

Father Rodriguez: How do you see it that way, my son?

J2H shrugs his shoulders, a sad exhale coming from his lips.

J2H: Because I let them. The guy you see on television is only part of who I am. The guy that people see on television goes home at the end of every day and does what normal people do. An actor goes home at the end of every day, does he stay in character?

Father Rodriguez: I very much doubt it.

J2H: Right, so am I expected to be the guy on television all the time? Like I don't feel anything? I admit, I am ninety five percent of who I am on television but at times, I would just love to have someone tell me I'm worth something. That five percent of me has it in them to randomly compliment someone. That five percent allows me to smile at someone, or tell someone I appreciate what they do, but it's so one way. It's my own fault.

Father Rodriguez: I don't see how you can blame yourself for others actions, James.

J2H: I can. I haven't been a saint father, I will never claim to be. I will never say I've been a good person, who deserves good things, but I feel like I deserve something as a human being. I feel that I deserve basic human rights as everyone else. I mean people on death row might be monsters, but they are human and deserve the basic rights, as much as their victims deserved to live a peaceful life. I've forgiven myself for my own sins, but I can not forgive others for wronging me.

Father Rodriguez: Self acceptance is a tougher thing to do that accepting the faults of others.

J2H: So you'd think, but it's easier to accept that I'm a horrible person, than accept that people I thought were good people aren't horrible. I can forgive myself for doing things people would burn me at the stake for, but I can't forgive simple things like people not being there on one of my biggest nights of my life, the night I won the SCW World title. My parents, no where to be seen, my then ex, who is now my current was too busy on Valentines being with other people, than being with the guy she tried to win back. My biggest achievement in life, and people who was meant to be there, wasn't there.

Father Rodriguez: Why wasn't they there?

J2H: My parents couldn't care less about me. They did a family tradition of giving me half the family wealth when I turned sixteen, gave me the house and I haven't seen them in five years. I don't get many calls, no birthday card, no Christmas card, nothing. As for my ex, she decided to up and leave, just like that, just like my parents, and didn't come back till just before my greatest victory, tried to work her way back in my life but preferred the company of others that night.

Father Rodriguez: Sounds like you hold a lot of resentment there.

J2H: Oh I do, it burns away at the little part of my soul that I have left, father. I thought I was married to her, long story, and it took me some time to get used to it, but lord knows I tried and lord knows, I was actually happy and then she was gone. Forgetting the relationship side, who says they're your best friend and leaves? Best friend, something I never really had before. I had friends, but not someone I could sit there and share everything with. I went from "wife and best friend" to nothing. There's always that fear it could happen again.

Father Rodriguez: Do you fear it will happen again?

He can't help but shrug his shoulders, as if it was a natural reaction.

J2H: Two weeks ago, maybe not, now, I'm thinking I'm the one that will do the running, father.

He looks towards J2H, a genuine look of concern on his face.

Father Rodriguez: Why would you do such a thing, knowing the pain it caused you?

J2H: Like I said, I haven't been a saint. You know last week, I sat on my boat, looking in to the water and wondering what the point was to life anymore. People might think it was nothing, but I thought maybe it's time to skip through the living fast part and get to the die young part. It was either that or run away and never look back because my personal life, well...

He sighs as he looks away, looking randomly at a stained glass window.

J2H: It's just not what I thought it was. I don't feel free to say what I feel, I don't feel honesty flows around me and I don't believe things are right. Something has changed in my world, and it feels like so many empty words are coming my way, just to keep me there like a roll of tape, just locked away somewhere until they can get some use out of me.

Father Rodriguez: Nothing is unfixable, James.

He looks back to the concerned reverend as he returns the look to the champions eyes.

J2H: This could be. Every aspect of my life feels like it's falling apart. My career, I've been the top man for a long time, yet at this point you'd think people would show some respect, but no, people can not wait for the day I fade away. They look at me with envious eyes and hatred, because it's me, because I out work them. My personal life, well, I won't lie, unless something drastically changes and soon, that will be done and finished because something has changed, I can't figure out what and when I ask, questions get brushed over and I'm back to square one. My health, well, it's not great and I have to fight every day to keep mind over matter instead of just giving up and saying it doesn't matter and never get out of bed again. At times father, I feel like there can be a million people around, and I'm the only one there. There's times I want just one person around, and I'm the only one there. No matter what I want, it falls short.

Father Rodriguez: Surely you are in a position where you can have what you want.

J2H: Some things money can't buy. Could be the richest man in the world but the one thing you want is priceless and you know you're never going to get your hands on it. I'm tired for fighting for that. I don't like goals I can't get, father.

Father Rodriguez: We are our own worst enemy at times, but I like to believe nothing is impossible.

J2H: You should be me for a day and feel what I feel, and so much becomes a speck of dust in the distance.  

Father Rodriguez: What is it that you want, James?

He runs his hand on his chin, exhaling sharply.

J2H: The sense that I'm wanted. The freedom to say no to something without being made to feel guilty, the chance to feel valued, to have my opinion matter. For a life of honesty in my direction, and peace. I don't get that and money can't buy me that.

Father Rodriguez: Are you willing to sacrifice everything for that? Your career? Your possessions? Your relationship?

He thinks for a few seconds, letting the silence grow between himself and Father Rodriguez. He looks up at the statue of Jesus hanging from the cross and looks back at the father.

J2H: Yes, I would. My career can end at any time and I don't think I'll miss the ring. My possessions are meaningless when they don't give you what you want, and my relationship.

He pauses again, looking towards the father.

J2H: She's one "I'm single" tweet away from having her message box light up, and I know who would be at the front of the queue for that, but she won't be single for long. Would I give up everything to be appreciated, wanted, valued, have an opinion without feeling guilt, to be able to say what I wanted without walking on egg shells and being forced in to things I don't want? I would prefer it in my career, possessions and personal life, but I'm starting to see that as a pipe dream.  

Another sigh comes from the champion, his depressing moving around the silent hall.

J2H: If it means stepping back from everything in my life and just being with myself, then I'm willing to do it. I can't take putting in the effort, only to have to hide what I feel. People would be better off without it and me around.  

Father Rodriguez: I don't believe that to be true. At your age, the world is in front of you to make of it what you will.

J2H: So many things are very much out of my hands father. This is why I'm at this crossroads. My entire life is up for debate right now. I can put in the effort and try to over come my next opponent, or I could not put in the effort, let him win and walk away from work. I can sit there in my relationship and let things continue the way they are where equality seems to fly out the window and I become a side kick to my own relationship, or I can walk away from it. I can sit there and say what I feel to people, knowing it will make them walk away eventually, or I can just save the pain and drama and the issues that will no doubt rear their ugly heads in the future.  

Father Rodriguez: You can't be fearful of the future, James. You never know what's gonna happen in it, even in these uncertain times.

J2H: Oh, sadly I do. I know me and I know some things are just not meant to be. I don't do empty words, I expect the same. This is why I don't know if I should go full tilt and continue the road I'm on accepting that things will never change, or if I step out of the limelight, step away from everything I know, just go, move to a place where no one can find me and just start again. I feel like I've been sitting at this crossroads forever and I have no way of knowing which way to go.

Father Rodriguez: That is the beauty of like my child. No one knows where we are going, no one knows how to get there, but God has a plan for us all. He will give you guidance and show you where you need to be. The people you meet in life, some are there to test you, some to stand beside you but regardless of if they stay in your life, they was there to teach you something. Everyone you come in contact with, a co-worker, a friend, a life partner, even a fan, everyone's life is impacted.  

J2H lowers his eyebrows as he looks at Father Rodriguez, slightly confused.

J2H: A fan?

Father Rodriguez: More so than you might think, James. When you meet a fan, whether it be for a two minute conversation, an autograph or a picture, that fan will remember that moment for an entire lifetime. They will be telling their friends about the second you looked and smiled at them. Even when you feel that you're not making an impact on someone's life, you truly are.

J2H: And when do people start making an impact on mine? When do I get to feel that wow moment? When do I get to stop being the guy there for others that's never appreciated?

Father Rodriguez: When you let people. People can't come in unless you let them.

J2H: Works both ways, father. No one wants me that close till they need something from me, or they want me to do something I don't wanna do.

Father Rodriguez: You get what you give, James. Life is about giving as well as accepting.

J2H: All I seem to do is give. My life is very one sided father. I give it all in everything I do, and here I am not knowing what to do in life.

Father Rodriguez: My advice is to take it one day at a time. You might leave here today and someone may just change your world again. I have listened to you and I enjoyed the fact that you were very open with me. I appreciate the fact that you came here, instead of looking at the water again.

J2H: Thank you for listening father.

Father Rodriguez: The reward is knowing that you came here, to God's house and not in a place where you can do harm to yourself. I must get going James, but I am here all the time, so please don't be a stranger.

Father Rodriguez stands up, reaching down to shake J2H's hand. J2H shakes his hand, standing to his feet.

J2H: Thank you for your time father. This has been as open and honest I've been able to be in a while. Before you go, I have one more question.

Father Rodriguez: Oh course my child.

J2H: Vampires, they're not real, are they?

A very puled look crosses the father's face as he looks down at J2H.

Father Rodriguez: Well, they do say you need bad, to know what good is, but I think in this case, we can clearly rule out vampires. They are a work of fiction.

J2H smiles towards him.

J2H: Thank you father.

Father Rodriguez turns to walk away stepping to the aisle and moving towards the pulpit. J2H moves in to the aisle and looks at the statue of Jesus.

J2H: Gave up it all for others to live in peace.

J2H does the sign of the cross over his upper body before turning around and walking up the aisle, his footsteps heard throughout the building. He stops next to a donation box and reaches in to his pocket, taking out a money clip, thick with rolled up one hundred dollar bills. He takes a handful and puts it in the wooden box, before returning the rest to his pocket and talking to himself.

J2H: It won't buy me a ticket in to heaven, but I can't take it with me.

He walks out of the church, in to the sunshine as the camera fades to black.




A familiar dirt track leads past a gas station, familiar to some who has seen some J2H promo work in this area.... So that's about two of you, good job keeping up with the company you work for. Anyway, dust flies from a four wheel drive pick up truck as it moves at a steady pace down the road, leaving the gas station in the rear view mirror. The car slows down as an old wooden post appears, the gate worn with time, swung open as the pick up truck moves towards it. The camera switches to J2H in the driver seat, the smile on his face as he reminisces. His eyes on the fields surrounding it where horses run freely. He looks at the ranch house and drives forward, stopping outside, the dust kicking up from the tires as he comes to a halt. A woman walks out of the front door, radiance shining from her as she looks up at the driver. J2H cuts the engine, stepping out of the car, his feet crunching on the dirt floor as he looks at the woman.


J2H: Ms. Angel.

J2H nods his head at the smiling woman. Yes indeed, Angel Parker, the wife of Austin Parker himself, stood with a beaming smile, looking at J2H. J2H had surprisingly flown halfway across the country to stand on the grounds of the Parker ranch, his spiritual home if you will, a place where the evolution of James Huntington-Hawkes III slowly kicked in, turning him in to the superstar that became J2H. The woman stepped forward towards the man who had grown so much since his time here and warmly wrapping her arms around his neck.

Ms. Angel: I'm so glad to see you James! Look at you now.

She steps back, her hands on his shoulders and looking at him up and down.

Ms. Angel: You've turned out to become a fine man.

Her southern charms were not lost on J2H, she was a generally likable woman. One could even question how she ended up with the pantomime villain that is Austin Parker. J2H would argue with anyone, male or female, his quips about many females on the roster hasn't gone unnoticed in sectors that bothered to listen, but something about Angel Parker that instantly drew your respect from all walks of life. Her kindness and compassion was plain to see on first meeting her. Pride filled her eyes as she looked at the man who lived in her guest house for months. Without her patience and understanding, he would never have become the man he'd become. She never looked on his as a bratty kid when he showed up at the gates in the past, but as an equal, something he'd never felt he'd had before.

J2H: Thank you Ms. Angel. Without this place, I wouldn't have become who I have.

Ms. Angel: Being a wrestlers wife, I've seen a lot of wrestlers come and go in the past, but you have made me so proud.

That pride she felt translated to J2H. He felt humbled around the woman who had treated him with respect and kindness, regardless of who he used to be. Everyone who walked through the Parker's door was treated as equal, regardless of who they were and what background they came from.

J2H: Without this place, I wouldn't have stood a chance in wrestling. This is where I owe my career to.

A smile crosses her face as she looked at him, like a mother to a prodigal son.

Ms. Angel: You wasn't saying that when you first arrived her.

Her smile was only matches by his own as he thought back to day one. His mind drifted to the task of having to fend for himself for the first time in his lifetime. There was no heirs or graces on the ranch, people were treated with respect and took care of themselves, that was something he wasn't used to. He wasn't used to doing his own shopping, cooking, or keeping his personal environment clean, he always had Simpson for that, but his first day on the ranch saw Simpson sent on a very deserved vacation.  

J2H: It took a little time to get used to but it reaped the rewards.

Ms. Angel turns back to the door she walked from, her hand cupping her lips as she calls out.

Ms. Angel: Austin, we have a visitor.

Austin: Ah'm comin', ah'm comin'

Ms. Angel turns back to J2H, as she stands on the stoop to her home, her feet firmly placed on the wooden planks.

Ms. Angel: So you came all the way out here on your own? No Simpson, or Melody Grace?

J2H sighs a little as he bites his lower lip, looking at the woman.

J2H: No, Melody is more of a Los Angeles or Norway person. She's been talking about Norway a lot lately, and tweeting it, so I'm guessing I'm set for an action replay there, and Simpson is with Melody. I needed to get away for the day.

Ms. Angel: And there was nowhere closer than Georgia?

A laugh comes from her lips as she looks towards him, trying to lighten the mood. He smiles at her.

J2H: I needed to feel connected to wrestling again. I needed to feel like I still had it in me, because the last two months could have been the worst two months of my career and life.

Ms. Angel: Oh?

Her tone was of curiosity, but good manners taught her many years ago, not to pry when not required.

J2H: Well my personal life is going to hell, Ms. Angel. Connections just not there at this point with anything. I fake more smiles to the fans when I'm meant to be trying to get their money from their pockets and in to the company. On a wrestling side, I am so bored.

Ms. Angel: How can you be bored of doing something you love to do?

J2H: Because I have faced and beat the same guy in my last two matches and come Sunday, I will have to do it again. It's becoming so routine, I could do this shi... ugh stuff in my sleep. The challenge is gone, there is no need for me to improve and get better anymore because although you showed me to be humble, wrestling doesn't challenge me anymore.

Ms. Angel: That's when you need to make new challenges within wrestling, for yourself. You've been a champion for nine months, why not challenge yourself to go to the end of the year as champion, and then a full year?

J2H: I'm not sure I have it in me. Everything is snowballing in to one giant downhill ball and I don't know what to do anymore.  

The door to the Parker home swings open and Austin Parker walks through, stepping on to the wooden planks of the porch and looking down at J2H, a surprise look on his face. Angel puts her hand on J2H's shoulder and looks him sincerely in the eye.

Ms. Angel: I'm sure you'll figure this out, James.

She warmly hugs him again, before turning around toward Austin and walking past him. Austin looks at J2H with the look of surprise still on his face.

Austin: Ah though ah was meeting ya in L.A on Saturday.

J2H: I needed to get away.  

A frown passes the cowboy's face as he looks at him, standing taller on the elevated porch.

Austin: An' ya ran outta islands for you an' the lady to go to?

An almost proud smirk crosses his face as he folds his arms.

J2H: Yeah, so I decided to take a trip to the land that smells of sweat and horse shit.

An equally proud smirk crosses J2H's face as he mimics Austin by folding his arms and looking at him. Austin rolls his eyes at J2H.

Austin: Ah'm a popular man today.

Austin turns his head towards the door, calling out loudly.

Austin: Come on out here, Bo!

J2H raises his right eyebrow looking towards the door as Bo Dreamwolf walks through the door, looking towards J2H. Bo's politeness quickly sees him step off the porch and towards J2H, reaching his hand out to shake it. J2H returns the handshake.

Bo: It's been a long time James.

J2H: Very Bo. Still teaching kids?

Little known story about J2H and Bo Dreamwolf, that you will see in a bit. Small talk is natural for two of the most unlikely people to ever have any kind of connection.  

Bo: I am, thanks for asking. How are you?

J2H: Still remembering the little people now I'm a nine month champion.

The friendly jab towards Bo causes the Native American to smile towards him.

Austin: Ya clearly came here for ah reason. Ya don't just drop everythin' without a call or anything an' just travel all the to a place ya didn't like, just cause ya wanted a break.

Austin points towards an open area, a barn in the distance, and steps off the porch to join J2H and Bo. He nods for them to walk and the three starts to walk down a dirt track.

Austin: Now, if this is one of those ah need a shoulder to cry on moment, ah'm not interested, you talk to Bo.

J2H scrunches his nose up as he looks at Austin.

J2H: It's not exactly like that. I'm getting bored Austin. I'm getting bored of constantly having to take on Dmitri. I'm tired of going home and feeling second best, I'm starting to like being in a dark room, on my own and locking out the world.

Austin: Boy, when ah was rasslin', me and Mark Ward took on each other every night for a month. We had to cut promo after promo in front of the crowd, every night. Every night we did that and we had ah rule. It couldn't be the same promo as the night before. Rassling changed now. Ya only cut promos ta build television matches. So ya had to talk about that guy ah few times. Big deal, ya the champion.

Bo: What he means is you worked hard to be where you are, so you wanted to be there at some point. You should enjoy it. Shouldn't matter who you've been facing.

Austin: That's what ah said.

Austin and Bo share a look, while J2H, walking in between the two of them, looks either side, shaking his head at both men as the three walk.  

J2H: It's not that I don't want to be there. It's about the fact that there is fuck all challenge anymore. Fuck, I spent yesterday trying to goad Simon Jones out of retirement, just to come back and give me a challenge. I see a man who has been out of wrestling for so long as more of a challenge than the people active.

Bo: The roster is full of talent. I am still a fan.

J2H: The problem is people are fucking lazy, Bo. People don't wanna put the effort in to be as good as I am, to lift them up.  

Austin: He ain't wrong. In all the years SCW has been going, this is a slack roster.  

J2H: They're just so fucking lazy. They turn up when they want and put no effort in to it.  

Bo: Dmitri has made himself a serious contender lately.

J2H: Compared to who else? Everyone else is sleeping, Dmitri was the only one who wasn't. He don't look good cause he stepped up, he looks good because everyone else stopped putting in the effort. I'm bored with that and my personal life is going to hell.

Austin: Ah ain't listening to what you and blondie are going through, ah don't care. You talk to him.

Austin points a thumb towards Bo, causing J2H switch his sight direction to his right, where Bo walks. An uncomfortable look crosses Bo's face.

Bo: Well, ummm, have you tried talking to her?

J2H: No.

Austin: Well problem solved. Talk to the woman ya idiot.

J2H: I wouldn't know where to start. I want things to be better with us. I mean they're not bad, but one minute she's bubbly around me, next, she's on Twitter talking to others and acting like she don't care.

Austin: Ah for fucks sake. Have we gone back six months? Cause ya was bitchin' bout that then and I didn't care than, and ah don't care now.  

Bo: You should talk to her though. Maybe she feels the same and wants thing to be closer. Ever thought of getting engaged?

J2H raises his eyebrow towards Bo, with a cocky smirk on his face.

J2H: Have you?

Austin can't help but burst out laughing as he looks at the two, pointing at Bo.

Bo: If I haven't, I can honestly say my sister, grandmother and Brandi probably have for me.

Austin: He still got ya there.

Bo stays silent, feeling defeated by J2H's comments and the three stop outside a barn, the wood more worn from when J2H remembered it from the past, the structure not aging very well.  

Austin: Can ah just deal with the rasslin' problem? You two can have a heart to heart 'bout women later.

Austin looks up at the old barn and moves towards the door, pushing open the wooden barn door. Inside sits the very old, yet workable wrestling ring, the very same ring that both Bo and J2H stepped in to improve their skills under the tutelage of Austin Parker. Bails of hay sit around the ring, marked with scrapes and scratches to give it character.

Austin: This is where it all started.

J2H: I know, I remember I was here, when you wouldn't let me get in the damn thing till I shovelled shit and lifted hay and fed ya damn chickens.

Austin: Well if ya wouldn't work a regular job, ya sure as shit wasn't gon' be able ta work hard enough to rassle. Ya might have been in an SCW ring before ya got ya skinny ass to this ring but this is the ring ya started ta become a real rassler.

J2H: Yeah, but now I'm bored of it. I am sick of it and I have no drive anymore.

Austin: Do ya remember how bad ya was when ya first turned up here?

J2H: I wasn't that bad.

J2H looks at Austin with all honesty as the three walk in to the barn and towards the ring. The three stand before the ring.

Bo: Actually, you was terrible. I actually remember the first match we had in that ring.

Flashback to the days of training, and here's the little known story about J2H and Bo Dreamwolf. Bo Dreamwolf was one of the very few people who knew exactly who J2H's trainer was, when he made his return. You could say Bo Dreamwolf played a big part in his training. Did you really think Austin was in the ring with the man known as James Huntington-Hawkes III? Not all the time, no. Austin still had it, on occasion, part time, or supercard wrestler, Austin could handle it - hint hint Austin - but wrestling every day would take it's toll on the wrestling legend, and age wasn't on his side - sorry Austin. Bo Dreamwolf was the man in the ring with J2H pretty much every day of his training. Here's their first encounter.

Austin: Seriously?

In the ring, of days gone past. Bo Dreamwolf stand facing a much skinnier, less muscle defined, tattooless, James Huntington-Hawkes III. Both men are wearing training gear.

Austin: You call that a punch?

James throws another punch toward Bo, glancing him on the chest, but not having any major impact to the much better built man. Bo looks out of the ring towards Austin and shrugs. Austin covers his eyes, slowly shaking his head, but James hits Bo on the chest once more. Bo turns his head back towards James.

Bo: I almost felt that one.

James: You're not funny.

James runs off the ropes, springing back across the ring, clumsily charging in to Bo and falling to the canvas.

James: Dammit! Is this guy made of stone or something!?

James returns to his feet, rubbing his shoulder and look at Bo.

Austin: Try a dropkick or something.

James jumps in the air, doing as Austin instructed and tries to nail Bo with a dropkick, but Bo stands firm, causing James to land flat on his back. James struggles to his feet and Bo jumps up, landing the picture perfect dropkick to James' chest and sending the young man flying backwards and to the canvas.

James: Dammit! That freaking hurt Tonto!

Austin: This ain't ice skating boy, get up.

James gets up and walks over to Bo, and instantly tries to lift him off his feet, but Bo tenses up, standing his ground. James stands up straight and stomps on his foot, causing Bo to untense his body. James reaches down and lifts Bo in a bodyslam and drives him in to the canvas. James turns around raises his arms towards Austin in victory, but Austin quickly shoots him down.

Austin: Ya not getting a medal for a bodyslam.

Defeated, James turns back towards Bo, only to be met with a vicious clothesline, sending James flying off his feet and doing a back flip, landing hard on his back.  

J2H: Son of a bitch.

James pulls himself to his feet and charges at Bo, who sidesteps and puts a foot out, tripping him up. Stumbling, James flies through the middle of the ropes and in to a pile full of hay. Bo and Austin move towards him, only visible from James is his legs waving out of the hay.

Coming back to modern times, both Austin and Bo laugh as the three sit on hay bales. J2H rolls his eyes at the two as they continue to laugh loud.


J2H: What was the point of retelling that embarrassing story?

The two slowly quieted down their laughing and look towards J2H.

Austin: 'cause that was who ya were when ya showed up here, an' now, ya the World champion and have been for nine months. Back then, ya wanted to be where ya are now an' ya there now. With rasslin', people don't stay on top as long as you have without havin' something special 'bout them.  

Bo: We all doubt ourselves in our careers, and in our lives, but you gotta look back at all the sacrifices you've made in your life to be where you are. Being where you are now, having all that you have now make all the sacrifices worth it.  

Austin: Ya just go out there, kick Dmitri's pale ass back ta Moscow,  an' enjoy being on top.

Bo: And don't push your lady friend away. If you want more from it, then if she's the one, she will too.

J2H looks at the two of them, unable to really argue against them.

J2H: Thank you. Now is there a bar around here that doesn't play country music, and doesn't stink of horse shit? I could go for a beer before getting back on a plane.

Austin: Don't ask for much, do ya?

The scene fades out as the three share a smile.




The scene takes place after Melody's promo.... Don't worry, she did  let you know when this one takes over....

Do you use Twitter? Oh you should, because it's actually fun if you're not watching Dmitri try and tweet dark side stuff when he's not tweeting "lol". It's a source to where people may or may not tease with a spoiler or two... Or if you're James Tuscini, don't sell your character to your fans. It teases signings, and returns... Hey, did you see Hot Stuff tweet about putting the money down to get Simon Jones back? Or that Ben Jordan has a reason to be at High Stakes VI, or that this might be Melody Grace's last match in SCW? No? You didn't know that? Well, Twitter is where to be.

Some what of a shock appeared on there earlier this week, as J2H announced that his relationship with Melody Grace was very much on the rocks, quickly followed by a tweet from Melody talking about single life. As expected, not one reply to J2H, not even an "are you ok?" from anyone. Melody on the other hand, bam! A friend went straight to her, not asking if she was ok, but building up how much they can spend time with each other again, and a random guy just trying to be noticed. Hate to think what her DMs looked like, but nothing, nothing of any sympathy for J2H. It could have been Melody that caused it, but no one cared, comfort Melody, burn J2H at the stake, just like last time until he took to the ring and told people the truth.

Weeks ago, the two moved in together, they were happy it seemed, or was they. You saw Melody's promo I hope before you saw this, walking on egg shells was an understatement and J2H couldn't figure out why. He knew his soul had a scorch mark in from nine months ago that wouldn't fade, he knew the mental pain would not go away at any time soon, but it rarely showed when the two was together, it just lived in the darker reaches of his mind.

What could have prompted the two to be like this... Well there was a clue in Melody's promo if you actually were smart enough to pick up on it.

But as you've gathered from this promo so far, J2H is no longer around at the house. He'd extended his stay at Austin's ranch for an extra couple of days, they break up unfairly coming from a long distance setting, but he was heading home, he was home in the city sense so to speak at Los Angeles International Airport.

A private jet comes to a complete stop to one side of a small hanger. Planes can be seen shooting past in the background, their jet engine noise filling up the Los Angeles air. The steps to the private plane starts to slowly come down, next to a waiting car. After touching the ground firmly, J2H is seen standing at the top, adjusting his eyes to the morning light, brightness filling the air around him, only lit up by the countless lights of the working airport. He breathes in deep, feeling the fresh air hit his lungs after hours of compacted recycled air in the private plane. Stepping down the steps, a bag over his shoulder, he moves towards the car. He knew it would only be a short journey to the terminal, and no time through customs - celebrity perks, before he would be back facing reality and the problems he created to wait for him by the time he returned.

He agreed a break up with Melody over the phone, he didn't know what he was going to be walking in to. She sounded firm on the phone during their argument, almost like giving a shit about the situation wasn't on her mind, but he knew differently. He knew that she built her walls high and was sitting behind the wall confused.

He hasn't let the whole thing slip from his mind either. For the last four hours, he'd been stuck on the plane, his mind wandering towards what had happened. He knew the scars from the past would always come back to haunt him, but was he too rash? Was the reasons for his quick escape justified? Were they stupid reasons? A million questions rushed though his mind, enough to cause doubt in him mind.

He knew as he stepped in to the car and sat down, feeling it slowly move towards the terminal building, he had to speak to Melody, he had to clear the air before she moved on and he disappeared off her radar for good, he had to know if he was sure he was doing the right thing.

After seconds, the car was pulling up to the terminal building, snapping him back from his thoughts and scenarios of what could be waiting for him when he got home. He stepped out of the car, pulling his bag with his free arm before moving in to the building in front of him. He looks around the VIP area, where celebrities get to move through security without the glaring eye of the public, spotting it to be relatively quiet before moving through the a security check point. His eyes focus on the tired looking guard as he hold up his ID, the man waves him through, clearly not interested in his celebrity status. He wanders through the security checkpoint and to the outside of the main terminal, expecting to see Simpson waiting for him, yet Simpson is nowhere to be seen. Pulling his bag higher on his back, he starts to walk through the terminal, thinking that Simpson may have been running slightly late. He pulls his baseball cap lower on his head hoping to not be recognized in this early morning setting, but fingers and whispers fly in his direction. A more excitable noise is heard in the distance as he glances his eyes up to see a gathered crowd. He narrows them, looking for the source of this commotion, but takes half a step back as his eyes widen.

Walking towards him surrounded by people following them, taking pictures and asking questions, is Melody Grace and Simpson, Simpson's watchful eye keeping check on how close people are getting to her. His mind races, was she at the airport to meet him? To try and put things right? No, she had a carry on bag with her.

She was doing it again... She was leaving!

His mind was rushing again. No waiting to talk, not even sitting at home with a rolling pin ready to strike, she pulled the same thing she did in the past and just walking away without a word. This is starting to become less of a pattern and more of trait.

Melody had seen him too, she froze in place as her eyes locked on to his. She could see the anger in his face. He knew that running away when she owned half his house, her stuff that she brought in to the house would be a constant reminder of her, but she opted for another indefinite disappearance, leaving him once again to clean up was what she wanted. She knew that this was not going to be a fun reunion as he marched his way towards her, the crowd spotting him and looking towards him. Louder whispers broke out as he got closer, many expecting to see human gasoline, meet a human match. He stopped in front of her, his heart racing as he looked at her as words fell through gritted teeth.


J2H: So you're doing the same again? Just running away.

Melody looks around the crowd. She had a reputation to protect, she had a life she build with not only herself, but with the man in front of her.

Melody: This is not the time or the place James.

His eyes narrowed as he looks at with fiery rage in his body.

J2H: Just like last time when you disappeared. That wasn't the time or the place for months and then we all know what happened when you did come back!

The scars on his soul spoke for him, unable to stop himself. It was almost like he was controlled by something he couldn't control at all. The worlds fell out of his mouth without him being able to stop them, this did not impress Melody.

Melody: I have a plane to catch.

J2H: Let me guess, to Norway, a place you have no connection to, a place that has no meaning to you other than the fact you spun a globe and that's where it stopped. Anyone would think you have something there that you're not telling people about.

Melody rolls her eyes at him, not impressed by his words, her response dripping with sarcasm.

Melody: Yes James, I have a secret family in Norway, who I go and see once every year.

J2H: Wouldn't be shocked.

His eyes look around the people gathered, each waiting on every word they have to say to each other, some recording and hoping to brag to their friends about it later, with video proof.  

J2H: Look, can we just go somewhere to talk?

Melody: Where James? We're in an airport with thousands of people. There is nowhere to talk without getting attention.

J2H understands her words, but quickly looks around his surrounding, spying an empty store selling ties - Is it a surprise it's empty? Who goes to the airport to buy ties anyway? He takes Melody by the wrist and quickly, and very surprisingly to Melody, pulls her away from the crowd and in to the store. Simpson quickly follows, caught off guard by the young man's actions. J2H stops and turns around to Simpson.

J2H: No one comes in.

Simpson nods towards him and turns his back towards the store. J2H quickly shuts the door and locks it behind him. The store assistant look across, a teenage girl, looks through her thick rimmed glasses.

Assistant: You can't do...

She looks at the couple as she trails off, her mouth slowly growing wider as she recognises them.

Assistant: You're....

J2H raises his hand and cuts the surprised girl off in her tracks.

J2H: Yeah, yeah, and I'll give ya five grand now and an autograph if ya just walk in to the store room and shut the door for five minutes.

Five grand to a teenage girl working in a tie store in an airport, he instantly knew the answer as he watched her turn around and walk in to a door behind the counter. J2H turns back to Melody, her hands placed firmly on her hip.

Melody: Well? I have a flight to catch.

Her tone was venomous, yet tired. He didn't know of her exploits while he was away, but could sense sleep wasn't high up on the list of things she'd done in the last few days. He can't help but smile at her words.

J2H: You really think yo have a flight to catch? Did Simpson arrange it all?

Melody nods, yet unsure what he was getting at or working towards.

Melody: Of course he did, he called the company, he arranged the car.

J2H: For the exact same time that he had to meet me at the airport to pick me up? Not half an hour or so in between so we never bumped in to each other.

Melody: He wouldn't do that!

J2H looks towards the door at Simpson standing sideways on, half an eye on the crowd, half an eye on what is happening in the store. J2H gives him a slight nod and turns around, Melody keeps her eye on the situation.

J2H: See what I mean?

Melody slowly shakes her head, more in surprise than anger towards Simpson, before turning back towards J2H.

Melody: I can't believe he'd do that to me. He knew I had to get away from all this.

J2H: All this? Run away from your house, your stuff, your damn animals and leaving me to pick up after everything.

Melody: You ended things with me on the phone James, you couldn't even do it face to face, then put it on Twitter and you expected me to just sit around and wait for you?

Anger was growing in her voice and he knew how to push her buttons, not the smartest thing to do but he did anyway.

J2H: At least people replied to you. Your fucking friend seemed over the moon that she could spend more time with you, and some random guy just replying utter shit just to get your attention. I was the one sitting there with no one giving a fuck when I was hurting too.

Melody: You ended it and I still don't know why!

Melody walks away from him, her eyes browsing ties sitting on hooks, not taking much notice of the designs, just using it as an excuse to get away from him. J2H stays in the same spot as he calls out to her.  

J2H: Because you fucking lied to me!

Melody stops and turns around, looking towards him with anger in her eyes.

Melody: About what?

Her teeth instinctively grind against themselves as her eyes look at him with pure anger.

J2H: About your injury! You're hurt and didn't tell me a damn thing about it. Do you know how close you were to not being able to do the simple things because of that shoulder? You kept me in the dark Mel and I went along as normal when I coulda done more and I believed you when you said you was fine!

Melody: I was fine!

51
Supercard Archives / J2H (c) v DMITRI
« on: November 12, 2016, 05:15:25 PM »
 J2H: Nope, had enough of this shit for one day.

He reaches the door, putting his hand on the handle, looking down to see Angel, dressed up in a business suit, sitting on the floor, his bear face tilted upwards as if he was looking at J2H. J2H shakes his head and shuts the door before turning around to Melody, sitting at the table.

J2H: Put him down as a 'maybe'.

Melody looks at him with a curious look on her face as she brushes her blonde hair from her forehead.

J2H: What? Out of all these piss poor candidates he was the best! And at least he dressed for the part.

The camera fades out as Simpson and Melody look at J2H as if he was insane.




The time to talk directly is upon us again as J2H sits in the middle of the ring, once again in the Galen Center in Los Angeles, California - I guess it helps to be local this week. Surround the ring, a cage with a dome covering it. J2H sits on the floor, his legs crossed, his title on his lap as he looks around, strands of barbed wire hangs from various places, as well as weapons. His eyes look around, looking at the structure, seeing what parts may or may not have hidden surprises, like electrical charges. He looks up at the camera in front of him.


J2H: Such a difference a few days makes. A few days ago, I was standing in this very spot right here. Standing to announce a video game and now I'm sitting here under the dome and talking.

He looks either side, his face calm, his eyes focused.

J2H: I've gone from talking about buying something to a place that if you listen to Dmitri, will be my final resting place, my tomb, the place I will eternally sleep in peace while he lives on for another thousand years. If you listen to that vampire go on and on, about everything he's said about me for months, the basics are the same. He will bury me, he will take my title, he will end me. This is the best he's had in a long time, and no one expects him to change now, so let's presume that this is where I will end my days in Dmitri's eyes.

The champion turns his head either side, shrugging his shoulders.

J2H: Nah, this is not my time to die and this is not my place to die.

He looks down the camera.

J2H: This is your last chance Dmitri, your one last chance to actually make something of yourself, your one and only final chance to get what you want. You read the contract, your grandpa eyes ran over it bro and you saw that this match has more meaning for you than when I beat you non title, when I beat you after you beat a few losers to earn that right, when I beat you at Halloween, this one has that touch of spice in it for you. Everyone thought you was gonna win at Halloween, you tried to play me by having the pia boy and the old man with you to give you an advantage but I was always one step ahead of you. I knew you couldn't win on your own, you knew you couldn't win on ya own so I knew you'd call in the back up, so I brought Rage. I ain't even sure what JT was doing there, but either way, I had a back up to stop you from doing this to me, to cheating me out of my belt. The script wasn't written for you to do anything other than fail and yet, here you stand, trying one more time, one last time to get your hands on what will never be yours.

He waves his finger from side to side, firmly shaking his head.

J2H: Never be yours Dmitri and now you stand in the last chance saloon. You stand there knowing you have one bullet left and you need to make it count. Your shot has been off for a long, long time Dmitri and this is it, nothing more, nothing less. You need to make it count and I don't think you have it in you to do that. I don't think you can hold your hand steady enough to pull the trigger. The pressure it on, that ton of weight sits on your shoulders, pressing you down further and further, while the eyes rest on you Dmitri. Every eye in the house is looking at your sweat covered face as your hand shakes on that trigger. You couldn't make the shot when you had a non pressured chance to earn yourself a match against me non title. You won't make that shot now, even if I had my face pressed against the barrel of the gun begging you to do it. If I stood completely still and felt the metal push in to my forehead, you still couldn't take the shot to end me Dmitri.

He tilts his head down and smiles.

J2H: Not even if I drew a target on my head and shoot under a neon sign with bright flashing arrows.

J2H smirks down the camera.

J2H: You just don't have it in you to finish me off, or you'd have come a shit load closer to doing it on the other three occasions you stood across from me. I mean you can claim I had help, but you'd be a hypocritical bastard if you did because was it not your plan to use those two irrelevant clowns to do the same to me? You had chances to put me away long before anyone else got involved, but did you take it? No, you saw what you could become, and the nerves ran through you and you bulked. You fell at the last fence and that proves you don't have it to lead this company, you don't have it to lead a conga line.

J2H rubs his hand across his chin.

J2H: Yet something in your tiny little mind thinks you can have it in you to do it. Take that thought out of your head bro, cause you don't have it in you at all.

He looks around the thunderdome.

J2H: This will not become my tomb, Dmitri. This will become the site of one of my most famous victory. This is not a case for you where you will fall before you rise, this is a place where I will end your aspirations on becoming a champion once and for all. This is where your hopes, dreams and urge comes to say it's final goodbyes. This is where we come to say goodbye to who you thought you were. When you look at it Dmitri, for months, I have been poison running through your veins, slowly breaking you down from the inside out and this is the final dose for you, because after this, you will not know which way to go, you'll be a lost soul not sure what to do.

An arrogant smirk crosses J2H's face.

J2H: I don't know what's worse. The fact that your soul would have been completely destroyed, or the fact that you'd be in James Tuscini's shadow for the rest of eternity.  

J2H winces at the thought.

J2H: No one wants to be in his shadow. His shadow doesn't even wanna be there.

His face changes back to a smirk.

J2H: I know you seem to think that you need to bring yourself up to my level of being modern. You're old fashioned, I'm the most forward thinking man to have ever graced a wrestling ring, and I get that you're trying to keep up a bit. Dmitri even signed up a Twitter account. Don't follow him, he's an idiot.

A frown crosses J2H's face.

J2H: What self respecting "vampire" tweets his opponent mentioning MySpace and using the term lol?

A confused look covers his face.

J2H: Like seriously bro?

J2H puts his palms flat out towards the camera, a look of disbelief on his face.

J2H: This is further proof that he is still so far behind me in every aspect of his life, the guy doesn't even see me. I ain't in a different league than Dmitri, I'm playing a different sport. While I'm in the MLB top flight, he's in some amateur team in the ass end of Albuquerque!  

J2H shakes his head.

J2H: Yet he still thinks this is now his time with no proof to back it up, no logic behind it. This isn't it Dmitri, this isn't your time now, your time will be never. This is what keeps me going.

He holds his left hand on the title belt, his eyes looking down at the shining gold as he continues to talk.

J2H: You're stepping in to the fire again with absolutely no way to put it out, no way to even walk through it. Not even the so called undead can walk through the heat of these flames. Many have tried, all have failed and you at forth time of asking will be the exact same. I can't believe you're stupid enough to even sit there and let the thought enter your mind that you stand a chance of doing it, doing the impossible and shattering this reign. Better people have tried and better people got a lot closer than you ever have. Bigger challenges stood in front of me and couldn't take it.

He raises his eyebrows as he looks up and down the camera once more.

J2H: Do you really think you have half the talent Despayre has? Even a quarter of the talent? Don't take that as a compliment Despayre, it just shows how bad Dmitri really is.

A firm nod of the head comes from the champion.

J2H: I've come up against bigger and better, more talent, more drive, more determination to shut me up and they couldn't get close to me. Now I'd put you down three times like the diseased dog that you are. Why anyone thought and will think it's forth time lucky for you Dmitri, because it's really not, and it never will be. It's the end of you, it's where you finish. You're every guy running against Usain Bolt. You can see the finish line, but there's always one in front of you, there's always that one guy that's gonna stop you from getting that gold. That one guy will always be me.

J2H points to himself confidently.

J2H: It doesn't matter what kinda match it is, even if it was a "you had to be a vampire to win" match, you'd still end up my bitch.

A laugh comes from his lips as he sits there with his fingers entwined.

J2H: It's nice to have a dream Dmitri, but once again, I'm gonna turn yours in to a nightmare. I'm going to make you regret ever putting your name on an SCW contract and expecting to get to the top of the place. You should have just wandered back to your cave where you belong after I beat you the second time instead of crying like a little bitch because Christian can't kick straight. You should have gone back, put yourself in the coffin and stayed there but no, you wanted to go again, like you deserved to but believe me, you don't deserve a thing. You didn't deserve to be in another match with me, you don't deserve to be in this match with me now. The first ever in the apparent sixth series of SCW and you're in it with me.

He shakes his head with disappointment.

J2H: They musta scrapped right through the bottom of the barrel when it come to picking you to face me.

He looks up straight in to the camera.

J2H: You will need a God given miracle Dmitri, to even get anywhere neat me at High Stakes VI because I refuse to let you. You will need to do more than any man has ever done in the history of the universe to force me to give up my title. I won't go down without a fight, nor do I expect you to give me a fight for this.  

He runs his fingers along the championship belt.

J2H: The Thunderdome is not set up for you to win like the Halloween bullshit was, and you still fucked up, nor is it set up for me to win, because I don't even know what the fuck this is, it's set up for you to take ya last shot at me. It's set up so we can be remembered for the first people stupid enough to step in this shit, but you won't be remembered as the first person to walk inside this thing, and walk out with the victory. You will be the first to be remembered as the guy who stepped in to the Thunderdome, got his ass kicked and left with his tail between his legs. Everyone remembers the greatest matches of all time, the firsts in our business. Not many remembers the losers. They'll be saying for many years to come. "Do you remember when J2H won the first ever Thunderdome match in SCW?" but no one will remember who I beat. I'll try and help you out Dmitri. I'll get a shirt printed up with J2H 4, Dmitri 0 written on it, just so people will think back at the times I've beat you and remember in what matches I beat you in.  

J2H uncrosses his legs for the first time and pushes himself to his feet, The SCW world championship in his fingers. He raises the belt over his shoulder and takes a step towards the camera.

J2H: I'm a man for firsts Dmitri, my record speaks for itself. I'm a man to take a belt and not let anyone come near it for nine long months, the first person to ever do that in SCW, and this guy will not be slowing down anytime soon. I was the first man to win in that stupid fucking bayou match someone dreamed up after watching a no budget horror film, but I was the first man to walk in that shit filled swamp and walk out as a winner. I will walk in to this thing and have the first on my record again in a positive light, because I will be the first man to walk out of here, SCW's first Thunderdome match, with the victory.

He nods his head confidently as he looks around the ring.

J2H: I ain't scared of this or what you can do to me in here. I will never be scared of that, so expect this to go one way. You go cancel your victory party, and by that I mean tell Tuscini to go home to his can of soup, cause you ain't gonna have nothing to celebrate bro. You're just gonna be sitting there trying to figure out where you go from here, cause this ain't gonna be the start of a big championship run, it ain't gonna be anything but you having to go and pick on someone in the midcard area, cause that's as high as you're ever gonna get. You ain't got  chance of beating that level and you ain't got a chance of beating me either.

He puts his arms out to the side, moving around the ring in a circle.

J2H: In your fantasy world, Dmitri, I'm human, I'm prey to you, but this is my jungle, the six sided SCW ring is where I hunt. This dome means you won't escape from me. Get ready Dmitri, because I will be ending your hopes of ever becoming the world champion, at High Stakes VI. That's real talk bitch!

J2H walks past the camera as the scene fades out.

52
Supercard Archives / J2H (c) v DMITRI
« on: November 12, 2016, 05:14:19 PM »
 Think forward, not back, isn't that what they say? Clearly those people have never took the time to watch SCW. What we thought we bury in SCW seems to always rear it's ugly head yet again. Victim of no one worthy enough to step up, or just bad booking from the men known as SCW bosses. I will claim the later because well, let's be honest about it, Christian Underwood sucks, he's past it, he has no fresh ideas, and Hot Stuff, He'd rather be anywhere else but working. So they takes two people that went against each other weeks ago in a bizarre match with zombies and piss poor actors with worse accents, and says "I know what will sell, I'll put these two in another match, their forth match and give them a whole new gimmicky  match and people will buy it."

Booooooooorrrrrrrrrrinnnnng, but correct. People will buy it cause I'm there, but huge spoiler alert here everyone. I will win again. I will stop you all from having to see Dmitri ever get a shot at my gold again...

You're welcome.




November, not the best month to catch a tan. Not the best month to do anything but sit and watch leaves change color and fall, but California was a little different to most places. Even on coldest days, the sun still seemed to beam through the cities and towns. Today was no different as J2H stepped out of the front door of his home he shared with Melody Grace. He looked around the driveway as the sun brightened it up. Simpson quickly follows him out of the door and Melody Grace stands looking through the door, standing just inside.


Melody: Why do you need to go out so early?

Her voice was tired as she looked at the SCW World Heavyweight champion, standing with the glow of the sun behind him.

J2H: Because it's the build up to the supercard and I'm not a lazy champion. I don't have to sell the match, I have to sell the whole damn company and because the show is only an hour away from where we are now, they seem to see me as the hometown champion, so someone in the office has me running around like crazy over the next two weeks to sell this whole thing.

Melody places her hand on her hips, looking at him.

Melody: What is it today? More fan girls drooling over my man?

He scoffs as he looks at her and shakes his head.

J2H: Press conference at the actual arena. I get introduced, talk to the press for about an hour or so and I get to come home and put my feet up for the rest of the day.

Melody: Yay!

Her tired voice changes to that of renewed life.

J2H: I should be a few hours at most. Simpson will get me there as quickly as possible, back as quickly as possible. We could even go down to the boat and just do nothing, whatever you want.

Melody raises an eyebrow as she looks at him.

Melody: You're being strangely nice. What gives? Did you try to do the laundry again and shrink my clothes or something.

He smirks at his girlfriend.

J2H: Like I'd ever do laundry. I'm happier burning the clothes and just buying new ones.

Melody: So why are you being nice?

J2H: It's a crime now to be nice to my girlfriend? Alright, I'll be mean again then. Get in the kitchen and make me a sandwich woman!

Melody: Make you're own sandwich.

J2H smiles as Dexter waddles out towards the bottom of the door, looking at him.

Dexter: Quack!

J2H looks down at the duck.

J2H: A duck sandwich.

Melody frowns towards him with lowered eyebrows.

Melody: Too mean, bring the nice Jam back.

Another smile crosses J2H's face as he steps towards Melody, putting his arms around her and pulling her hips in closer to his.

J2H: I won't be long. Why don't you make a Christmas present list or something? Or call some people to send you some brochures to come decorate the house for Christmas.

Melody: You hire people to come and decorate your house for Christmas?

J2H looks at the surprise on Melody's face, intrigued by it.

J2H: You mean you don't hire anyone to decorate your house for Christmas?

A natural look sits on J2H's face, not used to the concept of anything other than what he has just said. Melody shakes her head.

Melody: No, why would I? It's our first Christmas together, it's something that we should do together, and not get someone else to do it for us.

J2H looks at Melody with a blank look, the thought of decorating his own house a very foreign concept to him. All through his life, he had never once done this.

Melody: Well at least one of us should.

J2H: Well it's like weeks away anyway, but if someone else is doing it, you might wanna look it up now to book someone to do it.

Dexter: Quack!

J2H looks down at Dexter.

J2H: No, you can't dress up as an elf.

J2H's head shoots straight up as Melody tries to hide a smile.

J2H: Why the fuck am I talking to a duck? Like seriously, why?

Melody: Because you're his daddy and father and son need to communicate more.

J2H shakes his head as he looks at Melody.

J2H: I'm not his...

J2H breathes deeply, looking down at the expensive looking watch on his left wrist and checking out the time.

J2H: I'm gonna be late so...

J2H kisses Melody softly, but quickly on the lips before pulling his head away.

J2H: I will see you in a few hours.

Melody: Have a great time.

J2H: I would say thanks but we both know that ain't gonna happen.  

J2H turns around, walking towards the car where Simpson waits. Melody taps herself on the chin.

Melody: Hmmm, Christmas list....

Ninety minute later.

A busy press conference room is seen as reporters shuffle around taking seats. Some hold video cameras, others cameras for taking pictures, some holding recording devices. A murmur of chatter moves around the room as various news outlets move around the room, looking for the best position to take recordings of the proceedings. Hot Stuff Mark Ward walks across the room, wearing an expensive looking silver suit, setting off a wave of camera flashes. He takes a seat behind the table, looking out the crowd as the mutterings become a hush. He raises his hand and the gathered journalists quieten down completely.


HS: Ladies and gentlemen, thank you for being here with us today. On Sunday, November the 20th, SCW embark on what we call the sixth series as our mainstay shows now move up to their sixth annual appearance, and it doesn't get no better than this with the last supercard of the year. Fifteen huge matches will be on show, with our superstars from all over the world competing at High Stakes VI, thirty eight men and woman will be wrestling, as well as our annual awards ceremony plus we will see Roxi Johnson, Goth, Sean Jackson and Drake Green all inducted in to the SCW Hall of Fame for 2016.  

Hot Stuff pauses as he looks around at the eager crowd.

HS: Now that is a way to that start the sixth series, as well as end our supercard year. There's a lot of stuff going on and over the next couple of weeks, there will be more than a few of these press conferences where you can meet SCW stars and ask them what you want to know as we build up to High Stakes VI and today for you, we have the man sitting at the top of the tree. I really don't need to introduce you to him really. He is the longest SCW World Champion in history, on an undefeated streak of around nine months. Babies have been conceived and born in the time he has held the world title and he will be headlining High Stakes VI in SCW's first ever Thunderdome match, he is J2H.

J2H walks out from the side of the room, through an adjoining door. Wearing a dark suit with white shirt as well as his SCW World championship over his shoulder, he walks towards the table as a sea of flashing lights brighten up the room. He takes the championship belt from his shoulder and places it on the table, standing it up to face the crowd of people and sits down behind it. Hot Stuff looks at him and nods, allowing him to take control of the press conference.

J2H: First off, I wanna say how great it is to be headlining a supercard so close to home for me, where I have spent my entire life growing up. It's rare that people get a chance to perform on the big stage in front of people he can relate to a little more because this is my place. On the twentieth, I get to do that. I get to be able to defend something I've worked hard to elevate up past the level any other man has managed to do. I'm happy to sit here for a while and answer all your questions.  

Hands instantly fire up in the air and people start to yell out towards him. Hot Stuff points to a near by reporter, a middle aged blonde woman.

Reporter: How do you feel about being placed in a match against a man you have faced twice in the last six weeks, making Sunday your third time in two months. Doesn't this get boring for both you and the fans?  

J2H smiles towards her as he thinks about his answer, buying a little time. He wasn't overly happy at being booked against Dmitri again, but this might not be the time to show it.

J2H: Does it get boring for me? No, I like beating people, I like walking out of places with my championship belt. I like being able to say I've beat someone more than once. Just shows to everyone just how good I am with what I do. You can say I had help before, but I didn't when I beat him non title, and I didn't exactly ask for help in one of them, did I? I ended up defeating him three times in the past, I will again. It's never boring for me to show you what I was born to do, what I was always meant to do. Do football teams get bored of winning? Do boxers get bored of knocking people out? Does anyone get bored of when something they love doing happens?

He pauses as he looks around at people taking notes.

J2H: No, you can't get bored of that. I don't think the fans would ever get bored of me. They might be bored of Dmitri, but don't worry, I will make sure to keep them interested.

Hands fire in the air once more and Hot Stuff points towards a man in jeans and a white T-shirt.

Reporter: Your boss mentioned your amazing winning run earlier. Who do you credit your winning ways to?

J2H: There is not just one answer to this one, there's not one person I can give credit to. It's a mix of people. Austin Parker gave the tools, he gave me the knowledge, the drive to win, to improve. He eventually saw something in me, which could be my never give up attitude. Eventually he had to respect me and saw he had something special there to work with. He gave me the winning mentality. There's also Melody, who has been more than supportive through my run as champion. She has a way of encouraging ya and me being the perfectionist that I am, it helped the run continue. She looks at me proudly when I win, and that drives me on. Also, I put it down to me.

He smirks arrogantly as a few laughs appear around the room.

J2H: I'm serious. Anyone can train to be a wrestler, anyone in this room can train to put on a show, but unless you do what I do, you won't get far. I've listened to any advice given to me, I've watched hours and hours of my opponents stuff before they even know I'm watching them. I take my job pretty seriously at times. I don't just wanna sit there and just show up, wrestle and go home. I'm shattering records and there's still more to break. Between Austin, Melody and myself, it's a winning combo.

He leans back in his chair and Hot Stuff points to a man in his thirties.

Reporter: How do you feel about the management style of Mark Ward versus what has been happening with Christian Underwood and yourself?

J2H casts a glance towards Hot Stuff, he sits back with his arms folded and smiling, interested to know the answer to this question.

J2H: It's as different as night and day. This guy should have come back sooner to take control.

He points a thumb towards Hot Stuff next to him.

J2H: I ain't just saying that because he's sitting right here. You look at him and there's power that commands respect, even if you don't agree with things he has done or has said. With Christian, he's pretty random with everything, he's the good guy everyone goes to, to get what they want, it doesn't matter if it's good for the company. I went to him with a genuine concern about his staff and he put himself in the match.... Why? There was no reason to do that, he could have put in another referee but all of a sudden, he had to be there. Maybe that was his way of showing power, or that he didn't trust his referees, but I'm not a fan of his management style at all.

Hot Stuff smirks and points to another.

Reporter: This is one of the biggest cards of the year, what do you make of it?

J2H: I would say one of our best cards to date. People moaning about the lack of names but when you have like almost forty people on the card, many of them champions or former champions, I think there's a reason why this is the biggest show of the year and you should buy it if you haven't already.  

Hot Stuff points to another raised hand.

Reporter: With your girlfriend co-starring in Jackhammer 3, is there any plans for you to be in a movie.  And if so, will Melody co-star with you?

J2H scoffs at the idea.

J2H: God no! Acting ain't me. I don't wanna do that stuff. Why would I wanna play someone else when I can just be me? I don't like the idea of putting on make up, playing pretend cop, or something like that. I prefer to live in the real world and put a beating on real people, not play around and make out I'm something I'm not. I'll leave the acting to Melody, she's good at it and takes things for what they are. I would read a script and point out all the plot hole. It's just not for me.

Hot Stuff points towards someone else.

Reporter: I have a question for you Mr Ward, will you be listening to J2H's advice about firing Jasmine St John?

Hot Stuff and J2H share a look, this time J2H leaning back in his chair cross armed and waiting for a response.

HS: I am looking in to every aspect of SCW to make it run smoother and better. I have looked at SCW up and down, looking to make improvements after the way Christian has let things slack. The refereeing has been below my high standards, but firing people. I don't know.  

J2H rolls his eyes as he listens to the answer.

HS: Next question please.

He points to another person in the crowd.

Reporter: J2H, Who would you like to face in a match?

J2H: I don't care. Line them up and I'll knock them down. I've beaten everyone here so I think maybe it's time to go pull some legends out of retirement and bring them back here for me to beat and cement my legendary status here in SCW. Bring back the people who used to be former champions and let me take them down one by one until there's no one left.

Hands shoot up in the air again and J2H looks around at the next person Hot Stuff points to.

Reporter: If you could bring anyone up from the past of SCW to face who would you?

J2H: Everyone that's ever won the World championship so I can beat them all. If I had to pick one, will have to be Simon Jones so I can dispel the fact that he was the last person to beat me before I became world champion. I think I owe him one last big SCW  match because him beating me, drove me to get better.  

Reporter: What's going on with you and Rage being friends since you have called him boring?

A smile crosses his face.

J2H: I'd answer this properly in good time, but let's just say that Rage decided to shake off the shackles of a group that's past it's sell by date and listen to me to see what his real potential is. I wanna bring back the beast, not watch the watered down Despayre's bitch version of Rage.

Hot Stuff points to the next reporter.

Reporter: Recently, the hall of fame class of 2016 has been announced, what are your opinions on the announced recipients?

J2H: Hall of Fame should be for people completely retired and we know a couple of these are not retired. Roxi Johnson, meh, she was alright when she showed up. Drake Green, I think we all know my feelings on that guy. Goth, yeah, done well but will always be remembered for laying on his back looking at the lights when I won the world title. Personally, I'm excited for Sean Jackson to come back for one night because last year at the awards, he swept up, took everything. The guy deserves to be in the Hall of Fame, the others, not so much.

Hands jump in the air and Hot Stuff points to the next person.

Reporter: After holding the world title for a record amount of time, what will happen if you lose to Dmitri?

J2H: Well, that won't be happening. Dmitri won't beat me. He doesn't have it in him to do that. I would have happily put my career on the line cause I'm that confident. I'm so confident I can beat him, and will beat him that he might as well not even bother showing up. The fans don't wanna see that happen, even the ones that boo me every week don't want to see that happen. Anyone buying the show don't want to see that happen. Fourteen other matches can go either way, this one won't. Dmitri will not be defeating me at all. Call up your bookies and make some free money on this one.

More hands fly up in the air and Hot Stuff points to another.

Reporter: After Dmitri, who do you think will step up for a shot at the title should you still hold it?

J2H: Just told you I will be holding it after High Stakes VI. Said it before and I'll say it again, I would take on anyone, any time, any place and I'll still beat them. I know this would pull out the Steve Ramones and the Travis Nathaniel Andrews out of the woodwork to try because they struggle to get title shots any other way, but someone with credibility, someone who can give me a challenge, I'm calling on SCW and it's apparent superstars to step up. Make no mistake, I will knock them down again but at least they'll have a chance to main event.

HS: One more question. You...

Hot Stuff points to a young woman holding a notepad.

Reporter: What is next for J2H?  

J2H: Well I'm gonna go home, shut the damn door and relax. Simple as that. In terms of wrestling, beat Dmitri, end the SCW Supercard year as SCW World champion and have a relaxing Christmas.

He looks towards Hot Stuff.

J2H: We done?

Hot Stuff nods and addresses the crowd once more.

HS: We'll you've heard from the champion today. If you haven't bought the supercard, and you'll be mad not to, do so now. Check the schedule for the next press conference with another SCW star.

J2H and Hot Stuff stand up, J2H picking up his title belt as camera flashes go off and the screen fades out.




Back in the car.

J2H sits silently as Simpson drives though the late morning traffic, his eyes on the road. J2H sits next to him in the passenger seat, watching passing cars flash beyond him.


Simpson: What's wrong sir? You've barely said a word since you entered the vehicle.

J2H snaps out of his trance, looking towards Simpson.

J2H: I'm fine, Simpson. I'm just in thought about so much.

Simpson: A problem shared is a problem halved.

A slight chuckle comes from the champions lips.

J2H: That's bullshit Simpson. The problem is still there, it's still the same size. The only difference is two people know about it and not one.

Simpson: A valid come back sir.

J2H: Simpson, can you take me to the boat? I don't feel like being at home right now.  

Simpson moves his eyes towards J2H for just a split second, a look of concern on his face as he looks at the champion.

Simpson: As you wish, sir.

The car speeds off and the scene reopens with J2H sitting on his luxury yacht, sitting at the side, looking in to the water. Simpson can not be seen as the young man sits staring at the waves hitting the side of the boat, his face just a blank look as his eyes seem almost in a fixated state.

What was going through his mind? At that instant, a wave of complete loneliness rushed through his body, as if he was drowning in the emotion that drives people to do irrational things. It was like he was being pulled down by the ankles in to a sea of despair, and he could do nothing about it.


J2H: Why I'm a feeling like this?

His soft words hit the morning breeze as he asked the question he couldn't answer. Something in that press conference stuck firmly in to his mind. What is next for J2H? He answered confidently enough, like he was on auto pilot, but deep down, he didn't really know. Right now, he had everything, everything anyone could want. He was young, he lived in a big house with a beautiful woman. He had a busy, yet fulfilling life. He owned cars most people only saw in magazines, a seven figured boat that he was sitting on this very moment, a tour bus with his face plastered all over it, more money than he could ever spend, but at this moment in time, he felt like he had nothing, like nothing was ever his.

He even held a world championship longer than any man in his company. He worked hard being the man on people's minds, the name on people's lips, but where is there to go at this point?

What do you do when you have everything but feel like you have nothing but a void to fill? Would he even be remembered if he was to just disappear? If he stepped over the side of the boat right now and plunged in to the not so warm waters? Sure, he'd be in the news for a few weeks, people would be hounding Melody for quotes, but after that, who's to say. Something was missing from his life.


J2H: But what?

Again, another question with no answer as the depression kicked in a little more, causing himself to exhale sharply. He had everything he wanted, there was nothing more to do in life. One big achievement and that was it. He knew he wasn't gonna be SCW World champion forever, no one is, he also knew deep down Dmitri isn't the man to dethrone him, he's too one dimensional to do such a thing, but he knew he needed something else, another goal, another aim.

Life felt mundane to the champion at times, like groundhog day was real, living the same thing over and over, maybe it holds truth considering his last matches have been against the same guy and will be against the same guy again. It felt like show up, beat the guy again, and move on, only to be dragged back in to the same match again. His time away from the ring wasn't much better. He'd be booked to appear at random events week in and week out, meeting fans, taking to radio stations, appearing in local schools, he did all this on a weekly basis. He wasn't challenged anymore and at times, his brain slipped in to an automatic mode where he'd already answered the same questions to different people the week before.

His mother had been like this, and although his family history was kept off television because it was none of anyone else's business - not even Melody's, and she didn't ask, but he couldn't help but wonder if the phrase "my mothers son" was becoming truer by the day. She suffered from this affliction where a smile on her face hid what was going on behind her eyes.

He knew how she felt at this point, he knew what it was like to go on living a life with automated responses to every question already in his mind due to hearing the question previously from a fan, or a show host and having to act to the person asking like it's the first time you've heard it. It's your job to do it. It's your daily routine.

Away from the cameras, his home life wasn't bad, but wasn't bad didn't seem to hit the spot anymore. Something was missing, not necessarily with Melody, he enjoyed alone time with her as much as he hated being forced to spend time around her friends. He loved the time he got away, regardless of the fact he never stopped working. There would always be someone that would know who he was, of course mostly teenage girls, much to Melody's annoyance and dismay.


J2H: What can I change?

Again asking no one around. What could be his new goal? Is it time to pack up and move on, say fuck you to the limelight and go? Where was the challenge in SCW anymore? It didn't lie at the feet of Dmitri, he was no threat, he was no challenge, in fact J2H often admitted to people in secret of his displeasure working with a walking cliche. A vampire.... really? Oh all the outdated ways to get noticed in wrestling... He'd often have conversations with Austin Parker, or Casey Williams about the success of a "vampire" in wrestling. Maybe the change is right in front of him from a professional point of view, someone else to work with after he banishes Dmitri back to mid card where he belongs, inflicting defeat number four on him, but there lies another question. Who is next? Again to people close to him, the lack of completion has been brought up. Is there any man in SCW that stands a chance? Maybe the boredom in his professional career is not where things would change.

He knew deep down he could walk away from wrestling without a second thought, hell, he could walk away from ninety percent of everything in his life without a second thought. It's not like he needed the money, it's not like he hadn't signed a fancy deal with SCW giving him future royalties, or that he hadn't taken advantage of appearance fees for SCW. He was in uncharted waters with SCW, setting the bar for others to come after him, but even that was wearing thin.  


J2H: What if I did do that?

What if he did walk away from ninety percent of everything and started a new somewhere, where he was finally challenged to think again. Where life wasn't mundane and things would have to be thought about once more in order to be a better person. We all stop growing when we settle for what we have, one of the rare lines of wisdom his father imparted on him.

He wanted to be a wrestler, he got it, he wanted to have the hot woman by his side, he got it, he wanted to have the fastest cars and the most expensive possessions, he got that too. Now what? Climb a mountain? Cliff dive? Bungee jump? Trek through the amazon? Take a year off and see all the world wonders? Nothing was out of his price range, nothing was out of reach, he could do that tomorrow if he desired. Fuck, if he wanted to turn on the engine of that boat, pick a direction randomly and sail away just to see where he'd end up, he could do it.

This is the thing with being at life's crossroads, you make rash decisions and he knew at the thought of sailing off right now, it would be a rash choice. Melody would never forgive him, and he knew what it was like to be on that end of the rope. He felt the pain, anger, depression, and even suicidal thoughts when she just upped and left him in the past just like that. He hated her for a long time for that, he hated the fact that she came back and fucked off with her Twitter friends before ever coming to look the one man in the eye that she owed an explanation to. He felt the burn inside knowing on Valentine's day, while he was winning the World title, the biggest moment in his wrestling career, she was with other people. He wouldn't wish that pain on his worst enemy, so the idea to start the boat and just go was quickly dismissed.

His eyes continued to stare at the water, barely blinking as he sighed.


J2H: Ugh.

One word, no meaning, all expression was all he could muster out as he looked down at the water once more, his mind still racing of what he could change in his life to give him more purpose, more meaning. Maybe now wasn't the time to think like this, wasn't the time to dwell upon what could be and what might have been.

Once thing was for sure in his clouded mind, one thing that stood out above the rest. He still had a job to do. He had to be a superhero once more. It's not often a guy like J2H can claim to be a hero, but for one more time, he had to slay the vampire. He had to save SCW from having to deal with that monstrosity. No one wanted Dmitri up at the top, no one sure as shit wants to actually see him with the title.

This was the renewed purpose J2H was after, his depression and mental state aside, the thought of Dmitri being the man to entertain the fans, when that  Russian thing could barely speak English, was a thought that cause J2H to run cold. No one on earth could look at Dmitri and see him as a worthy champion and there was one man who could stop him. The Thunderdome took away any chance of Rage or Dmitri assisting, it took away Austin helping out. It kept out Tuscini and Uncle Pinky.... God, what a stupid name! It left just one man to stop him, one man to keep Dmitri out of that title picture where he didn't belong.

The man called J2H.

After it was said and done, the future could be thought about. Everyone gets a week off afterwards, and J2H believed he would need it after an unforgiving structure waited for him at High Stakes VI, but that should give him time to think of his future. Maybe he was a hypocrite for trying to talk Melody in to resuming her career, when he thought about slipping away from his own, but it's something he will worry about after the twentieth.

Although the question of what's next for J2H got a normally rational man to over think, his auto pilot answer rang true. Ridding the top level of Dmitri was his number one priority in his career right now, everything else, it didn't matter right now. There would be plenty of time to pick a path to walk, pick a new goal, but first Dmitri had to be taken care of. Dmitri had to put in his place and told to stay there.

J2H had the power to do that and just like every other goal set for himself, he would hit it. There was no fear of what claimed to be undead. Banishing the undead to where he belonged was a sure fire way to lift the mood of the champion, and he had every intention to do just that.

Smiling, as the camera rested on his face, he looks deep in to it before the camera fades.




People bustle around the already set up SCW arena for High Stakes VI, yet more cameras than usual can be seen down the ramp way and surrounding the ring, with many more people than usual walking around and looking at how the cameras are set up and pointed. The camera quickly jumps backstage to just behind the curtain where a folding directors chair sits with the name "J2H" written on the back of it. In the chair sits the champion himself, the camera moving around to show his face, none to impressed as Simpson stands beside him. The champion looks up at him.


J2H: I can not believe I forgot all about this!

Simpson: It's been scheduled for weeks sir.  

J2H: Simpson, I don't want to do this. I don't want to be a film star or anything like that.

Simpson speaks to him in a soothing tone.

Simpson: It's hardly a movie sir. It's an announcement for the new Sin City Wrestling game, with your face on the cover sir. They could hardly put your face on the cover and let Dmitri film the commercial.

J2H: I guess so Simpson, but why didn't anyone remind me about this?  

Simpson: Sir, you manage your own diary currently.

J2H: Well that needs to change Simpson. I'm a busy man, I need someone else to do this stuff for me and just tell me where I need to be so I don't turn up in places like this, without knowing what the fuck I'm meant to be doing.

A man approaches from the right hand side, a security pass on his chest stating that he is the director for today. J2H reads the pass before turning away.

Director: Mr Hawkes, I think we're ready for you. Have you read the script?

J2H looks up at him with a smirk on his face.

J2H: No, I have no read the script because I forgot I had to be here until someone in the office decided to call me half an hour ago to remind me, so no I haven't read the script. Go find me a script, I'll read it.

The directors jaw drops to the floor as he turns around, snapping his fingers at a nearby intern.

Director: Go get Mr Hawkes a script right now!

His barking tone causes the young lady to jump and dart off. J2H looks at the man with a cocked eyebrow.

J2H: It's a script I'm probably not gonna use anyway. I'm J2H, you can't write for me, no one can. I'll just take your script and I'll work with it.

The directors eyes widen as the intern returns, holding a copy of the script, holding it towards J2H. He takes the pages and starts to flick through them, his eyes concentrating. He shakes his head in disappointment as he looks at it.

J2H: This is absolutely shit.

The directors face drops as he looks at the SCW champion, his title belt over his shoulder.

J2H: And it sounds nothing like me at all. I'm the one selling this thing, I'm not playing a character, so here's what you do. You go get an auto cue thing set up to pull down the ramp, I'll read it and make it my own because their ain't a person in the world that would expect me to speak like this.

He throws the script over his shoulder as he looks at him.

Director: But we can't put an auto cue in the ring for when the masked wrestler attack.

J2H: Fuck it, I'll make that up as I go along. Now go before I decide to just go home. You got five minutes starting now.

The director scrambles away, yelling out orders and waving his arms frantically as he sets up J2H's demands.

J2H: Seriously the worst script anyone has ever written. If I went out there and said anything like that, you wouldn't be able to give this game away.

Simpson moves towards the script and picks it up from the floor, thumbing the pages, and letting his eyes run across the typed words.

Simpson: This does not seem very you, sir.

J2H: It's nothing like me. People don't wanna buy a game because a random person tells you to, you buy a game because someone with quality tells you to.

Simpson: I think they're calling you sir.

J2H looks to where Simpson points his hand as a woman beckons him to move towards her. Standing from his director chair, he moves towards the curtain, stepping up a few steps and standing next to the woman.

J2H: I'm doing this in one go. If he don't like it, he can fuck off. You can edit all ya want.

The woman nods and points towards the curtain. J2H takes the hint and walks through it, countless camera pointed towards him. He looks to the left and then quickly to the right, holding his hand on his title belt. He looks at the camera in front of him with an auto cue set to roll, reading the words "my name is..." causing him to shake his head and quickly going off script.

J2H: I think you know who the hell I am by now. I am the face that pops in to everyone's mind when they think of Sin City Wrestling, but for you uneducated people out there, my name is J2H, and I am your World champion.

He looks at the auto cue as he steps forward.

J2H: Now you can all be honest with yourselves, you've all wanted to be me, you've all wanted to know what it's like to be SCW World champion and now is your chance to do that because this me telling you that you now get to be the best without ever leaving your basements.

He reads the words coming to point at the screen behind him. He smirks down the camera.

J2H: Because I'm the guy that gets to show you this.

He points to the screen behind him and...

<img src=http://i1253.photobucket.com/albums/hh598/SinCityWrestlingBucket/15045716_10154113524412333_640952871_n.png_zpsefjmdctm.jpg width="500" height="400">

The camera moves back to his face.

J2H: It was rumoured but here's the proof, on Tuesday December the 6th, the worldwide release of Sin City Wrestling, the brand new 2016 video game will hit the shelves, on a Playstation exclusive.  

He tilts his head, looking down the camera at an angle.

J2H: I know, you've always wanted to feel like a champion, to know what it feels like to be me and just beat people up, well in December, you can do just that.  

His eyes move back on to the auto cue as he tries to pick up some bullet points.

J2H: And if you ever get bored of playing as me, but let's be honest, you won't, you will have the chance to pick from a whole host of SCW stars. Despayre, Crystal Millar, Kate Steele, The Angel Clan, every member of the Elders, probably not the dog that is forever stinking up the backstage area and spreading it's fleas about. James Tuscini... Pizza not included, Celeste North, Melody Grace, Natalie McKinley, Team BJ, Evie Baang, Jessie Salco, Dmitri, Travis Nathaniel Andrews.... Wait, Travis made it on to the game?

J2H shakes his head as he looks down the camera.

J2H: Never be Travis, he probably has the lowest rating on the game. Probably a five outta one hundred for everything.

The director watching from the side shakes his head, J2H spots him and point at him.

J2H: Just edit the shit out that you don't want later!

The director looks taken back as he looks at J2H as he turns back to face the camera

J2H: Not only do you have the chance to play as some of SCW's "Not currently working here, yet still in the game" like the legendary Team Hero.

J2H puts his hand up at the camera.

J2H: Hold up! Legendary Team Hero? Who writes this shit? fucking legends? Since when? Since when do you become a legend blowing a title shot, then getting your friends to beg on your behalf for another, only to fuck that up too?

He rolls his eyes as he looks at the camera, rewinding himself a little.

J2H: Can't believe I'm saying this... The legendary Team Hero of Roxi Johnson and Keira Fisher, and The Monstimals.

He places his palms out in front of him

J2H: Free royalties for all I guess.

J2H looks at the auto cue as it directs him to start walking down the ring. He starts to walk down the ramp and the camera moves with him.

J2H: You think SCW will stop there? Of course not. This game will also include a very special roster set you can play as, the Hall of Fame roster.

J2H moves his face to the side mouthing the word "really?" to the director, who waves his hand in a circle, forcing the champion to continue.

J2H: Where you will get to choose between Spike Staggs, Vixen, Nick Jones.... What ever happened to that guy? Misty, Gabriel, Kain, as well as latest inductees of Sean Jackson, Goth and Drake Green.

J2H shrugs his shoulders.

J2H: Roxi Johnson and Amy Marshall will be on that roster too. So it doesn't matter if you wanna go back to the olden days and relieve a classic Nick Jones Vs Spike Staggs match, or a Gabriel Vs Sean Jackson match, or a Misty Vs Vixen match, you can do it now. If you wanna be Steve Ramone and try and do something Steve Ramone struggles to do and beat James Tuscini, do it.  

The champion scoffs at his last line.

J2H: Not even Steve Ramone's mother will play as Steve Ramone, so I don't think you will either.  

He reaches outside the ring, stepping up on to the steps and turning around, looking at the camera following and ignoring the many others around ringside.

J2H: If you wanna know what it feels like to be me and kick Dmitri's ass, the power is in your hands on December 6th. If you want to go the new generation against the old generation, please pick me to kick the hell out of Drake Green over and over and over again, that would never get boring!

He steps through the ropes and moves towards the middle of the ring, moving to the center.

J2H: And you pre order this now, you will get a bonus of playable champions from the past. You could take to the ring as Simon Jones or Jordan Williams. Maybe the women is more your thing, so preordering now will get you Odette Stevens and Kittie as playable characters.

From nowhere, a masked wrestler attacks, charging towards J2H. J2H ducks a clothesline and waits for the man to turn around. J2H lifts his foot up and puts it on the man's jaw and drops backwards with the Kiss This. He stands up and straightens his shirt, lifting up his title belt and placing it over his shoulder. He looks down the camera again.

J2H: Or maybe you think you're good enough to beat me?

J2H shakes his head slowly.

J2H: We all know you can't but there's one way to find out. Get out there, run to mommy and daddy, tell them you wanna beat up J2H for Christmas, pre-order Sin City Wrestling, the video game and I will be right here waiting for you to try.

J2H moves closer to the camera smirking.

J2H: Well, I'm waiting right there on the wrestling game of the year. That's real talk!

Director: And cut!

The director moves to get in the ring, climbing up the steps and in to the ring. He nods with a rather surprised look on his face as he looks at the champion.

Director: That was better than I thought it would be.  

J2H: That's because you had the real deal talking here and not some robot who thinks they can sound like me with writing.

Director: Ok, let's try it again, stick to the same bullet points about the roster and we'll edit it in.

J2H: Nah, I think I'm ok with that. It's an announcement, it's bringing joy to people's lives, it's not something I need to do again. Edit shit out, leave it as it is. It doesn't matter to me. I ain't one of these people that like repeating myself so that's good enough for me. Don't like it, call Melody and get Melody to do this shit. She's an actress, she's good at this stuff. I'm outta here. I gotta go find a personal assistant so I have someone to tell ya that I'm too busy to do this shit if it ever comes up again.

J2H turns and steps out of the ring as the camera fades out.




In to a plain looking, small room inside the home of Melody and J2H, true to his word, the search for Personal Assistant is underway, as he and Melody Grace sits behind a table, both with clipboards in front of them. Simpson stands to the side of the two. J2H leans back in his chair as he looks towards Melody, a frown on her face.

Melody: I don't know why you need a personal assistant Jam. I mean you could let me retire and do all that stuff for you.

Narrowed eyes and a scrunched up face shows Melody just what the SCW World Champion thinks of that idea. Melody turns away from him.  

J2H: It's like you want people to send me hate mail or something.

Melody turns back towards him, a curious look on her brow.

Melody: What do you mean?

J2H: You retire cause I just give up on bothering trying to stop you. You being one of the most popular in SCW, upsets the fans, they think I make you retire to be my lap dog. I get the hell for it. You don't wanna retire because you love the fans too much. You wanna retire because of a lack of confidence in yourself. Besides, we already have people here who want the job.

Melody: Fiiiiiiiiiinnnnnneeee.

J2H looks towards Simpson, nodding towards the door.

J2H: Send the first one in Simpson.

Simpson: She's already here sir.

Melody and J2H look at each other before looking in front of the table. Simpson clears his throat and nods down in front of the table. Both J2H and Melody slowly look over the table, their palms pressed against the wood and leans over slowly to see the personal assistant of Hot Stuff Mark Ward, Miss Minnie standing in front of them.

J2H: Holy shit, it's a hobbit!

Melody backhands J2H across the arm, causing him to turn his head and look at her.

J2H: How long as she been there, Simpson?

Simpson: About ten minutes.

J2H shakes his head, looking at her.

J2H: This ain't gonna work. The woman ain't got big enough hands to hold a diary to fit in all the stuff I need in it, and an IPad is like twice the size of her. Next!

Again, Melody backhands J2H against the arm, but he can't help but smile as she walks next to Simpson.

J2H: Hahahaha, she's not even as tall as his knee!

Simpson leads Miss Minnie out of the room and accepts the glaring look Melody throws across the table with a smile back in her direction. Simpson waves the next candidate in, a woman in her sixties in a flowery dress, and curled white hair. Melody leans across the table.

Melody: She looks familiar.

J2H shrugs his shoulders as he looks towards her.

J2H: And what's your name?

Woman: My name is Euphegenia Doubtf...

J2H puts his hands up, stopping the woman in mid name. He shakes his head as he looks her up and down, Melody's eyes wide with excitement.

J2H: Don't say it, we might get sued. Next!

Her voice deepens to that of a possible career long trucker.

Woman: Well screw you buddy!

Melody and J2H's eyes both widen as J2H leans back in his chair, both her and Melody sharing a glance, both unable to hide a smile at each other. As Simpson shows her out a woman blows through the window with an umbrella open, causing both J2H and Melody to turn around. J2H shakes his head.

J2H: Didn't you hear what I said to the last broad? Don't wanna get sued over here Mary, next!

Mary: You'll get your medicine someday young man.

J2H: And I'll take it with a spoonful of sugar.... NEXT!

The woman huffs as she charges out of the door, J2H looks at Melody with a sigh.

J2H: Well hasn't this gone supercalifragilisticexpialidocious.

Melody: Can you get sued for that?

J2H: I don't know but I don't need some Englishwoman bouncing around the place singing songs all day. It's bad enough when you watch Frozen and you're singing songs at me all day.

Melody: Let it go Jam, just let it go.  

J2H rolls his eyes as he looks towards Simpson, standing with the door closed. The door swings open, hitting Simpson in the back behind the door, knocking the big man halfway across the room. Standing in the doorway, Twisted Sister looks around, standing still. Melody and J2H just looks at each other in shock as Twisted Sister slowly wanders in the room, looking around the room, trying to get used to the surroundings. Simpson shakes off the daze, straightening his jacket.

J2H: You want to be my PA!?

Twisted Sister stops, looking at J2H and Melody behind the table.

Twisted Sister: I saw the line and thought it was to the new Harry Potter movie!

J2H: It's really not.

Twisted Sister: I wondered why the guy outside wouldn't sell me any popcorn!

With that, Twisted Sister just turns on her heels and walks out of the room, leaving Melody, J2H and Simpson sharing baffled looks.

J2H: Well this day can't get any stranger.

Famous last words as SCW wrestler, rockstar and long time friend of J2H's from days before wrestling, Alex Rush walks in the room, causing both J2H and Melody to look once more confused.

J2H: Me and my big mouth.

Alex strolls across the room and stands in front of both J2H and Melody.

Alex: Alright James, me old China.

J2H: Alex... What are you doing here?

Alex: I heard there was a job going, and I heard it will blow. I do love a good blowj...

Before Alex continues, J2H yells out at the top of his voice.

J2H: NEXT!

Alex slowly nods his head up and down.

Alex: I've had worse auditions.

Alex turns to leave and J2H puts his head on the table, slowly shaking it as Melody puts her hand on the back of his neck, running her fingers along his flesh.

J2H: This is a disaster.

Melody: We'll keep trying.

Simpson: Excuse me sir, there's one more to see you.

J2H lifts his head up before shaking it towards him. J2H stands up, walking towards the door.

J2H: Nope, had enough

53
Climax Control Archives / Different week, same opponent
« on: October 28, 2016, 12:50:40 PM »
  Melody smiles as J2H rolls his eyes towards Despayre, only to be met with a wide grin.

Synn: Why don't you show your guests the blanket fort you've built. You have spent all day building it and trying to get it right.

Despayre clicks his tongue and points towards Synn in a finger gun pose.

Despayre: And that's why you're the dad!

J2H: I'll catch up with you in a minute.

Melody and Despayre charge off in the direction that Despayre points to and Synn points to a chair opposite him, inviting J2H to sit down. J2H wearily takes the seat, looking at Synn.

Synn: You look like you'd rather be anywhere else in the world other than here James.

A smirk crosses his face as he looks towards Synn, and nods in agreement.

J2H: Anywhere. Well most places at least.

Synn: Why is that?

J2H: So many reasons. I have so much better things to do then sit and watch movies that are three times older than I am. I like classic films, I could happily sit there and watch films from the 80s all day long, but these are too much for me. How can I get scared at puppets on strings. Plus I have a big match to deal with and all this random bullshit is a distraction.

J2H blinks a couple of times, not sure why he is opening up to Synn so easily. Maybe the effect of the argument with his father just days before is still subconsciously on his mind, or maybe because Synn seems to have this effect on people. If anyone could pull the darkest secret buried in the past from anyone, it would be Synn.

Synn: You're worried that a few movies will distract you from a match a few days away?

Synn scoffs as he looks at the young man opposite him, his eyes slightly making the champion feel uncomfortable in his presence. J2H shakes off that feeling quickly as he returns Synn's stare.

J2H: Yeah. I know how I set up for my matches, I know how to get in their minds. It takes preparation. You know this or you wouldn't have a team of people around your guys doing the work for them to get them ready. I have me, I have Austin throwing down some advice, but in general, I do the work. This whole thing is a distraction I don't need. What I need is focus at this point.  

Synn: Surely Dmitri doesn't have you rattled.

A cocky facade appears as J2H firmly but slowly shakes his head.

J2H: Not at all, but there's something different about this match then the past ones. I know I have him beat, and he knows this too, so I think he may have a plan B, and they call plan B, James Tuscini.  

Synn: You must have heard the term fight fire with fire James.

A look of surprise crosses J2H's face, as if he'd just been caught with his hand in the cookie jar.

J2H: Oh I have and I have a plan of my own that no one will see coming, but the odds are stacked against me for a reason. A fucking Halloween show, and I'm facing a vampire for the top title. Wouldn't it just be fitting for him to win in the eyes of people?

Synn: In the eyes of people maybe, but if you beat him in that environment, then he will have nowhere to go anymore. He can not claim to be worthy of your time.

J2H taps his fingers on his face, thinking for a second before nodding at the manipulative Synn.

J2H: You're right.

Before the conversation can continue, Despayre's voice can be heard calling out.

Despayre: JAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAMMMMMMMEEEEEEEEESSSSSS.

Synn: I believe you're being summoned. Through the door and to the right. Believe me, you won't be able to miss it.

J2H stands up, grabbing the bag by his side and nodding towards Synn. He turns and walks to the right, following Synn's instructions and towards the room. He stands at the doorway looking in the room, his eyes widen as he looks around at the sight before him.

J2H: What the fuck....

His eyes feast upon a haunted forest, trees and branches, albeit plastic, are strewn around the room, as well as eerie sounds of the forest soundtrack is heard! Pumpkins with carved various faces on them, and lights shining through them, can be seen forming a part to a dark blanket fort, put together, coloured and detailed to look like an old log cabin. The sound of an owl causes him to spin his head before realising that it came from the soundtrack playing.

J2H: He's fucking created Brother Grimm's vacation house in here.

J2H's eyes dart around, seeing a light in the corner. He looks closely to see the image of the room in the room. Shaking his head, J2H mutters to himself, barely audible.

J2H: Gotta hand it to him, he knows how to set an atmosphere.

Despayre: Thank you!

J2H lowers his brow with a look of slight confusion on his face.

J2H: How'd he hear that?

J2H quickly shakes it off and starts to walk down the path lit up by pumpkin lanterns. He stops outside the blanket fort. Melody's voice can be heard from inside.

Melody: Knock on the door.

He rolls his eyes and taps on the side of the blanket fort, Despayre's voice can be heard inside.

Despayre: What's the password?

J2H: I'm going home!

Despayre: I knew we made this password too easy. Come in!

J2H pulls the blanket to the side and walks in to the high fort, looking around at what's before him. Three chairs are made up with pillows, plus a much smaller chair, with Angel perched upon it, a wide screen television, set up with a DVD player. Electric lanterns light the space up and an assortment of snacks can be seen down one side of the room. Melody sits to the right, while Despayre sits to his left.

Despayre: We saved you the seat right in the middle buddy!

He looks uneasily at Melody and to Despayre again, watching him tap the pillows next to him. Knowing that he was there and not even an act of God could get him out of this situation, he shrugs and sits in the middle of Despayre and Melody. Melody instantly reaches over and grabs his right hand. Despayre looks curiously at this act and reaches out and grabs J2H's other hand and reaches towards Angel and grabs his paw. J2H pulls his hand away from Despayre.

J2H: What are you doing?

An innocent look crosses Despayre's face.

Despayre: I thought we were gonna say a prayer so that no spirits would come and get us while we're distracted with the movies.

J2H turns around to a giggling Melody, rolling his eyes and shaking his head.

Despayre: You can pick the first movie.

Despayre taps J2H on the shoulder as he holds up the DVD's. J2H turns around and randomly points to one of them.

Despayre: Creature From The Black Lagoon! Good choice.

J2H: Yippee.

Despayre moves forward, popping the DVD from the case and moving it towards the television. J2H sits back and watches Despayre put the movie in the player and grabs a nearby remote control and presses a button. The screen lights up as Despayre moves back to his seat.

Let's jump forward a bit as the movie plays. J2H rolls his eyes as he watches the creature stepping out of the water.


J2H: Oh come on! They couldn't make a better suit than this?  

Melody: Babe, the film was made in the 50s.

J2H: No excuse. There's always people out there that are smarter than others, they could have took the smartest guy there was, the best designer in the world and make it look more realistic. This is why I like CGI films, because you don't see shit like this.

Melody shakes her head at J2H and continues to watch the film. J2H leans forward, his hand on his chin, eyes half closed and that is the way he stays for the rest of the film. As the film ends, Despayre's voice make him sit up straight, looking at him.

Despayre: That was awesome!

Melody: It was!

J2H: Biggest pile of shit known to man.

Despayre: Swear jar!

J2H: I'll start a tab and pay at the end of the night.  

Despayre: Ok Melly, your turn to pick a movie.

Melody leans across J2H, looking towards the choices left. She points to the Bride of Frankenstein. Despayre moves forward and replaces the disk in the drive. The screen lights up with the film from the 30s. The scene speeds up as the movie plays, both Despayre and Melody not moving too much as the scene progresses, but noticeably, J2H moves closer and closer to the screen. The scene slows down as the monster holds his hand on a lever, a sad expression on his face and pulls it down, causing the destruction of the laboratory and tower. The film comes to an end, and a satisfied look crosses J2H's face.

J2H: Now that was a good classic.

He nods his head, a smile on his face.

J2H: Much better movie Despayre..... Despayre?

He turns his head around to see Despayre with his arms wrapped around Angel, fast asleep.

J2H: With him asleep, time to go home Mel..... Mel?

He turns his head to see Melody asleep on her pillow chair, her eyes shut and dreaming. J2H sighs and shakes his head.

J2H: I wonder if Synn will let me drink now the children are asleep.

J2H shakes his head as the scene fades out.




And on to Friday we go. It's been an interesting week, wouldn't you say, but this is where it's time to be direct, talk directly to the man who stands in the way of what is a championship run of the century.  

J2H can be seen in a dark room, lights dimmed down with just a wooden table with a flickering candle upon it showing the shape of his face as he sits down behind in, the candle in front, yet cutting in to the image of his face on the screen. He wears a black hoodie as he stares in to the flame, not looking at the camera as he speaks. The SCW World championship sits on the table in front of him.


J2H: Third times a charm or so they say.

He turns his head away from the camera, the candle licking the side of his face.

J2H: Except for you Dmitri. You've thrown away golden chances in the past when it come to me. Our first, our non title match, you had the chance there to catapult yourself in to a supercard main event that wouldn't have concerned you but you just could seize the chance to not only step in to that match, but the chance to play mind games with me that actually worked. Do you know how distracted I would have been stepping in a ring against you and Despayre knowing you had my number a couple of weeks before? I wouldn't have admitted it but it would have messed with me Dmitri, you had the chance to do that, but you failed.

J2H continues to look away from the camera, tilting his head sideways.

J2H: Then the second time you had the chance Dmitri, you had the chance to rip my title from my hands, pull it away from me and left me here wondering what the fuck I should do and again, you couldn't do that when it mattered. You had to look at Christian Underwood and blame him like he did something that gave me the advantage, cheating if you will. Tell me big boy, have you never cheated before and won from it? Of course you fucking have, yet now it suited you to cry in your frilly shirt about it because it didn't suit you. You couldn't put me away before then, yet cry over the ending. He tried to give you the advantage when I had you beat already, but feel free to cry like a fourteen year old girl that just got dumped. If Christian would have hit the target he aimed for, you would celebrate like you just won the World Series and would have conveniently forgot all about how you won it.

He holds three fingers up.

J2H: So you cried your way in to match three, you, the big bad vampire heel had to cry his way in to a match when he would have celebrated like crazy if he'd have won, but you got to jump in here Dmitri yet again. Let me ask you something Dmitri.

At last, he turns to face the camera, looking down it with an intense look.

J2H: Do you know the definition of insanity?

He waits as if expecting a reply.

J2H: Probably not because you're stupid as fuck. The definition of insanity is doing the same thing over and over again and expecting different results. This is what you are Dmitri.

He smirks at the camera.

J2H: This is exactly what you are, the walking talking definition of insanity. You've been there against me before and yet you haven't beat me. You've added nothing new to your game, but you can't defeat me, you've cried your way in to a match that you shouldn't have been in, and expecting a much different result, but the truth is, you can't do that, you will never do that. If I gave you one hundred matches, you would never, ever get the chance to beat me at all. You just don't have it in you and you never will. Why do you even believe you can beat me?

Again, he waits as if expecting an answer.

J2H: Why do you even think you'll stand a chance? The whole fucking world can see that you can't beat me, the whole world can see that this is just another defence to add to my impressive amount of defences I've made, something I already hold a record for and I have no intention of slowing down now, I have no intention of giving up the ghost here, but I think it's time for your own well being that you should give it up Dmitri, you should just wave the white flag and fuck off back to Transylvania or where ever you apparently came from. This level we're at right now Dmitri, you're only there because I let you be there, you haven't earned shit, you're nowhere near as good as I am. You're here because I let you stand on my level.

A smirk crosses J2H's face again as he looks at the candle, talking to the camera beyond that.

J2H: Do you think going to a retired wrestlers house and beating the hell out of him puts you on my level? Do you think just because he's a friend of mine, you're actually sending a message to me. A man who burned down someone's house once is your target cause you wanna get in my head.

J2H covers his mouth as he tries not to laugh.

J2H: Swing and a miss there you fucking idiot. Didn't get in my head at all. I called Casey, he's fine and told me to just kick the shit out of you and that is something that I will gladly do. I get you wanted to be noticed but threatening Casey, and his kids don't get you noticed for being a bad ass.

He slowly shakes his head.

J2H: It makes you a fucking coward Dmitri. It makes you a fucking loser that you have to beat a man in front of his kids, blind side him rather than challenge him because you know he'd know you the fuck out bro.  

His eyes move above the candle, looking more towards the camera.

J2H: For a vampire, you're one hell of a pussy, you know that?

He lowers his eyes once more to the candle.

J2H: I mean you cry your way in to a match you don't deserve, you go to a man's house and beat him up in front of his kids, then think you can actually go one on one with a man who hasn't lost a match in a long time and expect to win? When you add all that up and add it to the fact that you actually think you're a vampire walking around for centuries, I think your next stop is one where there's many rooms with padded cells. This ain't no episode of True Blood, this ain't no fiction Dmitri, this is that cold hard fact you hear about. This is reality and you wanna know what reality is Dmitri?

He turns his ear to the camera for a few seconds before turning his face back to the camera.

J2H: Reality is we are both men, except I am the better man, I am the man who will defeat you, that simple. You think Halloween is every day of your life, but I live in the real world and in the real world, people will always be better than other people and I am better than you are. I am so much more better than you are and I've proved it to you time and time again. I've proved it constantly to you by kicking your ass all over the place and a little pointless theme show isn't gonna do anything to help you stand a chance in beating me bro.  

A calm casually look places itself on his face.  

J2H: This show is as fake as you are. It's as gimmicky as you are but it doesn't give you any kind of advantage over me, it doesn't mean that you're gonna be better than me, it doesn't mean you're walking out of here holding my title. I could fight you anywhere, fuck, I could invite you to my house and kick the daylights out of you, you could invite me to your underground cave or where ever the fuck you choose to dwell, and I can still beat you. You can pick any location in the world, choose any place you want, fuck, you can pick the moon for all I care and the results will still be the same.  

Calmness turns to cockiness as J2H continues.

J2H: It is what it is Dmitri and the simple facts of everything is that I am so much more better than you, this is a mismatch. I don't even have to be at my best to get past you, or even close to my best and come Sunday on this bullshit show, I'll prove that again.

He waves his finger towards the camera.

J2H: Might wanna start getting your excuses in a line for after Sunday. Maybe you can do what Keira Fisher did and get her friends on Twitter to pester the staff to try and get yet another match against me, but all you'll be doing is showing that I'm right to label you as the definition of insanity. I'm right to point out that you will constantly try get me beat, but will never succeed. You can't change Dmitri unless you bow before me and let me show you your potential. Until then, you will never even come close to ever taking my title. You couldn't even beat Rage for fucks sake! Rage! And he sucks!

A casual shrug comes from the champions shoulders.

J2H: This title right here.

J2H runs his hand along the World championship in front of him.

J2H: It's never gonna see where you decide to hide during daylight hours, it's never gonna end up in your possession, it will always stay with me. No matter what you do, no matter where you go in SCW, this will not be going with you, it will be staying with me. Always with me, forever with me. If you lived for another two hundred years, this championship would be buried with me and you still wouldn't have come close to ripping it from my grasp.  

He wraps his fingers around the World title, gripping it tightly.

J2H: This is mine, it shall always be that way. Never will you come close, never will you get your paws on the thing, never will you ever take away what's mine. It's just the way it is Dmitri, and your crying, and your bitching, and your moaning to get the shot you truly do not deserve, will all be in vain. I would say you won't be able to look at yourself in the mirror when I'm done with you, but well, apparently you don't have a reflection, so you won't see the disappointment in your own eyes, but I will, the rest of the world will see it Dmitri, because this is your last chance and it's just another chance you won't take.

He leans forward, his face getting close to the candle.

J2H: There's nothing you can do to stop me Dmitri, nothing you can do to stop me from continuing the path I'm on, nothing to stop me from walking in Sunday with the championship belt and walking out with it too. I will finally put an end to your stupid challenge Dmitri, I will finally put an end to you and prove to the world once again why I am not on the greatest wrestler alive right now, that I will always be the greatest wrestler to have ever walked in to an SCW ring. Take your Drake Green, Gabriel, Goth, Kain, and anyone else that has held this belt. You're not facing a good champion Dmitri, you're facing the best that has ever lived. Come Sunday, it's lights out for you. That's real talk bitch!

J2H blows the candle out and the screen turns completely black.

54
Climax Control Archives / Different week, same opponent
« on: October 28, 2016, 12:48:46 PM »
  Another show in the books as J2H on Sunday night as J2H sits in the passenger seat of the car being driven by Simpson, while Dexter the duck sits in the back seat. San Bernardino was long behind them as the moved back towards Beverly Hills. Not a lot had happened on the show concerning J2H, a chat with the returning Hot Stuff to try and get away from this match next week, small talk with a few competition winners but still, at least he was a champion that stuck to his word and appeared. Strangely most did this week, all but Despayre and The Angel Clan, which does make you wonder if The Angel Clan have simply become Team Hero part II in their lack of appearances since becoming champions.

The show itself wasn't too bad, a shock in the main event, title chancing hands even with a DQ called, not shocked to see who the ref was, seriously, the woman needs firing and now before people mutiny. I don't want that woman anywhere near my matches in future or I won't show up, simple as. Either way, the boss return, laid down the law, Tuscini cut a boring promo, Dmitri thought it would scare me by beating up a retired wrestler and I proved I'd travel just to show off my title belt.... And people still don't respect what I do.

The journey between the arena and home wasn't too bad, less than two hours on the road, the tour bus not really needed for this when the goal was to be there, do what had to be done and get home. Realistically, he knew he could have done what he had to and been home to watch the main event from his own living room, but no, not the champ, always one of the last to leave.

His eyes looked out on the dark road as cars move past him in the opposite direction, their headlights blurring and fading at speed as they shoot past. A yawn escapes his lungs as Simpson moves the car steadily down the road. The champion looks towards him and back to his phone, checking through messages, but Simpson grabs his attention.


Simpson: Almost home sir, just another ten minutes or so.

J2H looks towards the bigger man in the driving seat, a nod coming from his head.

J2H: Good, cause I can't wait to get home, maybe get in the hot tub or something and just relax. I know people would love to have my job, turn up, talk about whatever and go home, but I feel tired today Simpson.

Simpson: Are you feeling ok, sir?

Simpson casts his eye off the road for a few seconds to look at J2H, who nods back at him.

J2H: I'm fine, just tired tonight Simpson, a little bit spacey. I haven't exactly slept well lately. It's been one thing after another.

Simpson: Maybe another vacation is in order sir.

J2H: I was on one not too long ago with Melody. Places are getting colder now Simpson and I sure as shit ain't travelling to the other side of the world just to chase the sun.

Simpson: Maybe a skiing vacation sir. There are some wonderful areas around the world.

J2H: Oh God no Simpson. If I mention that, she'd have me off to Norway before my eyes could blink. She's obsessed with that damn country. If I mentioned something like that, I wouldn't get the look at the snow outside a cabin window, log fire and all that. I end up walking through some endless forest to some shack ten miles from civilisation. I don't even know why she really is obsessed with the place, but if I go on a winter break, I don't wanna spend the first half a day of it trying to get through trees and trying not to fall on my ass.

Simpson: Valid point sir, but there are many nice resorts around the world, like Switzerland maybe.

J2H waves his hand towards Simpson, shaking his head.

J2H: I don't need a vacation Simpson. What I need is a plan right now.

Simpson: Concerning what sir?

J2H: Well, it feels like to me that Christian Underwood is trying to bury my career right now. Like he's trying to ruin me because I'm not one of his favourites like Despayre, or anyone else he seems to have more time for than anyone else. I  mean this guy wouldn't even talk to Jessie Salco the other week that she had to call Hot Stuff, cause he was too busy getting wrapped up in his own little world. The guy turns up and puts himself in my match, tries to attack me and cause he failed, he couldn't own up to his own short comings and step away, he had to give this fake vampire another match against me, at a meaningless show.

Simpson: This show seems to mean a lot to Mr Underwood.

J2H: It's a fake holiday for kids! Fucking children Simpson. He needs to grow the fuck up and realize he's not a kid anymore. He's using his powers to make people celebrate a made up holiday for his OWN pleasure, not for anyone else's because we're wrestlers. We're tough guys who put our bodies on the line, he's doing it for his own personal gains, he's doing it because he wants everyone to join in in his little fantasy world and it's so fucking stupid. Anything anyone can dress up as, is simply not real, but he gets a sick pleasure out of controlling people to do this.

Simpson: I don't believe that's his intention sir.

J2H: Oh, but it is Simpson. We're not five year olds anymore, we're not children who go house to house anymore. The guy is on the same level as Michael Jackson in never wanting to grow up.

Simpson: That's a little harsh sir.

J2H: It's true Simpson. He doesn't want to grow up. If he did, then we wouldn't have to make a big deal about a fake holiday.

Simpson: Not a lot you can do about it sir.

J2H: This is why I need a plan Simpson, I need a plan to show the world that he is using SCW as his playground, as a way to fulfil his sick fantasies. It needs to stop.

Simpson remains silent as he moves the car in to the estate of J2H, moving down the gravel drive, around the fountain and to the front door. J2H looks in to the back of the car.

J2H: We're home.

Dexter: QUACK!

J2H looks towards Simpson with a slow shake of his head.  

J2H: I don't even know how that duck got out, or how Melody didn't notice he was gone. I think we need a cage with a little electrical charge, just to give him a heads up about who's in charge around here.

Simpson parks the car slowly at the front door.

Simpson: I will get the bags sir.

J2H opens the door of the car and steps a foot outside before moving to the side of the car and opening the back door, allowing Dexter to jump to the floor and waddle towards the front door of the house. J2H shuts the doors behind him and walks to the house as Simpson gets out of the car and moves towards the back to retrieve the bags. J2H reaches the wooden door and slides a key from his pocket to the lock. He twists the key and opens the door and Dexter waddles in front of him. He steps in, leaving the door open for Simpson to come in to shortly.

Dexter: QUACK!

Melody's voice can be heard from another room in the house.

Melody: My boys are home!

Melody moves out of a room at the end of the hall and runs down it towards J2H and Dexter. She drops down towards Dexter to give him a pat on the head.

Melody: How did you get all the way to Daddy tonight?

J2H instantly rolls his eyes as Melody implies that Dexter is his son and takes a step closer to Melody.

J2H: I don't know but I'm thinking electrified cage is needed for this little shit.  

Melody stands up, looking at her boyfriend.  

Melody: No electrified cage for my baby! Not now, not ever Jam.

He mumbles something under his breath as Melody moves towards him, wrapping her arms around his neck and jumping up, wrapping her legs around his waist. He catches her and holds her up as she plants small kisses over his face. She pulls her head back and plants a firm kiss on his lips, pressing herself against him tightly, before pulling her head away and looking him in the eyes. She bites her lower lip and smiles towards him.

J2H: And what was that for?

She slightly tilts her head as she looks at him with a smile.

Melody: I just missed you so much tonight, and I loved see you two on TV, but I missed you both soooooooooo much.

Melody plants more kisses on J2H's face, before putting her head on his shoulder. Supporting her body, he walks towards the room Melody came from, lifting up his foot and kicking the door open. He steps inside their living room and moves towards a sofa. Turning his back, he sits down, Melody bending her knees to meet the sofa as she sits on him, facing him.

Melody: Did you have a good time at the show?

An indifferent look crosses his face as he looks up at Melody, casually shrugging his shoulders.

J2H: Not really. Took advantage of Hot Stuff trying to fix Christian's mistakes, and get out of this stupid fucking match against Dmitri, but that failed, had to be around a bunch of kids who won some competitions, and he randomly appeared.

J2H points behind him to where Dexter has waddled in to the room, looking at the duo on the sofa.

Melody: You're his favourite.

J2H: I'm not. He knows you protect him from being homeless, cause if I had my way, he'd be dancing for change at the local bus stop.

Melody: James Alexander Huntington-Hawkes III!

Melody leans back, tapping the unfazed J2H on the chest with an open palm before waving her finger in his face.

Melody: Now you take that back. You'd never let Dexter walk the streets all cold and lonely.  

J2H just looks at Melody with a tilted head and a smile, not saying a word to her as a frown forms on her face. She spins off him and sits next to him on the sofa, her arms folded across her chest.

Melody: Just cruel Jam.  

J2H: He's your duck.

Melody: He's our duck.

A roll of the eyes greet Melody before he turns his head away, looking away from her. She looks towards him but turns away when he looks back at her, her arms still folded across his chest. He puts his hands behind his head, stretching out his back, but Melody puts her head on his arm.

Melody: Still mad at you, but I missed you.

He puts his arm around her shoulder, and instinctively, Melody puts her head on his chest.

J2H: Look, he stays in line, I won't sell him to a Chinese restaurant, and tell you he's flown away.

Melody gives him a stern look, causing the joking J2H to smile at her.

J2H: I'm kidding!

Melody: You better be or.

Melody balls up her fist and waves it in front of a smiling J2H, who quickly moves his head forward and kisses her balled up hand, instantly producing a smile from the sucker for cuteness Melody. She puts her arm around his body, running her hand under his white sleeveless shirt.

Melody: I got a surprise for you.

J2H looks towards her, looking at the top of her head as she lays on his chest.

J2H: Hmmmm?

She sits up, springing in to life and looking at him with a wide smile. Reaching down, she grabs both of his hands and pulls him to his feet, her eyes brightly shining in the moonlight as it breaks through the living room window.

Melody: Come with me.

J2H looks towards her, curiously raising an eyebrow at Melody as she holds his wrist and takes him towards the huge windows showing the outside of the house. They get to a doorway and she reaches out, flicking on a light switch next to the door and lighting up the outside area of the house, where a wooden decking area is seen. In the middle of the decking sits a hot tub, the bubbles already flowing in the water and an ice bucket with a bottle of champagne sits with it's neck peering through the ice. Two glasses sit next to the bucket as well as strawberries on a plate, covered over by see through plastic wrap. J2H looks at Melody, unable to stop a slight smile cross the left side of his face.

J2H: Wanna explain all of this?

Melody takes a step towards the water filled tub and points to it.

Melody: Well I know after a show you get super cranky when things don't go right and I was watching the show from start to finish. Man Hot Stuff came out and laid down the law tonight to everyone where we should all step up, I watched Evie Baang and Alexis Edwards play tongue wrestling, I saw my hair bestie Kate on the scene, I watched my two favourite boys on the screen and can you believe Ben and Jamie lost the titles? I mean the Elders are just meanie heads.

J2H waves his hand around in a circle, trying to hurry Melody along.

J2H: And your point is babe? You're going off track here.

Melody takes a deep breath and looks at him.

Melody: Right, right, getting off track, but I know what you're like. You was probably sitting in the car on the way home with Dexter on your lap, being all happy thinking about getting in the hot tub, with a drink and relaxing before bed.

J2H taps his chin with his forefinger, thoughtfully looking up at the night sky.

J2H: Well, most of it was right. Did think drink, did think hot tub, did not have the duck on my lap being all happy.

Melody chooses to ignore the last words passing from his lips.

Melody: Well, I knew you'd want this so I thought to myself I'll be a good house girlfriend and get everything set up for the time my man came home.

J2H tilts his head towards Melody, his eyes narrowed as he looks at her with a smile.

J2H: Is this your way of showing you'll make a great "house girlfriend" so you can retire from wrestling and stay at home all day?

Melody turns away, as if she'd been caught out a little bit.

Melody: Maybe, is it working?

J2H: Babe, you'll always be great at doing things at home. I know I'm coming home to good things but I don't think you're really done in wrestling just yet. I think the fans wanna see you win the bombshell championship before you give it all up.

Melody places her hands on her hips, looking at J2H.

Melody: Fiiiiiiiiiiiiiine, but did I do good here?

He nods his head up and down firmly, a smile on his face as he does.

J2H: You did great. I didn't expect it. I didn't know if you'd be in bed asleep by now.

Melody: I'll always wait up for you, unless you're like twenty four hours away and I might watch Me Before You, cry a little and nap.

J2H puts his arm around Melody's shoulder, looking at the bubbling water.

J2H: I get what ya mean. Thank you for staying up and doing all of this, you didn't have to do it.

Melody: I know, but I wanted to.

J2H looks at her, unable to express his gratitude for this act of kindness. Flicking the hair from his face as a cool breeze blows across him, moving the front around wildly, he looks her in the eyes.

J2H: Thank you.

Melody smiles at him as she points to the hot tub and the scene fades out.




Monday morning, a time where most hate getting up because of work, but not J2H. The life of a wrestler is hard work on the body, but at least you don't have to work Monday morning. Today was no different for the SCW World champion as he contently rolled over in bed, wrapping his tattooed arm across the plush white bed cover as he starts to stir, returning to consciousness in the world. He opens his eyes and looks around the room, his eyes adjusting to the light. He rolls over towards the center of the bed, expecting his eyes to fall on Melody Grace's peaceful resting face, but alas, no Melody to be seen. He opening his eyes a little more, looking for Melody, but not spotting her. J2H slowly rolls his shoulders backwards as he sits up, looking around the room, everything in it's right place and spotless. He pushes the cover off of him and spins his legs to the ground, spying a note on the night stand of his bed. Picking it up, he reads it out loud.


J2H: Gone out for a little while, but I will be back soon. Miss you already, love you, Melody.

He throws the note back to the night stand as a yawn jumps out of his body. He stands up and quickly moves to the side of the room, picking up a gold robe and wrapping it around his body and picks his phone up from the nightstand. Casting his eye over the screen, he sees a tweet from Melody, a picture attached. quickly opening up the tweet to see Melody with a puppy in her arms.

J2H: That woman and animals. Pretty sure she's turning in to Odette with the animal obsession.  

He quickly taps out a response before putting the phone back in to the pocket of the robe and slowly starts to walk towards the door of the room, moving his head either side to stretch out his neck muscles. Walking through the bedroom door and in to the hallway, he hears the sounds of Simpson moving around downstairs. Along the wooden floorboards, J2H walks until he reaches the top of the stairs, a long staircase towards the main lobby of the house. He starts to walk down towards the bottom, holding on to the rail, as tiredness still runs through his body and eventually makes it to the bottom and turns around the corner, moving in to a room on the left. A beautiful big kitchen can be seen and Simpson stands by a work surface to the left. He turns his head as he sees J2H walk in to the room.

Simpson: Good morning sir. I didn't expect you to be up so soon.

J2H moves in to the room, pulling himself up on to a stool at a high counter.

J2H: What's that Simpson?

Simpson busies himself by picking up a huge coffee mug and turning around, placing it in front of J2H before turning back and picking up a pot of freshly brewed coffee and turning back to J2H. He pours the hot dark liquid in to the cup.

Simpson: You and Ms. Grace was up pretty late last night in the hot tub, I presumed you would be sleeping in today.

J2H: Well I woke up, Melody was already gone, so I thought fuck it, get up and do whatever I gotta do to kill time and find some excuse to get out of this stupid movie night with Despayre on Thursday.

He wraps his fingers around the coffee cup Simpson has placed in front of him, looking up at the bigger man.

Simpson: You really don't want to  be there sir?

J2H shakes his head firmly as he look at Simpson.

J2H: I can think of a million things I'd much rather do than actually sit there and watch movies with Despayre in a fucking blanket fort. I'm an adult for fucks sake. I don't need to do these childish things anymore, and I sure as hell don't wanna watch "horror" movies where you can see the monsters strings. Rather gorge my own eyes out with red hot skewers than spend the night there watching that shit Simpson.

Simpson: You never know sir, you might enjoy it.

J2H scoffs at the thought of it, slowly shaking his head.

J2H: Oh I won't. I'll sit there bored out of my fucking head while Melody hides behind me and Despayre throws popcorn all over the place. I'm not interested in being there. How about you take my place and I stay here doing nothing?

Simpson: I fear the fort would not fit a gentlemen of my size sir.

The world champion rolls his eyes as he picks up the coffee cup.

J2H: Well at least you have a built in excuse Simpson. I don't have one of those and I'm gonna end up getting dragged along by Melody.

Simpson: That's what relationships are all about sir, doing things for others that you wouldn't usually do.

J2H: Hmmmm.

J2H picks up the coffee cup and takes a gulp from the hot liquid and rolls his shoulders back.
 
J2H: Still, I wouldn't ask her to do things she wouldn't wanna do. If I arranged to do something she didn't like, I wouldn't force her to be there, yet so much I gotta do even though I don't want to.

Simpson: It must be love, sir.

A smile uncontrollably breaks out on J2H's face.

J2H: Must be Simpson, or I wouldn't be putting up with all this stuff.  

J2H reaches across the counter, picking up a pile of mail, he grabs the first letter with his name on and rips it open.

J2H: Maybe I need to hire someone to read and respond to this shit to save me from doing this.  

Simpson: Like a personal assistant sir?

J2H: Something like that. Someone who can sort everything out for me respond to this shit so I don't have to deal with it all.

J2H pulls out a letter and starts to run his eyes over the words on the page. He cranks his neck backwards as something clearly grabs his attention.

J2H: What the hell is this?

His outburst causes Simpson to turn around and look towards the seated champion. The bigger man takes a step towards him and looks down at him.

Simpson: Something wrong sir?

J2H reaches in to the envelope to pull out a cheque. He holds it up to Simpson, who looks at it closely, his eyes widening as he reads the cash amount on it.

Simpson: That's a lot of zeros.

J2H: A fuck load of zeros, Simpson.

Simpson: What is that for? If you don't mind me asking sir.

J2H hands Simpson the letter and he smoothes out the page, reaching in to his top pocket to pull out a small pair of reading glasses. He places them on his narrowed eyes and looks down at the page, quietly reading the words in his head. J2H waits patiently, sipping on his coffee as his waits. Simpson's eyes grow from narrow to wide as he looks at J2H and away from the written word.

Simpson: Oh my, that's one hell of an offer.

J2H: I agree Simpson, but what publisher in their right mind would send me a serious amounts of money for me to write my autobiography.

For the smart amongst you, the last line should have explained that this was indeed a letter from a publisher, offering J2H money to write his very own autobiography.

Simpson: That's something to consider, sir.

J2H cranks his neck back as he looks at Simpson with surprise.

J2H: Simpson, I'm in my early twenties. Why the fuck do these people think I have enough to say to fill a book with about my life?

Simpson: For one so young sir, you have done many great things in your life. You went to university at a young age, have a business degree, entered the wrestling business young, evolved from who you was to who you are today. You've broken wrestling records, you've been to wonderful places in your life, you've enjoyed a relationship with Ms. Grace. You have a lot to tell people.

J2H takes the letter back from Simpson, running his eyes over it as Simpson continues.

Simpson: Plus I'm sure people would be more than interested to find out about who you were before wrestling. Your family history for example.

J2H: This letter says about the book being absolute fact Simpson. How can I write about the family or even what happened with Melody when we was apart, without the shit hitting the fan? I'm not one to hold my words so it would all come out about the snakes in the wrestling world, and demons in my own world.

Simpson: Sir, you have the chance to dictate what goes in to this book and what doesn't and clearly the seriousness of the publishers, and faith they have in you is apparent with the advance that sits there on the table.

J2H: I would have to talk about the day I won the fucking title, and we both know how bittersweet that was, for reasons that stay within the inner circle of three of us.

Simpson runs his hand over his bald head, thinking about his next words to the young man he has already lived this possible autobiography with.

Simpson: Maybe some things are best left untold sir, but you do have a wonderful story to tell the world should you choose to. You have a chance to show the world who you are.

J2H: It could also blow my own personal world to pieces Simpson, we both know this. If I do this, I want it to be honest, the lid will be blown off of people I don't like being around. Fuck, Melody may never speak to me again if I put in there what I really think of her friends.

Simpson: Maybe you just exclude that chapter.

J2H: I don't even know where to start with this shit, but I won't lie Simpson, it is tempting to be the first SCW star to put out an autobiography, actually written by me and not some ghostwriter or something.

Simpson: You should give this some serious consideration sir.

He flicks his hand through his messy hair, brushing it backwards, his eyes glued to the letter, his mind in thought.

J2H: This could sell millions Simpson.

Simpson: I suspect it will sir. People only know some of you, yet this could show them who you are. People's curiosity will get the better of them and they will all want to know who the real person is.

J2H taps his chin, a slight smile crossing his lips.

J2H: I think I'll do it Simpson. I will call the number here and set up a meeting with these people.

Melody: What people?

J2H jumps around in his seat as he sees Melody Grace standing behind him with a smile on her face.

J2H: Baby, you nearly gave me a heart attack.

Melody frowns at her robe wearing boyfriend.

Melody: Sorry baby. So what people?

J2H hands her the letter from the counter, allowing her a few seconds to read over it. He lifts the cheque in his finger. Melody continues to look at the letter, her face serious.

J2H: They also sent this.

He lift the cheque up towards Melody who takes it in her free hand and continues reading the letter. He watches her eyes move towards the cheque and holds three fingers up to Simpson, dropping to two, then one. Melody gasps, her eyes like saucers as she sees the amount written down.

Melody: Holy fishsticks!

J2H smirks at Simpson.

J2H: There it is.

Melody gasps for air before putting her hand on his shoulder.

Melody: That's a lot of.... You could do so... Just wow!

J2H stands up, resting his fingers on Melody's shoulders.

J2H: Breathe...

Melody takes a deep breath, her hands shaking as she looks at the number once more, checking to see her eyes had deceived her.

Melody: Are you gonna do that? Like write a book.

He shrugs his shoulders, unsure of his own answer.

J2H: We'll see babe. I mean I could but a lot would come out with us. We'll talk about it. Anyway, let's not worry about it now. We should go out today.

Melody: Where?

An excited look plastered itself on her face, she appreciated every chance she got to spend with him, especially after recent months and movie shooting nearly tore them apart.

J2H: Anywhere you wanna go I'm not bothered.

A devilish look crosses her face as her eyes light up, instantly making him regret his words as he moves to his feet.

J2H: I'll just go get some clothes on.

J2H walks away, shaking his head at the thought of what Melody could have planned and the camera fades out.  




J2H: Vampire Diaries marathon? Fuck no!

z Monday has passed and on to Tuesday we go. Fun was had on Monday, probably more for Melody, than J2H. You'd think he'd learn that giving Melody the choice of how to spend their day resulted in things he wasn't too keen on. Today was another day Melody had chosen to spend doing something J2H wasn't too keen on... Binge watching a show. Nothing good like Luke Cage, or even a classic like The Sopranos, but The Vampire Diaries.

Ironic considering J2H's next opponent, don't you think?

He sat reading the tweet from his tablet as he sat in his own personal gym in his house, his workout finished for the morning, having been up since six in the morning and working out since. Two hours of working out did little to extinguish the young mans stamina as he considered his options for the day. He could stay where he was, work out even more, hide in one of those countless rooms of various themes in his house, but he knew it wouldn't last long before Melody noticed he was away longer than usual. His urge to watch anything with Vampires in was low, he'd faced and defeated one twice in SCW, and knew he would a third time. To sit and watch more fake blood on television on a day off would not be high on his list of things to do.

There was only one thing to do. Be out of the house. He knew Melody's puppy dog eyes could probably get him to watch the show, he knew she'd be happy sitting there for twenty four hours just glued to the television, enthralled in the story of Elena Gilbert and Stefan Salvatore, regardless of how many times she had seen it before.

Looking down at the way he was dressed, long shorts and a tank top, with running shoes on, going for a run seems his quickest and likeliest option. Getting to his feet, he turns towards the door, picking up a bottle of cold water in one hand and his expensive tablet in the other, he makes his way for the door of the gym. Stepping outside, he knew Melody could be close, the cinema room just being a few doors down. She'd been known to watch television shows on the cinema screen, sitting in the comfortable custom cinema seats, where many movie nights have been had with friends and family over the years.

He could just sneak past if she was in there, the surround sound would create enough sound in the sound proofed room, that he could bang a drum while walking past and she wouldn't hear him. He looks down the hall, not seeing anyone about and casually strolls down the hallway. He walks down to the door of the cinema room, looking through the gap and seeing no reflective light, he instantly knows Melody is not in there. He walks down the labyrinth of hallways, eventually walking through a door at the end that leads directly in to the living room, where he sees Melody sitting in front of their new 4K television, on the sofa, a blanket wrapped around her shoulders. His presence instantly causes Melody to look in his direction.


Melody: Baby! You're just in time.

He decides to play dumb, just looking at Melody as if he hasn't read her earlier tweet, informing the world of her daily plans.

J2H: In time for what?

Melody: For our Vampire Diaries all day binge watching marathon. I put it on Twitter, I thought you might have seen it.

He stands looking at her stony faced, his best innocent look on his face.

Melody: Don't tell me you don't have it set on your devices so that when I tweet it would appear on your phone?

J2H: Babe, if I did that, my phone would not be quiet.  

Melody: Rude!

J2H smiles towards Melody as she playfully pokes her tongue out in his direction. The young man's face changes from a smile to a raised eyebrow.

J2H: Wait, do you have me set on mobile notifications so when I tweet anything, it appears on your phone?

Melody's turn to play innocent now as she slowly shakes her head.

Melody: Eep! I mean noooooooo

J2H: Well lemme reply to that quickly, just for you.

He drops down a bit, placing the water bottle on a nearby table and holds the tablet in front of him, his fingers moving like lightning as he taps in a response to Melody on Twitter. Melody's phone lights up and she looks at him with a pout.

Melody: Rude again! But go on then, go for a twenty four hour run and I'll sit here and watch this alllllll day.

He moves towards her, after quickly picking up the water bottle.  Moving behind the sofa and standing above her head, he leans down and kisses her on the forehead.

J2H: Enjoy the show, I may or may not be twenty four hours.

Melody: Just make sure you come back.

J2H: Always.

Before he can move, his tablet lights up, with the familiar sound of a Skype call buing on it. He looks at it closely.


J2H: What the fuck?

Melody: What is it babe?

J2H: It's.... my dad.

Melody shuffles around on her seat, her legs moving on to the sofa, a look of utter surprise on her face. She knew the history of father and son, well, parts of it, so an out of the blue call forced her mouth to open.

Melody: Well, answer it.

J2H: Alright, I'll just be outside.

Melody nods and J2H makes his way to the outside area, near the hot tub on the decking. He hits a button on the front of the tablet and up pops the face of James Huntington-Hawkes Jr.

James Huntington-Hawkes Jr, the forty nine year old, now semi retired business tycoon, and father to James Huntington-Hawkes III, known as J2H. Not a lot has been said about J2H's father, rarely mentioned, never seen until this very moment.

His tanned skin and dark hair, thick yet slightly greying at the sides, with slight stubble over his chin, sits prominently in front of the camera, bright skies beaming down behind him, as he wears a pink polo shirt, the top half of him can only be seen. J2H sighs as he looks at his father and takes a nearby seat next to a wooden table.


J2H: Hello father.

James Jr: James.

A nod comes from his dad who looks down the camera at him. A monotone voice comes from J2H's lips.

J2H: Let's get the pleasantries over with, how's mom? How's Florida? How's retirement? Nice to see you're not on a golf course at this point of the day.

James Jr: Your mother is fine, James. Florida as you can see is nice. Semi retirement, not retirement is fine and I am actually at the gold course right now.

J2H rolls his eyes at his father.

J2H: Oh good, now with that out of the way, you clearly called me for a reason, so what is it?

James Jr's face turns to more seriousness.

James Jr: What? I just can't call my son anymore.

J2H: Well let's see, number one, you never call your son at all. If I hear from you, I instantly think something has happened to mom, because you're too busy swinging a golf club to see an outside world. Secondly, I haven't seen you in years, did you forget where I lived? Did you forget that you have a son?

James Jr: Don't take that tone with me. I'm still your father.

J2H grits his teeth as he looks at the tablet.

J2H: Could have fooled me. Now look father, I got a lot to do, so whatever you're calling me to say, can you spit it out?

An angry look crosses his father's face, clearly the deteriorated relationship between the two, had no signs of improving at any time soon.

James Jr: If it wasn't for me, you wouldn't be where you are today.

J2H: And if it wasn't for grandpop, neither would you. You wouldn't be sitting waiting on a golf course right now, you might actually have to be working.

James Jr's face starts to turn crimson as J2H looks at him emotionless.

James Jr: Fine! First off, you look like shit, dressed like that. Us Huntington-Hawkes have more class than that.

J2H wags his finger at the camera with a smirk on his face.

J2H: Says the guy dressed in a pink polo shirt.

James Jr: I'm gonna choose to ignore that.

Another arrogant smirk crosses J2H's face as he lowers his head, looking down the camera on top of the tablet.

J2H: Well, you are good at ignoring things. Just say what ya gotta so I can go on with my life.

James Jr: If that's the way you want it. I spoke to the family lawyer today James, and he told you he signed over half of the family house to your girlfriend. What the hell was you thinking?

Arrogantly, J2H taps the side of his head, raising his left eyebrow at his unimpressed father.

J2H: I was thinking that because we are a couple and well, because we're gonna stay together, why the fuck not.  

James Jr: You can't sign away our family home, James!

J2H: That's tough shit because I already have, and I have the documents and everything I need to say that Melody is co-owner of this very house. The same house that was given to you by grandpop before he moved to a warmer climate, the same house you signed half over to mom.

James Jr: I signed it over to your mother when we got married!

J2H: You still signed it over you hypocritical bastard! You signed it over to mom, so it was fifty fifty, because she is the woman you knew you was meant to be with. You signed it to me when I was sixteen, sixteen years old. Barely old enough to make my own choices.

James Jr: What did you call me?

J2H: A hypocritical bastard. Would you like me to say it again? I was sixteen and you and mom decided it was time to move to Florida, and left me here to do what I wanted.

James Jr: I left you in the capable hands of Simpson.

J2H raises his voice, tilting the tablet as he moves his head closer to it.

J2H: You left me in Simpson's capable hands when I was a baby and did what the fuck you wanted. Without him, I would have been you right now. I took what you left me with and I made more, and more and more. Hell, maybe we should play the I show you my wealth, you show me yours game now. See, while you're sitting there swinging a fucking golf club, I go out there and get my body put through hell to keep the offers rolling in.

His fathers face turns more crimson, the blood boiling.

J2H: Here's the facts for you father, and I use that term loosely. I did sign half the house over to Melody, because like you with mom, I know I'm gonna stay with her, but she signed something for the house to revert back to me should we decide to part way. That is an irrelevant piece of paper, cause it ain't happening. If or when Melody and I decide to have kids, then this house will be signed over to them, not at sixteen so we can run for the hills like you did, but someday. Fuck, you know what, I might even change tradition and sell this place and start my own tradition.

James Jr's face turns from anger to pure rage.

James Jr: You can't do that!

A wide smile crosses J2H's face as he speaks in a very calm tone.

J2H: Oh I can and I might just do it just to piss you off. Grandpop signed it over to you, all yours. You split it with mum, who then you both gave it to me. Gave father, gifted, no sale, no need to pay taxes, remember. Not even an early inheritance. Gave to avoid so many legal issues. If I wanted to level this house completely, build a huge tower block right here on this land just to piss off the neighbours, I can do just that without you ever trying to stop me. I can sell this house, buy some land and build two houses on, give Simpson a five mil pay off and a free house, I can and all you can do is sit and watch me.

J2H leans back in his chair, fairly satisfied with his words.

James Jr: You wouldn't do that.

J2H: Well usually I wouldn't throw a five grand tablet in a hot tub, but fuck it, I can do what I want.

J2H throws the tablet to his right, turning his head and watching it fly through the air and landing in the hot tub. A crackle comes from the expensive tablet and smoke begins to rise as the image of James Jr fades out below the water. J2H stands up and turns around to see Simpson, Melody and Dexter standing at the open doorway.

Simpson: Are you ok sir?

J2H nods as he watches Dexter waddle towards him. J2H looks up at Simpson with a smile on his face.

J2H: I feel liberated Simpson, that was a long time coming and he deserved it.

Melody runs towards him, wrapping her arms around his neck and holding him tightly as the camera fades out.




Well we jump now from Tuesday to Thursday now as J2H and Melody stand outside the home of Synn and Despayre.  

So close to getting out of being here yesterday, when Crystal Millar tried to invite herself to this classic movie marathon - or scareathon as Despayre aptly called it. With Crystal being there, he knew Melody would not attend and without Melody, he knew there was no need for him to be there. The tweet from Crystal asking Despayre and Melody to be there brought a look of anger to J2H's face when he first read it, Crystal's been trying to invite herself to everything under the sun lately, only to flip back to being a moody bitch straight after - Newsflash Crystal if you're actually watching this, but of course I doubt it, no one can figure you out, one minute you're nice, then you're horrid, make up your fucking mind! The thought of spending a night around someone not knowing if Dr Jekyll was showing up or Mr Hyde, made him run cold, until he saw this as a perfect excuse not to be there. Maybe as a perfect excuse to sit at home with Melody watching real scary movies and not puppets on strings and cheesy sound effects.

Surely Despayre, the nicest guy on the roster wouldn't turn down Crystal's request to join the three for this scareathon? You're right, he didn't but Synn however had no problems in telling Crystal no. Maybe he too had seen Crystal's erratic behaviour lately and decided to protect his son from it. Maybe he did it not to disappoint his son by turning a night with his bestie in to a night with a stranger or maybe he did it because he knew J2H would suffer for this, and he liked seeing the man who beat his son twice squirm awkwardly as he was forced to be somewhere he didn't want to be. I doubt we'll ever know what runs through Synn's mind, but his actions took away from a perfect excuse for J2H not to be there.

Thanks for that, Synn!

J2H looks at Melody as they stand outside the elaborate home of Synn and Despayre and as some would say, the headquarters for anything Seven Deadly Sin related. His eyes almost plead towards Melody as he carries a bag, presumably full of essentials for tonight. He dresses in loose pants that ride high up his leg, showing off tones calves to the world as well as a sleeveless black shirt. Melody wears a loose white shirt and figure hugging blue jeans. He lifts her hand to right the door bell but J2H catches her wrist, stopping her finger from hitting the bu
er.

J2H: Babe, do we really have to be here? I mean we could be at home, our home, relaxing or we could be out on the town or something. Either way it could be just us.  

Playing on her emotions, he looks her in the eyes with his best sincere look, hoping to get Melody to change her mind.

J2H: I mean just us, like you always wanted. After all that time apart with the movie and with me wrestling and stuff, we could have been just cuddled up somewhere, maybe on the boat, laying back on the deck, just us.

Melody frowns as the thought of being alone with the man she loves runs through her mind.

Melody: You really just wanna be with me?

Her eyes look sad as she stares at him.

J2H: Just you.

She wraps her arms around him, placing her head on his chest as a wide smile crosses his face, knowing he's getting through to her and winning this one. Without him seeing Melody reaches her arm out and presses the door bell, the sound causing J2H to turn his head towards the door sharply and back towards Melody.

J2H: Dammit!

Melody pulls her head back, looking at J2H with a wide smile.

Melody: My finger slipped.

J2H: Did it fuck!

Melody steps back from J2H, poking her tongue out at him before speaking again.

Melody: Did you really think I was buying that Jammy Jam? I wanna spend time with you too, just us two, but I know you was just doing this to get out of being around Despy. What's your problem with him?

J2H rolls his eyes up to the darkening night and tilts his head.

J2H: Oh where to start. He thinks me and him are friends, he acts like a child, he thinks Halloween is real and cool. He talks to everyone, making him a target for letting people in, he talks to a teddy bear, he made me sleep on a shitty little boat and a pod when we was on the world tour.

Melody cranks her head backwards, looking at J2H with a look of curiosity.

J2H: I'll tell you that story later. He has done all he possibly can to annoy the fuck out of me since the day we met. He talks random gibberish and just generally drives me crazy.

Melody: Is that all?

J2H: Oh no, I can go on forever about it. He...

Before he can continue, the door of the house swings open to show Synn's housekeeper Theresa, standing behind it. Before she can greet the duo, Despayre runs across the hallway, skidding to a halt and almost flying in to a wall. He spins and runs down the hallway in the couples direction, past the housekeeper and wraps his arms around both J2H and Melody.

Melody: DESPY!

Despayre: MELLY!

J2H: Get this damn thing off me!

Needless to say, J2H's face tells the story of being uncomfortable, the complete opposite of Melody's excitement. J2H wiggles his way free from Despayre's grip and stands back, watching Despayre and Melody jump up and down on the spot. J2H takes a step back, looking towards his parked car and wondering just for a second if he could make a break for it. Knowing his was now stuck, the thought quickly past his mind as he looked towards the two jumping up and down. After a few seconds, they two stop jumping on the spot.

Despayre: Come in, come in, the blanket fort has been made, the movies are ready!

The excitement in his voice fills the air and he leads Melody in to his house. Reluctantly, J2H follows the two, picking up the bag and moving through the hall. Despayre leads them to the kitchen, where Synn sits expressionless at the end of a table.

Synn: Welcome to Despayre's movie night.

J2H: I wouldn't want to be anywhere else.

Sarcasm drips from the SCW World champions tone as he looks around the house, getting used to his surroundings. Although he had visited this house once or twice under heavy protest, he was not as familiar of the environment as Melody was.

Synn: I'm sure my son's excitement has stopped him from being a good host, so can I get you anything to drink?

J2H: Anything alcoholic.

Synn: Unfortunately, the alcohol is locked away for more fitting occasions.

Despayre moves next to J2H, looking his father in the eye.

Despayre: Pft! Gabriel taught me how to pick locks, I'll have it out in a jiffy!

Despayre turns to move away from the group, presumably heading for the liqueur cabinet, but Synn calls him back.

Synn: Joshua.

Despayre: That's my name when I'm not in the wrestling ring!

Melody smiles as J2H rolls his eyes towards Despayre, only to be met with a wide grin.

<font co

55
Character Building Roleplays / Getting things in order
« on: September 23, 2016, 02:25:04 PM »
 OOC: This was originally meant to be for the supercard, but agreed to a one RP limit after this was written. As this links in with Melody's roleplay, I thought I'd post it here.




Well the big question was asked in Sardinia, maybe not the question Melody Grace was hoping for, but the question of moving in. The two have taken it more than slow as of late, maybe to suit J2H more than Melody, yet progress is progress, and Melody learned a long time ago that if you hold something too tight, you'll crush it. Her patience was likened to a saint at times when it came to J2H, but the question was finally asked and Melody was moving in.

It was a brave mood from a man who, regardless of riches and endless fake friends, has always found comfort in being alone. While your typical rich kid was throwing parties every night of the week and buying things for the sake of out spending their other rich friend, J2H prefered not to waste money just like that, and he didn't move in just anyone for the sake of it.

In fact, he'd never done it, he'd never took this step before to bring someone in to his world this much. Melody's excitement was natural, she'd got what she'd always wanted, she'd got her dream guy, and that excited J2H. He knew the stress is yet to come with things being moved around and his world was to become mixed in with Melody's, but the excitement was there.

But then she was gone again.

Not by choice but this movie she was filming was indeed holding a slow down sign up in front of their relationship, and Melody was off to shoot her scenes again after some time over the weekend moving some stuff in, but once more, he was alone in a big house.

Simpson had gone to visit family for a couple of days, and the house was under his ultimate control, no one to lean on and just a duck for company.

Yes, just a duck. James and Dexter, nothing more, nothing less for a few days.

Still the thoughts of Dmitri posing a threat on Sunday wasn't in the champions mind. He was calm and confident as usual, even if weary that a referee will screw him over like she did do to his girlfriend not too long ago. He has said he wouldn't be wrestling if she was the referee and was confident he could change the referee before the match. He didn't care who it was, just as long as it wasn't her.

Still that wasn't the overwhelmining feeling today...

No Melody... No Simpson... Just him... and a duck...




Loneliness, it's something we all feel. It doesn't matter if you're the prince or the pauper, the king of the castle or the butler, it's an emotion we all share at some point and today is a day where J2H can relate as he sits on the roof of his mansion in Beverly Hills. Behind him is an open bay window, which leads to his seated place - a flat area protruding out high above the grounds of his estate. Next to him, in his cross legged position sits a cooler full of beer, the house behind him empty and quiet, as Melody continues to shoot her movie in Canada and Simpson has gone to visit family. His eyes peer around the front of his house, looking down at the car in his driveway, the fountain that sit randomly shooting water in to the air and the gravel path. Turning his head to the left, he gazes upon the row of mansions, super cars parked outside the doors of many, and limousines, waiting to pick up people who live inside. He looks to the front of him, seeing a row of tall trees cutting in to the skyline as they blow gently in the breeze along a quiet road. He sighs deeply as he talks to himself.


J2H: I guess this is what I always expected.

For a man who looks at the world below him, deep down, he knew that he would be this way someday, a man with money yet not a lot else. Money is one kind of riches, but friends, family and genuine people are the kind of riches most people have. He wanted it all but knew that he would spend his life like this. He had money, he had possessions, he had Melody, but when she was away, he felt like he had very little. He has people tuning in week after week to see him verbal destroy the SCW roster, he is adored by many, but when it comes to real people in his life, he didn't have much.

J2H: This is what my life is when Melody isn't around, or when I'm not out there being fake as fuck to people to make them put money in the pocket of my bosses.

He didn't have many, if any, people he would call or consider a friend. Melody has tried, but the truth is, he hated most of her friends, one in particular, in fact he probably only liked one. Despayre thinks he's a friend, and although loveable to some, not so much to J2H, regardless of the pictures that are out there of the two together. Mikah, she was a strange case, she wanted to be his friend, but the fact that she's married to someone he would never get on with, would always keep him one step away from her.

He reaches for a beer in the bucket, popping the cap off with his thumb and pulling the tinted bottle to his lips, taking a gulp as the breeze blows his hair to the left side.


J2H: I'm better than this. I'm better than sitting on a rooftop, drinking beer at ten in the morning on a Monday.

He shrugs his shoulders, his tattooed arms feeling the warmth of the morning sun as his mind drifted.  

What if this is what it's meant to be? He knew his life was eighty percent Melody, and twenty percent work? Is this the perfect balance? He's seen people rush off to be with their friends more than concentrate on what's going on around them. He's seen Melody head off and party with her friends on some island, before bouncing towards another friend. Did the fact that he has no one that close make him a better champion? Maybe being friendless was best for his career, because he could focus on what needed to be done in the ring. Maybe this is why he is unstoppable.


J2H: Maybe it is.

A smile passes over his face as he thinks back through his past. He never did have any close friends, probably because of the ways of a rich kid. Rich kids would always stab each other in the back, buy more expensive things just to spend more than someone else. The distraction of friends held back many, but lack of friends may have played a big part in why he has excelled at everything he has done.  

QUACK!  

Before his train of thought can continue, the noise distracts him and he looks to his right to see Dexter the duck sitting next to him on the ledge, just looking out at the area in front of him.  

J2H: Now I know you didn't fly your lazy ass up here.

Dexter: QUACK!

Dexter waddles around in a circle moving his head towards the cooler of beer and hitting his beak on a cold bottle.

J2H: You can't even pick up a bottle.

J2H looks at the duck with his eyebrow raised as Dexter continue to peck at the bottle, a small sound of beak on glass coming from the cooler.

J2H: Plus is I opened that and gave you a chance to drink it, and Melody found out, we'd both end up grounded.

J2H turns away from the duck, looking at the trees once more as he lifts his beer to his lips, taking another sip.

J2H: You turning up at random times I should expect now, huh? I mean I asked Melody to move in and you and whatever else she decides to bring is part of the deal. Those few boxes of essentials she brought over in the couple of hours she flew back for over the weekend, I'm guessing that is just the tip of the iceberg.

Dexter: QUACK!

He rolls his eyes as he keeps the beer close to his lips.

J2H: I thought as much. When she next gets home and starts to move things in, which could be God knows when considering they're trying to tie up this shitty movie.

Dexter: QUACK!

J2H raises a hand up to the duck as he shakes his head.

J2H: Not shitty because Melody is in it, because Drake Green is in it. He couldn't act wet if he was standing in the rain.

Dexter: QUACK!

A smile crosses J2H's lips as he puts his thumb up to the duck and smiles.

J2H: Glad you agree on that one. I just have no clue when Melody is even gonna get back. I mean I moved some stuff to the spare room behind us, put it all away neatly so that Melody can get the bulk of her stuff and move it in to our room when she gets back, but not even I know when she's gonna get back. I don't even think she knows when she's gonna get back. With Simpson away too, I'm stuck with just you, cause it feels like you moved in months before Melody is.

Dexter: QUACK!

J2H: Don't take that tone with me. You spent more time fucking around in my pool than I do. Don't think I don't know you come over when I'm not here and spend ya time nose diving off my diving board. I'm on to you.

J2H waves a finger at Dexter, as Dexter turns his head away from him, as if he's ignoring him.

Dexter: QUACK!

J2H: I know you do come over and do that so time for some ground rules duck face.

J2H shakes his head, looking towards the sky.

J2H: Fuck, I sound just like Melody.

Dexter: QUACK!

J2H: No one asked you, now are you listening?

Dexter turns his head towards J2H as if he's listening to him.

Dexter: QUACK!

J2H: Number one, stay out of my bedroom, I don't want to go in there and there's you jumping on my bed. Two, no parties when I'm away, you lot are messy little birds and I'm not dealing with cleaning up after you and neither is Simpson. Three, no bringing female ducks in to my house. I have enough dealing with you, but if you go knocking up other ducks and someone turns up here with a whole bunch of them, sending you to the garden shed. It's what you'd deserve. Also, no doing shit and running to Melody to hide, because that is not cool Dexter. I know you do it and she thinks you can do no wrong, but I'm on to you ya feathery little fucker.  

Dexter turns his head away from J2H.

J2H: Don't play innocent with me duck. I know what you're like even if Melody doesn't see it, I do.  

Dexter: QUACK!

J2H: You can say that all you want, I know what you're like and I know what to expect from you. If ever there was rebel duck, it would be you.

Dexter: QUACK!

A realisation crosses J2H's mind as he scratches the side of his cheek, looking out around the area surrounding him before looking back at the duck waddling around the ledge.  

J2H: Why the fuck am I talking to a duck like he's a person. He's a damn duck!  

He looks towards Dexter, slowly shaking his head.

J2H: Right you ball of feathers, let's go back inside, so I can actually get ready and go out and have a life and talk to some real people.

Dexter: QUACK!

J2H pulls himself towards the window of the spare bedroom, pulling himself inside and swinging his legs around and forcing them towards the floor. He turns around and grabs the beer cooler and slides it in the window and Dexter follows him in, jumping to the floor. J2H turns around, looking at the bed in the spare room as eyes widen. Muddy duck shaped footprints cover the usually white crisp sheets.  

J2H: DEXTER!

J2H turns around towards the duck who looks at him, with his bill in the air for a few seconds before turning his head away and waddling towards the door.

J2H: Get here!

Dexter stops, raising his bill again before turning away sharply with an expression that can only be described as if someone was to say "I said good day, sir!"

Dexter: QUACK!

Dexter waddles off out of the room, as J2H stands looking at the door, his eyes narrowed as he growls softly under his breath.

J2H: That fucking duck!

The scene fades out.




Melody was home sooner than we thought. Her surprise appearance (Melody's promo, it's all there) got more than a smile out of the SCW World Champion. He did miss her when she was away, even if sometimes, the words wouldn't pass his lips all the time. It was that time he was partly looking forward to, the day Melody Grace moved in to his family home, a place that was given to him by his illusive and yet unseen parents. This was a brave step for the young man, who has lived alone, with just the aide of Simpson from when he was sixteen, where his parents are is a story for another day, but he had got used to not having the closeness of one person with him in a relationship sense, but he wasn't nervous as he laid on his bed.

In his hand was a magazine, the very same wrestling magazine that he wrote for last week. He laid in just shorts, as sounds can be heard from a room just off his bedroom. Boxes sit outside the door of this room, stacked to waist height. Melody moves out of the room, her eyes tired yet bright. J2H lowers the magazine to look at her.


J2H: Are you sure you don't need any help there? You've been running in and out of there for an hour.

Melody shakes her head as she smiles towards him.

Melody: No, I'm fine, I know where I want my clothes to go and you don't so ner.

She playfully pokes her tongue out at J2H, who smiles back towards her.  

J2H: Well I cleared out half the space in there while you was away, moved a lot of my stuff to the spare room for now, so you can put what you needed in there.

Melody: Thank you babe.

A bright smile crosses her face as she blows him a kiss, picking up the nearest box and taking it in to the walk in wardrobe.

J2H: Are you sure you don't need help?

Melody: I'm sure.

Her voice leaves the walk in wardrobe to travel through the bedroom as he raises the magazine to his eyes again.

J2H: If you're sure.

Melody: I am. I will start putting these away soon, once I line them all up and put them in order.

He raises an eyebrow as he lowers the magazine down to his chest.

J2H: Put what in order babe?

Melody: My shoes. I mean you can't put heels next to running shoes, or mix them in, you can't put casual shoes in with heels. Plus you need to put your outfits that could go with them above them, so you don't have to run around the place and get confused.

J2H: I'm already confused. How many pairs of shoes do you have?

Melody: Ummmm, a few.

J2H sits up straight as he looks towards the door of the walk in wardrobe, biting his lip with curiosity.

J2H: How many is a few?

Melody: Well, all those boxes I've brought in over the last hour, they've all been shoes, and you see the boxes outside the door? They're all shoes too.

J2H runs his fingers through his hair as he looks in disbelief at the boxes that sit towards the end of the bed, already knowing that at least four boxes have already crossed over the threshold of the room. Simpson enters the room, carrying another box and places it down next to the other boxes.

J2H: More shoes?

Simpson: I believe so sir.

J2H places his hands on his head, running his fingers through his hair as he slowly shakes his head.

Simpson: Also sir, don't forget in two hours, we have that meeting.  

J2H: I won't Simpson. It's very important to me that this meeting takes place today. The sooner it's done, the better.

Simpson nods as he looks towards J2H.

Simpson: I should have the car ready to go in ninety minutes sir.

J2H: Thank you Simpson. I should probably tell Melody about this.

Simpson leaves the room, in search for more boxes as J2H swings his legs around, planting them on the floor and stands up, throwing the magazine on the bed and moves towards the door of the walk in wardrobe, picking up a box as he reaches them and shuffling around them and moving in the door. His face turns to unsurity as he sees Melody sitting on the floor, no clothes on the hangers, no shoes on the racks, just Melody on the floor with neat piles of shoes everywhere. J2H puts the box down in the room next to her, the thudding sound causing her to turn her head and look up at him with a warm smile.

J2H: So you've been in here an hour and you haven't actually put shoes on the shelf or anything like that?

Melody shakes her head with lowered eyebrows, as if he'd asked a stupid question.

J2H: Like not one pair on a rack?

Melody: You can't do that. You need to work out how many pairs of what you have, so you don't run out of space. I mean if I started putting my heels on there first, and then running shoes next to them, and I run out of space for my heels and I have more heels, than I have to take the running shoes off and start all over again. It's called being smart Jam.

J2H: It's called having too many pairs of shoes Mel, there's hundreds of pairs of shoes. Why does anyone need so many shoes?  

Melody: Because us women need so many outfits, especially when we are in public J. No one likes getting photographed wearing the same thing within a month.

J2H: I couldn't give a fuck what people catch me wearing.  

Melody: That's because you're a man J. Men don't care about these things, women do care about these things.

J2H: Still doesn't explain why I'm drowning in a sea of shoes. Do photographers photograph feet much?

Melody: No, but why do you have all these shoes?

Melody points behind her to his side of the room, where all different styles of shoes run along the length of the room on four shelves coming up from the floor.

Melody: And I don't have that many baseball caps either.

The camera moves along to the next shelf up, filled from one end of the room to the other with baseball caps of various colours and designs. J2H shrugs at Melody.

J2H: I'm a collector.

He sits on the floor behind Melody, wrapping his arms around her from behind and putting his chin on her shoulder.  

Melody: So am I, I collect shoes that go with the outfits I collect.

She runs her hand up his cheek, moving it around to his neck, running her slender fingers back around to his cheek.

Melody: Did you come in here just to be nosey about how many pairs of shoes I have? I mean I can probably give some away if you think there's too many to move in?

J2H: Don't be stupid Mel. There's lots of space here for them and around the house. I was however being very nosey about what was going on in here. You've been here for an hour or so without needing help from me, so I got curious.

Melody: You missed me, didn't you?

J2H looks away from Melody as he smiles uncontrollably. Melody pulls his face back towards her with her forefinger.

Melody: Go on, admit it.

She smiles, as he pokes his lower lip out.

J2H: Maybe just a little bit. Also, I needed to actually tell you something.  

Melody: Oh?

Melody shuffles away from J2H, spinning on the spot as she pulls her legs in to avoid making contact with J2H, using her hands to spin and moving closer, her arms wrapping around his neck.

J2H: Yeah, I think we kinda need to make this whole moving in thing official now, because it's really, really happening. It's happening right at this moment in time. Well, sort of when you put these shoes away instead of making neat piles.

Melody playfully pushes J2H in the chest as he smiles back at her.  

J2H: So I kinda make this appointment with someone so we can go and make it all official that you live here and stuff.

Melody: Oh I already send out change of address cards when I got back to Canada. I started sending them out when I had a break from filming, so everyone knows I already live here. Dexter told me he's already done the same thing.

J2H: How many friends can that duck even have? He has no fingers, he can't write.

Melody shrugs her shoulders at J2H as the young man looks confused.

Melody: Beats me, but he told me he did it and I believe him.

J2H rolls his eyes at Melody as he quickly shakes his head at her.  

J2H: Anyway, in just under ninety minutes, a car will be here and we need to go deal with some stuff, make everything official.

Melody: Are we gonna go get married?

Her eyes widen with excitement as she considers the thought, but her look quickly changes to disappointment as he shakes his head towards her.

J2H: God no, where did that come from? We're not getting married today, we're just gonna go and get everything above board now because we live together.

Melody smiles at him as she locks her fingers around his neck and shuffles in closer.

Melody: I'm never gonna get tired of saying or hearing that we live together. Maybe we should have a party for that.

His mind instantly thinks back to the friends of hers that he doesn't like, knowing she'll be more than disappointed if they wasn't invited and quickly chooses to brush off the suggestion.

J2H: We can talk about that later babe, but for now, we need to get ready for this thing. Need you to dress smart, business like, not like going out evening wear or classy party thing. Just business.

Her curiosity deepens, but he quickly moves forward and plants a quick kiss on her lips before pulling away.

J2H: All this stuff can wait till later. We need to get ready.

J2H smiles at Melody as she continues to look curious and the scene fades to black.




Let's fade in to an office block in Los Angeles. J2H, dressed smartly in a business suit, black and well fitting, with a white shirt and black shoes, looks out over the bustling streets below. Cars shoot by as his eyes follow them as Melody joins him by the window of the building. Melody, wearing a grey business suit, the skirt just hanging below her knee, turns and looks toward J2H.


Melody: What are we doing here Jam?

He turns his attention towards Melody, his hand sliding down to meet hers as he wraps his fingers around her smaller hand.

J2H: We need to sign a few papers babe. Nothing major, it just needs to be done.

Melody raises her eyebrow at J2H, confused by his demeanour as he watches the cars drive past, his eyes moving but his head staying in the same position.

Melody: I get worried when you get like this babe, can you just tell me why we're half way up in the sky.

He turns to Melody, looking at her with a blank expression on his face. He clears his throat.

J2H: Alright. Well we now live together so I figured it was time to go all in with that and  

Before he can continue, a secretary opens a light wooden door to the side of the two, catching their attention.

Secretary: Mr Swanson will see you now.

J2H nods towards her as he looks towards Melody, jerking his head towards the door and he and Melody make a move towards it. The walk through the door where a man sits behind a desk, with two chairs opposite.

Melody: Um, hi.

J2H: Melody this is Steven Swanson, my attorney.

Melody: Nice to meet you.

Steven: You too, I've heard so much about you.

Melody looks towards J2H as the two take seats opposite Steven.

Steven: I was surprised at your request James, but I do have the papers all written up for you.

Melody looks confused as Steven hands J2H a folder, with a pen. He quickly glances his eyes over the papers before signing his name at the bottom. He slides them in front of Melody.

J2H: Basically Mel, these papers are signing over half the house to you. It stops being mine, it becomes ours in case anything ever happens to me. It all becomes yours.

Melody's eyes widen as she looks at him with surprise.

Melody: But James, this is your family house. It has been in your family for years.

J2H: Yes, and it was handed to me by my parents and then they fucked off, now it's mine to do what I want for it. It was my family home, it now becomes our family home.

Melody looks surprised as she takes the pen in her hand, but Steven's voice pulls away her attention.

Steven: I also took the liberty of writing this up James.  

He reaches for another folder and places it in front of J2H.

J2H: What is it?

Steven: It's an agreement to say that if you two ever split up,  Melody can not lay claim to your personal property and the house reverts back to you.  

J2H looks over the document, his eyes reading down the words.

J2H: I don't know about this. I mean it could protect me but...

Melody takes the folder from him and looks at it.

Melody: It's ok, if this is what you want.

J2H stares silently at Melody before looking uneasily at Steven behind his desk and Melody moves her eyes over the pages.

Melody: If I sign this can I get a puppy?

J2H scratches his blonde hair as he looks towards Melody.

J2H: No...  

Melody: But it will be my puppy and this says everything that is mine will stay mine sooo I could legally get a puppy...

J2H: That's not what it means Melody.  

Melody: I have a question, if I sign this does that mean I'm not allowed to eat your candies because I'm already in violation of that...

J2H: Seriously Mel?  

Melody: What?  

J2H: It's for if we ever break up, at the moment what's mine is yours and what's yours in mine...  

Melody: But I don't want to break up.

J2H: I'm not saying we are going to, I'm saying this is important for us in case anything happens to us.

Melody: Okay fine...  

Melody holds her hand over the page, about to put pen to paper.

Melody: Hang on, what if we break up and you try and take my stuff.  

J2H: Highly unlikely...

Melody: I have better design and fashion sense than you so I wouldn't highly doubt that.  

J2H: Trust me you and your unicorns are safe.

Melody: Well if you say so.  

Melody signs her name on the page and hands the paper back to J2H. He hovers the pen above the paper before looking back at Melody. Unsure of his actions, he bites his lip before turning back and signing the paper. As if a lightning bolt of knowledge hits him, he turns his head back to Melody.

J2H: Wait a sec, you didn't even read all of it.

Melody: I don't have to, I don't want your stuff James I just want you.

A smile breaks out on J2H's face as he looks at his girlfriend.

J2H: This is all meaningless anyway, because I kinda like having you around so don't think I'll be getting rid of you.

Melody smiles as she squeezes his knee.  

J2H: But signing the other paper is important. It stops things from being my house and becomes our house. Everything stops being my choice only and becomes our choice.

He slides the other document in front of Melody and places the pen on top of it.

Melody: Are you sure?

J2H: A million percent.

Melody jolts her head back as she looks at J2H.

Melody: That's a lot of percent.

J2H: But not nearly enough.

Melody grins as she picks up the pen and signs her name on it, instantly becoming half owner of J2H's entire estate. She closes the folder and puts the pen on top of it before placing it on top of the other folder. J2H picks up the folders, and places them in front of Steven. He opens the folders and scans the legal documents with his eyes before closing the folder and nodding towards J2H before turning towards Melody.

Steven: Congratulations young lady, you're now a homeowner.

A smile passes over her face as she squeezes J2H's knee in excitement.

J2H: Thanks Steven.

He turns to Melody with a smile on his face.

J2H: Celebrate or back to our house?

Melody: Our house.

The scene fades out as the two stand up, J2H reaching over the desk to shake hands with Steven.

56
Supercard Archives / J2H Vs Dmitri
« on: September 18, 2016, 07:42:39 AM »
 OOC: Noticed once again, my RP cut off at the end. No need to count this part at all, just had to post it to show the rest.






He slowly shakes his head.

J2H: Telling me I'm next. Fucking hell, get in line cause every other idiot has told me that and every other idiot has fallen at my feet. You're gonna do the exact same thing. I don't underestimate you Dmitri but I sure as hell refuse to over estimate you. You're dull as fuck and you will not be ripping the title from my hands at all.  

He grips the title belt in his hands.

J2H: No one remembered you was even in the ring, because you sucked on the mic, and that just about matches your skills in the ring. I don't think you even know what you're doing in the ring, and I got extra motivation.

J2H looks down at the title belt on his lap.

J2H: Once I beat you at Violent Conduct III, I will break another record. I am the longest serving champion, but once I beat you, I will break the record of combined days as champion for people that's held this thing more than once. I only needed one time Dmitri, one time, and I've defeated everyone, including you and I will do it again. I am the man to shatter every fucking record this company has, I am the man to take everything people knew about SCW and rip it and put my name all over it. I am the greatest this place has ever seen, EVER Dmitri, and you will not stop me from breaking another record. Despayre tried to stop me getting this far and you're not half the man he is, so you will not stop me from breaking another record. My name will be in the record books over and over and you Dmitri, you won't even be a footnote in it. You won be remembered when your time is up, but I will never be forgotten.

J2H pulls the title over his shoulder and looks down the camera.

J2H: I can't be forgotten because I am the one leading SCW in to a new era, I am the one willing to change everyone for the better, even you. I'll fucking pay someone to teach ya how to speak on a microphone after I beat you. I will help the whole of SCW reach it's potential and become much better than it could ever dream of being. It's because I can do that, I will do that to help these and I will start by helping you.

He firmly points down the camera.

J2H: I will help you by showing you how bad you are, from top to bottom, from head to toe, I will show you that you're not as good as you think you are. We will break you down and rebuild you Dmitri, because as it stands right now, you will not be getting near my title belt. You won't stand a chance, but after I destroy you, after I rip you to bits, I will help you. You will be like the rest and follow J2Hism. You will accept it in your life and you will listen to every word that I say and improve.

A smirk crosses his face.

J2H: But right now, you ain't worth shit. You ain't worth a damn thing to me or anyone else because you can and will be beaten when you step in the ring with me. You might as well go back to your coffin, lay down, pretend you're Dracula and forget reality because reality is going to fucking hurt for you. Reality is going to destroy every last fibre of your emo ass. What you see before you is bigger than you in the bigger picture of the universe. Not all men are equal Dmitri, because you're so far below me, we might as well bury you now, and give me my own personal cloud to sit on. That's how far below me you are Dmitri. That's how low you are compared to me. You will never get to reach my level Dmitri.

J2H breathes deeply as he pauses.

J2H: The cold hard facts are there in front of your face. They're going nowhere and no one is giving you a chance in this one and neither am I. My followers know the chances of you every getting this from me is low, they know that you have zero chance. You're just the guy that happens to be in my ninth title defence. Both of us will be having a very familiar feeling. One of us will be walking out without a title, and that is you, while I will be walking out with my belt. Both of us are very familiar with that. Both of us will have those feelings again Dmitri. There's no way on God's green earth that I will leave Violent Conduct III without my title. Not a chance in hell that, that will happen, so believe me when I say Dmitri, that you should go give up now, hang with your pia boy fake Italian friend, talk about whatever it is that a fake Italian and fake vampire talk about and forget about ever being the top dog while I'm still about. I refuse to let that happen.


J2H smiles confidently down the camera.

J2H: That is how it is Dmitri, it's how it will always be. The fact is you're in this match because you beat people only slightly worse than you are. You're in this match because everyone else who tried, simply sucked. You shouldn't be proud that you're in this match, it's no achievement to beat a bunch of losers, none at all.  

J2H stands up, and the camera follows his face.

J2H: I'm there because I actually worked hard and pinned another freak in Goth to get this belt. You and him should hang out, you're almost the same person. I beat him, I will beat you.  

He points down the camera.

J2H: I'm J2H, slayer of freaks and destroyer of the dark side, so come Violent Conduct III, Dmitri, it won't be I that's next, it will be you. That's real talk bitch!

J2H walks away as the camera fades out.

57
Supercard Archives / J2H Vs Dmitri
« on: September 17, 2016, 08:20:12 PM »
  It's that time again, it what most have worked hard towards, the big show itself. Every couple of months, the buzz hits the stars of Sin City Wrestling as they have the chance to perform on a more elaborate setting. A chance to be forever remembered for moments on shows like this. People remember more about what happens at supercards, then what may happen on a regular show, and this one coming up, everyone knows there's a chance to be remembered, one huge spot could await them on Violent Conduct III, a name not chosen for the sake of it, a name given to one of the most brutal shows in SCW history.

You already know how the minds of SCW stars are working. You know that they're already wracking their brains for the next big move, the thing that's gonna make them stand out. They're in their own heads about what amazing move they can debut that will steal the show. They're thinking about what they're gonna do to be a late contender for holy shit moment of the year or something, but that's not how the champions is thinking right now.

Even a confrontation with challenger, Dmitri, has long faded from his mind less than twenty four hours after it happened. J2H's mind was somewhere else, with someone else. If you look back at the show, and well, you can't claim to be any kind of wrestler if you don't watch your own companies shows, you'd have seen an irate look on the young man's face as he looked for the exit, without too much happening to him.

Have you worked out why? It's obvious...

Melody...

What kinda bullshit was that? An awful call was made with the official handing the win to Mikah, when things were pretty clear through J's eyes. He truly believed the wrestling higher up had screwed his girlfriend of a win, more so when her almost tearful eyes met his behind the curtain after the match. His eyes were full of disbelief as he waited behind the curtain, watching the match unfold as he hoped to grab a few moments with his girlfriend. His eyes widened as he saw the awful decision made by a clearly incompetent call from someone meant to be in power and the mood didn't better when Melody had made her way back to him and tightly thrown her arms around him, refusing to let him go.

His face had changed to pure anger as he saw the referee walk through the curtain as if nothing had happened. If it wasn't for Melody, he knew he would have walked towards her and got himself fired for his action, he knew if Melody didn't have a vice like grip around him, he would have ripped the incompetent official to pieces. Even a look from Mikah as he looked panicked backstage did nothing to stop him from being angry at this call.

The old Mikah would have laughed and pointed, but the new and somewhat improved Mikah's eyes were full of sympathy as she looked towards the champions face, taking her mind off her own issues for just a few seconds. Her flat palms towards his eye contact and a sympathetic shrug towards him convoyed her feelings before remember her own struggles and making her way through the halls with haste.

Mikah was changing, he still didn't believe Tommy Knocks' assessment of her being the best bombshell in SCW, but she was changing.

His anger grew as he looked towards Melody, her head on his shoulder but looking away from him, the force of the hug tightening around him.

He didn't have long with Melody, he knew she was about to get ready to head to the other side of Toronto to shoot a night scene for the movie. He knew she had to somehow compose herself and get in to a completely different character.

Hey Tommy, maybe THAT'S why this match was earlier on the card than it should have been.... Just saying.

He had little time with her, that will now be wasted reflecting on one of the biggest miscarriages of justice in the history of SCW, again, well done referee, you were truly awful with your call.

The simple thought of that caused a mini explosion in the young man's head. He wanted to march up to Christian Underwood, call him every name under the sun before throwing the title belt back in his face and telling him to go fuck himself. He'd have done the same to Mark Ward or Erik Staggs if either of them was around. He felt justified to do it. How could he, or anyone work in a place where you can't even trust the people in charge of the match?

Now we know J isn't the most trusting, but the point is simple, how can he trust people who make bad calls. What if Melody's title was on the line and this bullshit call from someone you're meant to look up to, would have cost her the title belt? What if the referee makes the same bullshit call in his match against Dmitri? All those months Melody had worked her ass off, making a movie and yet still flying back for shows, all that worth put in to being a champion and recording solid promos would have been wasted because of a shit call. If history repeats it with J, all that hard work to break records, appear all the time for over two hundred days, wasted with a bad call.

The urge got stronger to just throw the belt at Christian and call him and the people who work for him, a bunch of cheating bastards. Jealously is a horrible thing and he already knew the jealous eyes were on him and Melody. He wondered if this was his way of being shown that he is about to get screwed over.

If that fucking woman is the referee in his match against Dmitri, he could be the next in line to get screwed. Maybe this is Christian's plan on moving the title on, by paying off a ref to screw over his girlfriend to get in his head and repeat the performance at Violent Conduct III. Maybe Christian was playing on his paranoid mind to make him fuck up.

Enough was enough as he waited for Melody to release the hug. He was done with this place in his mind. He wasn't waiting to get screwed over, he was willing to go out on his own terms. His anger quelled as Melody finally turned her head, looking at him with a shake of her head.

Their problems have been well publicised, even behind the camera where they're just regular people, they've fought like cat and dog, went days without talking but without admitting it, part of them very much missed each other. There was serious trust issues at times, but they had that weird connection where they knew what each other was thinking at times, and she knew he was about to cause hell. She knew she couldn't stop him once she was in that waiting car and on her way to the film set. She pleaded with her eyes to stop him, and something inside him listened to the unspoken words.

Melody went her own way to change, leaving the World champion standing as his eyes met those of Christian Underwood's as he moved to behind the curtain. Christian broke the uneasy look as a staff member approached.

J2H's blood boiled as he looked across at him, knowing he's letting his incompetent referee get away with her mistake.

He swore he would get them back, but before he did, he had to get Melody back in the right frame of mind. He couldn't do it at this moment in time, Melody was on her way to shoot a scene while he was heading back to Beverly Hills.

One scene and he had her from Monday to Thursday... Her tweet couldn't have come at a better time.




Monday morning back in Beverly Hills, California. The events of last night still weighed heavy on the mind of SCW World champion, J2H as he laid in bed alone, his eyes barely open as he rests his hands behind his head. The anger hadn't changed and the thought of giving the championship belt to Christian Underwood and telling him to shove it where the sun don't shine was prominent in his head. He turns his head towards the other pillow, with MGC sewn in to it, Melody not there, but her scent lingering on her side of the bed causing the champion to sigh, the thought of the terrible injustice of less than twenty four hours ago and looking at where Melody should be quickly changing the sigh to gritted teeth.  


J2H: Ugh!

Sitting up and pushing the crisp white bed covers down his body, he quickly spins around and puts his foot on the floor, a sharp pain radiating from his ankle and all the way up his right leg to his lower back. He winces in pain as he lets out a quick breath, his stiff feeling body straightening up as he sits firmer on the bed. He reaches towards a bedside table, quickly picking up his phone and looking at it, seeing a tweet from Melody and reading it in his head.

J2H: Hmmmm, Melody wants to be taken away from here.

He drops backwards and quickly replies with a short message, telling Melody that it was the best tweet he's seen in a while, before laying backwards on the bed and looking up at the clean, white ceiling, the phone being placed to the side of him. Within seconds of the tweet, the phone starts to ring with the Facetime tone and J2H moves his head towards it, twisting his neck to see a call from Melody. He quickly sits up, spinning around and picking up the phone in his hand and looking at it before pressing the button to answer it. Melody's face appears.

J2H: Morning babe.

He looks at Melody, her eyes tired from a long night of shooting, her make up ragged and smudged as she looks at her phone.

J2H: Are you ok?

Genuine concern comes from J2H as he looks at her looking very drawn and pale even with make up.

Melody: I'm so tired babe. We only stopped shooting that scene an hour ago. It went on forever because my mind wasn't with it. I've heard the word cut so many times, it lost all meaning.

She closes her eyes as she looks at him, the late night really taken it's toll on the young woman trying to juggle this movie with her wrestling work, as well as trying to keep  relationship alive with someone who is hard to deal with.

J2H: Did you sleep at all?

Melody shakes her head at the camera and towards J2H.

J2H: How about eating right?

Another shake of the head comes from Melody as she looks sadly down the camera at him. He sighs at her, clearly unimpressed.

Melody: I haven't had time to do anything. Other than that tweet I sent you a while ago, I've been on the set, running around, almost getting blown up and trying to remember lines.

J2H: But you're done now?

Melody: I don't have to be here till Thursday afternoon, that's why I sent you that tweet. Can we go away somewhere? Anywhere, I don't mind where we go, I just need to get away from it all and just go and be a normal person.  

He looks at her sympathetic eyes, almost pleading with him to save her from the madness that is her current life.  

J2H: Are you sure you just don't wanna sleep first? You look like you're about to fall asleep right now.

Melody: I just wanna come home to you, and we just fly off somewhere, anywhere you want to go, we just get on a plane and go. I can sleep on the plane to you and we'll be together soon.

J2H glances over at the clock on the side and looks back at the phone.

J2H: When can you leave?

For the first time, a wide smile crosses Melody's face, instantly causing J2H to smile as he looks at her. She looks at her watch and back to him.

Melody: I can be at the airport within an hour, and the movie people's plane will be ready for me, so I can be back with you in about four hours.

J2H rubs his chin.

J2H: Just fly to LAX, and I'll meet you through security there and I'll have a plane ready. Take your bag on the plane with you, I will text you a gate number while you're in the air, just come straight to that and I'll be waiting, ok?

An appreciative smile crosses Melody's face as she looks at him.

Melody: Thank you babe. I can't wait to see you. The last twenty four hours have not been fun.

J2H: I know babe, but you get on that plane and I'll get things sorted at this end and we'll just go off somewhere and forget about it all, ok?

Melody: Let's do that. I'm gonna go and get my stuff together, I will see you soon.

Melody blows a kiss at the camera and J2H catches it before blowing one back. Melody hangs up the phone and J2H looks up at the ceiling.

J2H: Ok, where to take her...

A quick knock on the door distracts him as it opens up and Simpson walks in, holding a mug in his hand.

Simpson: Good morning sir. I have brought your morning coffee.

J2H sits up and looks towards the big man.

J2H: Thank you Simpson, but think your morning is about to get a shit load busier.

Simpson: Oh?

J2H: I spoke to Melody this morning. Just got off the phone to her actually.

Simpson: And how is Ms. Grace sir?

J2H: Very disappointed after last night. She didn't say how much in so many words, but just looking at her, you can tell she's not happy and considering her future in SCW.

Simpson: I don't blame her sir, one should have to trust officials to do their job and as much as I like Ms. St John, I don't believe she did.

J2H: That's gotta be the first time you've ever said something bad against someone Simpson.

Simpson: I believe people must tell it, how they see it, but I digress sir, you said I will have a busy morning?

J2H swings himself out of bed as he reaches for the mug of coffee and Simpson releases his grip.  

J2H: Yes Simpson. I need you to call the private plane company and get a plane ready to go from LAX airport in about five hours from now. I need you to pack my bags, probably three to four days of stuff, and the same for you. You may as well come with and get a little break.

Simpson: Thank you sir, and what shall I pack for?

J2H: I'm thinking summer attire. x

Simpson: And where shall I inform the plane company that we will be departing too sir?

J2H waves a finger towards Simpson, a frown on his young face.

J2H: Now that is the question Simpson, because I have no godly idea, but I will think of something.

Simpson: As you wish sir.

J2H: Also, get the limo company on the phone, we'd want a car to the airport in three hours. Also, you can call Christian Underwood and tell him to go fuck himself.

An uncomfortable look crosses Simpson's face as he looks at J2H sitting on his bed.

Simpson: Do I have to do the last one sir?

J2H: Nah, I'll do that myself when I call him and tell him I'm not doing any promotional work this week.

A look of relief crosses Simpson's face at this point as he hears J2H's words.

Simpson: Thank you sir.

J2H arches his eyebrow at Simpson.

J2H: Well, what are you waiting for? Need all this done as soon as possible Simpson.  

Simpson: As you wish sir....

And three and a half hours past as we roll in to Monday afternoon. J2H stands impatiently with Simpson as the two look out at a learjet through  glass window. J2H turns his head to look at Simpson.

J2H: She should be here by now Simpson.

Simpson glances at his watch on his left wrist and quickly turns his head towards the young man.

Simpson: I suspect she will be here any minute sir. Her plane landed twenty minutes ago, so she will be here shortly.

J2H: I hope so. I wanna get on that plane and just forget that we had to deal with yesterday.  

Simpson: I agree sir, a break will do you both good. I'm sure Ms. Grace will love your destination of choice.

J2H: Speaking of which Simpson, I don't want her to know where we are going, I want it to be a surprise, because she has mentioned this place before and I haven't been too excited about it.

Simpson: I think in that case sir, Ms. Grace will be more than happy that you're thinking of her feelings before your own.

Clearly, J2H didn't see it that way when he chose this destination, but a smile passes his face.

J2H: Yeah, who knows, it could be fun.

Someone approaches the two, dressed casually in blue jeans and a grey hoodie, the hood pulled up over their head. They pull a suitcase behind them and stop near the duo. They tap J2H on the shoulder, drawing a quick glance from him.

J2H: Look, I am not in the mood to give autographs or take selfies.

The person pulls the hood back to show the face of Melody Grace.

Melody: I already have more than an autograph from you.

Her smile covers her face at seeing J2H as she jumps in to his arms, squeezing him tight. His arms wrap around her back as she pulls her head back and quickly plants a quick kiss on his lips before pulling her head back and releasing him. She moves to Simpson, hugging the much, much bigger man.  

Simpson: Ms Grace, you're looking well.

Melody: Thank you Simmo.

She turns back to J2H, who looks her up and down.

J2H: What's with the hoodie?

She shrugs her shoulders as she looks towards him.

Melody: Didn't really wanna be recognized by people today.

An understanding nod comes from J2H as he looks at her, reaching out and taking both her hands in his and looking at her.

J2H: Fair enough.

He tilts his head towards the plane through the glass.

J2H: That is waiting for us, so shall we?

Melody nods at J2H, a small smile appearing on the sides of her lips.

Melody: Let's.... Where are we going?

J2H: You'll just have to find out when we get there babe.

J2H smiles at Melody as the scene fades out.  




We join the happy couple on Tuesday in... Sardinia. A beautiful island just off the coast of Italy. Clear blue water crashes against the side of a boat, as tourists are seen taking pictures of the surrounding area, snapping shots of a nearby beach in Cala Mariolu, the golden sand shaded by tall glorious cliffs. The breathtaking sight draws the eyes of all on the boat as it heads towards land. The camera moves through the tourists to the end of the boat on the top deck where a hot looking Simpson sits, the sweat dripping from his head. Simpson is dressed in just shorts and a T-shirt, a far cry from his usual attire. To the side of them, a shirtless J2H stand in just red board shorts, passing his knees and sunglasses on his eyes, hidden behind a baseball cap. Melody Grace leans in front of him, her arms on a metal rail. Melody is wearing a white bikini, with a blue sarong wrapped around her lower half. On her head sits a wide brim hat and sunglasses cover her eyes. J2H wraps his arms around her from behind and moves in close, causing a smile to form on her lips. Melody turns her head back slightly to look at him.


Melody: I can't believe you brought me here.

J2H: You've been saying that since we got here babe. You always wanted to come here and now you have. You know what I can't believe?

Melody runs her fingers across J2H arms, as his fingers lock around her.

Melody: Hmmm?

J2H: I can't believe you told Simpson he looks good in shorts. The man has tree trunk legs.

As J2H jolts his head back towards Simpson, Melody playfully slaps his hand, causing her boyfriend to smile. He looks out over the water, one of the clearest seas he's ever laid his eyes upon.

Melody: You leave Simmo alone. He looks just great to me.

J2H: Looks like he's out on a day release pass from a mental home or something in those shorts.

Melody: He does not! He looks just fine.

Melody spins around, her body pointing towards J2H as she looks towards Simpson, lifting her hand up and waving towards him. Simpson lifts a hand and waves back before reaching down and using the back of his hand to wipe the sweat from his forehead. Melody turns her head to face J2H, playfully poking him on the nose.

J2H: What's that for?

Melody: I just felt like doing it.

He rolls his eyes at Melody but the slightest of smiles can't help but break out over his face.  

Melody: I like it here, and seen lots of boats around here. Maybe someday we can sail down to here and stay here forever?

A nod of agreement comes from J2H as he looks at her.

J2H: I don't see why not. Seems like a nice place and the people seem friendly enough. I don't see a reason not to be here.

A smile appears on the well rested face of Melody as she puts her hand on his shoulder and the boat comes to a stop not too far off the land. Melody raises an eyebrow.

Melody: What's going on?

J2H: Ah, this is where the boat stops so people can jump off if they want and swim over there.

He points to the golden sand across from them where people lay, grabbing up the last rays of the summer sun, from a summer that seems to have gone past way too fast.  

Melody: Are you thinking of doing it?

A confident nod of his head shows his intentions as he looks at Melody, slowly removing her sunglasses and looking at him.

J2H: What? I brought you out here to forget all those worries in your mind, and to de-stress from all those things you've been working on.  

Melody: Well it's not like you haven't been working too.

J2H: I haven't been getting up at three in the morning just to have make up on and throw myself around a film set. I've been meeting fans as always and talking more than doing anything. I haven't had to do a lot other than to sign a shitload of things. I got stuck on medical leave for a couple of weeks after someone let that fool Shipman loose on me. Still can't work out why they booked me against him when he's so low on the roster, I can't even see him. Clearly someone is high on him though because they made him look like a million bucks afterwards. The guy is a danger to work with.

Melody: See, that was stressful.

J2H: Nah, that was someone putting me in a ring with someone who shouldn't be out of a padded room. The most stress I've had is all the shit we went through, but that's sorted out now and not happening anymore.

Melody: Promise?

J2H: I promise.

A wide smile crosses Melody's lips as she looks at him, her hand moving down his chest as the sounds of people jump in the sea can be heard behind them.

Melody: Good, cause shooting the movie will be over soon.

J2H: Thank God.

Melody chooses to ignore his comment and continue.

Melody: And we'll be able to spend more time together, so we won't have to be arguing because we're not together.

J2H: We wasn't arguing because we were not in the same place, but it doesn't matter, all behind us now, looking to the future now.

Melody: I actually wanna talk to you about the future.

He holds up a finger, stopping her in her tracks.

J2H: Is it about SCW?

Melody nods her head slowly, causing J2H to shake his head.

J2H: Can we talk about SCW another time? We have the next few days together with no one here that knows us other than Simpson.

Melody: The fans know you.

J2H: The fans know you too but I picked this place because there's not too many fans around here I wouldn't have thought. We came here for a remote break to get away from it all and not worry about work or anything like that. Right now, fuck SCW and everything going on in it. Fuck people making us miserable and really shitty referees. We're on vacation, this only happens like once a month or something.

J2H's sarcastic, yet jovial tone instantly gets a wide grin from Melody as she puts her head on his shoulder, making sure the wide brim of her hat moves behind his head.

Melody: Ok babe. No work talk today.

J2H: Good, now, how about you join me in the water there?

Melody releases the hug on J2H and looks down at the water. She looks back up at him before shaking her head.  

Melody: And what if there's jellyfish or something like that in there?

A casual shrug of the shoulders comes from J2H as he looks calmly at her.

J2H: I wouldn't worry, I don't think they'll ask you for an autograph or anything so they won't bother you.

Melody: Someone took their funny pills today.

J2H: I did actually. Come on. You only live once, and it's really hot here.

Melody: Fine, but you have to jump with me.

J2H: I can do that.

Melody turns to Simpson, the larger man still melting in the heat as he fans his face with his hand.

Melody: Are you coming to jump in the water Simpson?

Simpson: I'd rather not Ms Grace, but I will watch your accessories while you enjoy yourself.

The two move towards Simpson, removing their hats and sunglasses and handing them him. Melody removes the sarong and hands it to Simpson, who neatly folds it over his arm. Melody nods at J2H and puts her arm around his and the two walk to a higher platform and stand behind another couple in line. A second crew member moves next to them and hands the pair bright orange life jackets. Melody puts one over her head and the crew member tightens it up. J2H puts his over his head and the crew member moves behind him and fastens the straps. J2H looks towards Melody.  

J2H: Don't worry, probably just some insurance thing.

Melody nods her head at him as the couple in front leap from the platform and in to the clear water below. J2H and Melody step to the front, looking down at the water below them. Melody looks back at J2H.

Melody: You know J, this is a good metaphor for life.

J2H: What is?

Melody: That taking the plunge isn't that bad. Maybe this one be the last plunge you take with me in the future.

Confusion covers his face as Melody take a firm grip of his hand.

J2H: Wait... What?

Before the conversation can continue, Melody jumps from the boat, taking J2H with her and the two hit the crystal clear water as the camera fades.




Wednesday night, the stars shine bright over Sardinia, each lighting up part of the island. The camera moves down to show the a lit up night scene. Buildings of various sorts illuminated by lights and showing off the skyline to the right, while the moon shines over the ocean to the left. Cars can be seen driving down the ocean road, their red taillights leaving a streak as they shoot along and music can be heard in the distance, playing from one of the many clubs along the Sardinian coastline. The camera moves up towards a balcony to a penthouse, high above the immediate noise of the city below. On the balcony, J2H lays on a long, but wide chair, his legs stretched out. On the floor to his left, a bottle of champagne sits in an ice bucket. He reaches down and lifts it from the bucket and grabs a nearby glass. He balances the glass on his lap, and takes a firm grip of the top. He spins his hand around and pops the cork. He quickly reaches for the glass balanced on his lap and catches the bubbles before they fall to the ground. Placing that glass on the floor next to him, he picks up a second glass and fills it, watching the bubbles settle before topping up both glasses. He puts the bottle back in the ice bucket as Melody appears behind him, holding a blanket in her hand. She moves around, sitting next to him on the wide chair and throws the blanket over the two, spreading it out evenly. J2H reaches down and picks up a glass of champagne and hands it to Melody, who takes it with her right hand. He puts his right arm around her and lifts up the glass of champagne from the floor with his left hand.  

Melody: What's all this in aid of?

A smile passes on his lips as he tilts his head to the right, looking at the younger blonde.

J2H: Well, we don't have a lot of time left together.

Melody turns her head towards J2H, her eyebrows raised.

Melody: What do you mean?

J2H: Well we fly back early tomorrow morning, and then you're on your way to Canada again, and I'm stuck home with a duck that keeps escaping from your friends house and waddling his ass back to my house.

Melody: Oh right.

J2H: Yeah, so thought to myself that we end this night peacefully without a care in the world and relaxed.  

Melody's left hand grabs his right hand under the blanket, giving it a slight squeeze as she looks at him with a beaming face.

Melody: I don't know what's got in to you today, or this entire trip, but whatever it is, I like it.

He smiles as he brings the champagne glass to his lips, taking a sip of the bubbly liquid before placing the glass on the floor next to him.

J2H: Life's too short for all the bullshit. All we did is fight over this film and stuff.

Melody: But champagne?

J2H: Well I figured you better get used to it, now you're a movie star and will be invited everywhere where people drink this stuff like water.

Melody: Which reminds me...

Melody take a sip from her glass before placing it on the floor next to her. She moves in closer, putting her arm across his chest and looking him in the eye.

Melody: You are coming to the premiere of the film, right?

An awkward look crosses his face as he returns her look.

J2H: You know they have these things all over the world, right? Plus it means all the stars stay in the same place and it would mean I'd have to be around that co-star of yours I can't stand. You sure it's a good idea for me to be in the same city as him, let alone the same hotel?

Melody: It's not like we're all in the same room, or all hang out. Not all movie stars hang out together at the same time when they're shooting. Most of them can't wait to end the scene so they can leave and get away from each other.

Melody lowers her eyebrows, pouting out a lip in a classic puppy dog face expression.

J2H: If it means that much to you, I will be, but keep me away from him.

Melody's eyes light up as she hears his words.

Melody: Thank you baby!

He sighs deeply as he turns his head away, his hand reaching under the chair, his fingers reaching out for something.

Melody: Something wrong?

J2H: No, I'm just...

His arm stops moving as he eventually grabs hold of what he was looking for.

J2H: I actually have something for you.

Melody: For me?

J2H pulls his arm from under the chair and lifts it on top of the blanket. He places down a small blue box, with no markings on it. Melody's eyes widen as she looks at it.

Melody: What is it?

J2H: You'll have to open it to find out.... x

Melody puts her hand on the box, lifting the lid, as the camera jumps to black.

Wanna know what it is? Better go to Melody's promo then.




Friday morning and the boredom has already kicked in for the SCW World Champion as he sits outside his home, the pool area being his destination of choice. He lays back on the grass starring up at the cloudy blue sky, his sunglasses covered eyes focusing on a cloud, gently floating past him. Loneliness was not something he often felt, if at all. He'd always prefer his own company on any given day but this morning, things felt different. After his conversation with Melody not too long ago, his life was fast changing, faster than he expected. (Melody's promo will explain it all). He never expected things to move as fast as they did, but he wasn't complaining about it. Things just felt different to him today, like they should be together after something as big as that.

Big steps don't come easy for J2H, he couldn't even say the L word, he felt it, but it got stuck behind his teeth whenever he tried to let it pass his lips. He remembers too much from the past, and things he should get over and forget, but the thought of them made him run cold even in the hottest temperatures, but he knew someday he would, so why waste time. None of us know what's round the corner, right?

He sighed sadly as images flashed through his mind of Melody working on a movie over a thousand miles away from him shooting a movie while he is back home. He couldn't even appreciate this moment of doing absolutely nothing. Simpson moves towards him from behind, his shadow casting widely over the grassy area.


J2H: Simpson...

Simpson: Sir... I'm sorry to intrude on your day of quiet. I know how you hate to be pestered by messages on a day you prefer to relax, but I just received a phone call.

J2H: Good for you Simpson, you clearly have a friend.

Simpson: Indeed sir, but it's from that wrestling magazine you agreed to write an article for a few weeks ago.

J2H sits up, turning his head towards the bigger man, his shadow cast across his body.

J2H: Simpson... Shadow.

Simpson: Sorry sir.

Simpson moves around J2H, the shadow of his huge body moving off the skin of the champion. Simpson looks down at J2H.

J2H: And what did this phone call say?

Simpson: Sir, the article needs to be submitted by the end of this very day. They go to print tomorrow morning.

A sigh comes from the champions lungs as he flicks his hair back from his face.  

J2H: I don't even know what the fuck to write about Simpson.

He lifts himself to his feet and looks at the bigger man, a look of curiosity on his face.

Simpson: What about the day you won the SCW World Championship, how you was feeling inside to the moment you stepped through the curtain.

J2H: I knew I kept you are for some reason Simpson.

Simpson: Probably cause Ms. Grace would never let you hear the end of it if you fired me sir.

J2H tilts his head to the side, looking at Simpson.

J2H: Sadly, I can't disagree there Simpson.  

A rare smile crosses Simpson's lips as he looks at J2H.

Simpson: I've taken the liberty of setting up a work space on the patio for you sir.

J2H: Thank you.

The two walk towards a patio area where a laptop is set up on a table, with a cold drink next to it. On the chair next to the chair in front of the laptop, Dexter the duck sits. J2H points at the duck.

J2H: And where the fuck did he come from?

 Simpson runs his hand over his bald head, looking at the feathery Dexter with a curious look upon his face.

Simpson: I have no idea sir. Ms. Grace told me he was with her friend while she was away. I guess we will be seeing more of the little fella around here now sir.

Dexter: QUACK!

J2H's eyes narrow as he looks at the bird, just shaking his tail at the champion.  

J2H: I guess so.

J2H walks over to the chair in front of the laptop and pulls it out, looking down at the duck on the next chair. Simpson walks past him and in to the house as J2H's fingers hover over the keys. J2H glances at the duck.

J2H: Don't wanna hear a word outta you, we clear?

Dexter: QUACK!

J2H: Good!

J2H focuses on the screen and starts to type.

"February 14th 2016 was the night it all changed for me. It was the night that started off low but ended on a high.

I turned up to the building knowing I was unhappy in SCW, knowing I was put in a poor match just for the sake of it. Eric Steel and CJ Sharpe had nothing to offer SCW, Eric Steel more than most. He was here before and just like before, flaked. He melted away like an ice cream in the sun, yet he was to be one of my opponents. I turned up that night knowing in my heart that I didn't want to be there, I didn't want to be in SCW, the company had offered me nothing for a long time. I came back with a fire in me but it was quickly put out before I turned up that night.

That's when the Austin factor kicked in.

Austin Parker is not a man who is shy to make his opinion known and I sat in that locker room determined not to go out. I refused to Simpson, waited to the last minute to change and Austin burst in the room. His voice was full of venom and he kicked me in the behind.

The match wasn't memorable at all. I locked him in a submission hold and went backstage, packed up my stuff and I was out the door in my mind.

I knew I could catch more flies with honey than I could by angering the bosses. I knew if I got through the night without making anymore waves, I could sit there with the staff and get an agreement where I can just go and put this place behind me, but that would have been too simple. That's why after my match, I walked in to Hot Stuff's office, put up with his over the hill jokes about me smelling after my match, but I didn't care. I'd done what I had to in my mind. It didn't matter if I was in that match, I didn't rate my chances anyway and not one person in it took me seriously. He didn't care and I was forced in to it.

Going back to the locker room didn't help me much after I found a gift from Melody there. Considering me and her was not on the best of terms and I know she wasn't there that night... Long story that grinds on me but is for another day, but she clearly had help there. I mean how could she be with... never mind, that story will only angry up the blood.

But it is amazing how things can turn around so quickly, isn't it? One minute my mind was flooded with what Melody was doing at that point, the fact that I couldn't get out of my contract, and the fact I probably had the most pointless match in the world, but there I was behind the curtain, just waiting for the match to start.

I didn't even bother watching the usual Travis Nathaniel Andrews beats up someone from the past segment that he loves to do every chance he gets. He thinks it entertains, but it does not. Didn't even watch Mikah and Simon Jones talk for what seemed like seven hours on camera without actually saying a lot.

I just looked at the curtain watching wrestler after wrestler go through the curtain come back through the curtain, until it was time. I went through that curtain and thought to myself that if I was going to go from SCW, I was going out in style, I was going out with a bang and how ironic that the man I speared to start things off would be the man I would have two amazing matches with, in Despayre?

I watched person after person fly over the top rope, I remember looking at Rage and seeing the shock on his face. He believed he was gonna win, he believed that it was his God given right, as proven by every sneaky backhanded comment he made afterwards. The look on his face was priceless. At that point though, I didn't realize just how many people were left. I just saw bodies flying around and when I, yes I again eliminated Despayre, a thought entered my mind. I thought if there's only just a few left, I might stand a chance and I turned around and saw one man and one man only standing looking at me... Just Goth.

No one else, just Goth. Then it hit me.

I can win this thing.

I could shock the world. While others were out there ruining their futures, I could make mine so much more better. I could change my future right here and now. All I had to do was beat a blind man.

Well he wasn't blind completely, but when the best he can do is make an unannounced, probably unauthorized guest appearance to spin a roulette wheel for no reason, you knew his career has now gone.

I knew I could take advantage of it, and that's just what I did. The young lion had kicked the old lion off the rock and taken his place. As soon as the hand of the referee hit the mat for the first time, my life changed.

The journey from punching bag to the best champion in the business was done. A new era was born at that moment. The old veteran wrestlers had instantly gone out of fashion and the newer, better, more improved wrestler were in.

That match paved the way for people who wouldn't usually be considered, to be considered for a top match. The fact that I won, opened the eyes of the staff to see just what can be achieved when people get a fair shot at it. Without me winning it, we'd probably have Goth and Rage going at it for the title over and over. We'd have over the hill past it wrestlers who should have retired long ago, stopping the younger fresher talent from stepping up. I blew the doors wide open for the likes of Connor Murphy, Steve Ramone, Casey Williams, Dmitri, Samuel Deveroux and Markus Reeves. Six men who wouldn't be considered for a top shot for difference reasons. I made it possible for these guys to try and earn a match with the best in the business right now.

I opened doors people didn't even know was there just by shocking the world, but it was bittersweet for me. Bittersweet because some things just wasn't in the right place, but amazing because I lit the fire that blazed a trail.

This fire won't be going out any time soon because that was the day J2Hism was born....

J2H"

J2H looks down towards Dexter as he runs his fingers through his own hair.  


J2H: I would ask you to proof read that and let me know what you think, but you're a duck and ducks can't read, no matter what Melody says.

Dexter: QUACK!

Dexter jumps on the table and moves towards the laptop screen. He stops in front of it, his head moving from side to side as if he's reading what J2H has written. J2H looks on is disbelief but Dexter turns his head.

Dexter: QUACK!

J2H slowly shakes his head before looking at the duck.

J2H: What fucking circus did she get you from?

J2H rolls his eyes as the camera fades.




Sitting in his home on Saturday afternoon, the SCW World Champion, J2H sits with his feet up across a leather sofa, the SCW World championship belt sits across his legs, resting on bright white shorts. He sits shirtless but his gold chain rests around his neck, changing down lower, towards his ribs. On his head, a red baseball cap sits sideways as he looks down the camera.


J2H: Well it's that time again, that time I put the world to right, because I am the fucking champion and I have no problem telling people what I think about them.

He runs his fingers along his chin as he pauses for a second.  

J2H: But this one is just dedicated to one being, one entity in the wrestling world. Oh don't get me wrong, I can go on more about how SCW officials are idiots, or I can talk about Natalie McKinley being the only person in the whole business that gets what I am about, and that you should all breathe in every word I say, but no, it's time for a character assassination of one man, and yes, I did say man, and that is the man with the overplayed gimmick, Dmitri.

A slight smirk comes from J2H before he continues.

J2H: Yes, I called you a man Dmitri, because it is all you are. You're not some ageless being from another time, you are just a man, you breathe like the rest of us, but this is what gets me Dmitri.  

J2H waves a finger at the camera.

J2H: When you chose to step in to the ring, when you decided to be a wrestler and put your body through hell, you could have chose to be anyone you wanted. You coulda chose to have been any kinda person you wanted to be, but you chose an overplayed creature of the night, you decided vampire was the way forward. Now this Dmitri, it got me thinking. It got me wondering why a man would choose to be this thing, and I get it. Vampires are meant to be immortal, vampires are meant to be emotionless, vampires are meant to feel nothing and I know there's somewhere in you that feels no emotion makes you stronger than us mere mortals, right?

J2H shakes his head firmly.  

J2H: Wrong.

He pauses for a second.

J2H: It doesn't make you stronger to be emotionless, it doesn't make you better than average just because you feel nothing, it makes you fucking weaker you idiot. Look at the emotions us normal people have. We have love, it pushes us to work for happiness and hurts so much when we lose it, it gives us a stronger shell. Hate, hate forces us to be stronger and push through, forces us to go for revenge if we need to. Defeat, without it, without feeling the pain of it, we won't have a clue what victory feels like. Without feeling that victory, we won care if we want more, and trust me, now I have this title, I want to win to keep it, but an emotionless cretin like you, wouldn't know anything about that, would you?

A little shake of the head and smile comes from the champion.

J2H: When you chose vampire over say, an ass kicking pia boy, like your partner is, you started to live the gimmick and become emotionless and that is what costs you because we, as normal, functioning humans, get knocked on our asses all the time and develop strength to get back up, we become more powerful than the dark side, because we don't ask for it, we're forced in to it, where as you...


J2H smirks.

J2H: You just became the emo kid from high school that nobody liked.

He sit up, swinging his legs around and planting his feet on the floor.

J2H: Just like that emo kid, you cut yourself off from reality because you thought you knew pain but you knew shit, you just didn't have any fucking friends. Strength comes from feeling shit and not being able to do anything about it, but you don't feel, do you Dmitri? You don't know a damn thing about feeling low and not wanting to, but having to find the strength to rise up again. You're immortal bullshit means nothing, it doesn't mean you have the strength or power that makes you better than me. All it means is you won't give a fuck when I beat you again. It means you won't mind me kicking the shit out of you and keeping my title.  

He runs his fingers along the title belt on his lap.

J2H: You shot yourself in the foot Dmitri when you chose to live that life. You put yourself at a huge disadvantage when it comes to having the strength to success. Don't bullshit people and say you was bitten and you became a freak of nature that walked the earth for thousands of years.

A frown covers his face.

J2H: People don't believe that, they know you used to come home from school with a Simpsons lunch box or something and have a glass of milk and a couple of cookies before dinner. They're not fucking stupid.

He looks upwards at the ceiling.

J2H: They know that somewhere in your life, you watched Twilight or something and thought you'd make a good sparkly little vampire. Maybe it's because you thought the women would take notice of you, but the truth is you could offer to pay women and they wouldn't come near your ugly ass!

He looks back down with confidence.

J2H: You thought you was something special but low and behold, you will never be and some pale make up and telling people you're gonna suck their blood or something, just isn't gonna make you stand out. It's not gonna help you rip this title belt away from me. It will never help you do anything other than be laughed at because everyone knows vampires are fiction, you are fiction, I am real. The fact that I am the World champion without having to stick on make up and try and be all scary should show you that you don't need a gimmick to get noticed. I mean you have that stupid gimmick and no one knows who you are or gives a fuck about you.

 A blank shrug of the shoulders follows his last words.

J2H: I bet ya not even Russian, are ya? You're probably from Cincinnati, or Delaware or something, aren't ya? Maybe even Scottsdale.

An arrogant look crosses his face.

J2H: There is nothing about you that is real Dmitri, even those little thoughts in your head that you could actually walk out of Violent Conduct III with my championship. That is something that's definitely not happening. People even forgot that you was in the ring with me last Sunday, and you're probably all butt hurt about that, but that's just how bright my star shines and will always shine. I remember you was there spouting some shit before you realised you was in too deep and decided to get out of there before I put my boot up your ass so deep, my toes would have been tickling your fake fangs, but I remember that bullshit you was saying, even if no one even remembers you being there.

J2H taps the side of his head.

J2H: You're meant to be a fucking vampire, yet you quote biblical shit! You stood there talking about Jonah for fuck's sake. Even touching a bible or cross is meant to make your kind burn. Talk about ruin a gimmick in just a few words! Then you go on and talk about human beings.... You are one you fucking idiot, you eat, sleep, breathe, the same as I do, except I don't get up and put on make up and pretend I'm something I'm not, just like you do.  

He moves his fingers to the side of his head and pulls them away as if his mind has been blown.

J2H: Do you know how boring you sounded out there? You have the charisma of a needle, but at least they're useful.


58
Climax Control Archives / J2Hism
« on: August 19, 2016, 04:57:34 PM »
  The first leg of another SCW tour is officially over as SCW World Champion, J2H walks in to his Beverly Hills mansion. His eyes tired after a late night out in Vancouver, followed by an early flight back to Beverly Hills. The door of his mansion opens and he walks in the door, a bag over his back and SCW World Championship over his free shoulder, quickly followed by Simpson, pulling a suitcase on wheels behind him. J2H looks around the house, part of him very glad to be home, knowing that he will constantly flying too and from the country to his north. Part of him had missed home, part of him had missed Melody, who was strangely not at the show through illness... Well, as ill as you can be after partying on an exotic island with your friends for a couple of days, while the champion did his usual media things. He thought about her while she was having fun with her friends, even if he doesn't overly like her friends, one in particular that he can't stand, but he mostly trusted her, considering his recent paranoid tendencies, mostly is a big improvement. At his worst, he would have been pissed at her, ending the relationship for spending more time with her friends than him, but he had found a way to distract himself while being away from her, considering a new lady in his life... No, not in that sense, you'll see a little later.

He drops the bag next to him as he sighs deeply, knowing he has much to do, and little time to do so. Today was his day to get that new lady in his life and be damned to what Melody would have to say about it. It's not like Melody was around at the moment, he didn't know where she was, what she was doing and who with. Three hours on a flight between cities doesn't seem too bad, but for some reason, the champion felt more tired than usual as thoughts weighed heavy on his mind. He stands and stares down the hallway, Simpson closing the door behind him, but the sound of the whole world was blocked out.

He should have been happy to be able to put his feet up, but he felt like he was being dragged down by an invisible force.  


Simpson: Are you ok, sir?

The burly man standing behind him asks, yet no response can be heard from J2H as he stares towards the living room area of the grand house. His thoughts smashed in to one, everything from Chris Shipman being his next opponent, to where Melody was and what she'd been doing, what's next now he's got the record, can he really convert himself in to being a God? So many questions were filling his mind at once, but one was soon to be answered.

QUACK!

Snapping to his senses, he looks towards his feet, seeing the familiar....


J2H: Dexter?

Looking down at Melody's pet duck circling his feet, a curious look crosses his face as he thinks back to leaving the house, being sure that the house was secure and wondering how the duck managed to get in. Was a window left open upstairs? Couldn't have been, Dexter spends more time waddling than flying. Who would have thought a duck could be lazy?

QUACK!


J2H: How the fuck did you get in to here again? Maybe I need to put up an electric fence or something.

QUACK!

J2H: Yeah, you would say that, it's all you can say.

J2H looks up, his eyes resting upon a woman standing in the doorway to the living room, her blonde hair tied back. He looks closer to see the woman as Melody Grace, the light to his darkness.

Melody: Daddy's home!

J2H lowers his eyebrows, looking at the approaching blonde.

J2H: Are you talking to me or the duck again?

Melody moves closer, her arms open as she wraps them around J2H's neck, reaching up and kissing him softly on the lips before moving her head away.

J2H: When did you get here?

Melody: Late last night. I didn't know when you was getting home, so thought I'd be here to surprise you when you did, but you never came home last night.

J2H: I know I never, stayed in Canada. Felt too tired to leave and then ended up out for a while doing SCW stuff after the show, so yeah, came back this morning. How did you get in?

Melody moves her arms from behind her boyfriends neck and pulls her hand on to his cheek, tilting her head just a little and smiling towards him.

Melody: You should know by now never to ask silly questions like that babe.

She smiles innocently at J2H, who looks back at her with one raised eyebrow. He inhales deeply, knowing that it's probably best not to answer that statement. He knew she had her ways of getting in, but had no idea how. Even security tapes had proved fruitless to find out her methods.

J2H: Fair point I guess.

Melody traces her fingers down his cheek as  she looks him in the eye.

Melody: Did you have fun in Canada?

A slight shrug comes from his shoulders as he looks at Melody.

J2H: Not really. It was pretty dull, just like the last time I was in Canada, and the time before. Friendly people but nothing to do. It's like most of Canada goes to sleep at about 8pm or something. How was your trip to the exotic islands with your friends.

Melody: It was fun, but I missed you.

Was she serious or is that something girlfriends just say? Oh hello again paranoid J, we thought it was strange you hadn't been around. Really, is it something people just say to cover up a few days of fun knowing your other half is in a different country. Is he gonna hear that a lot when Melody is a big film star and halfway around the world? More to the point, is he gonna believe it? Again, his mind started to run wild, thinking about things that are probably meaningless. Trust wasn't his friend in a paranoid state, but he did his best to hide the paranoia from Melody.  

J2H: I missed you too.

Melody's senses kick in, sensing that all is not right with him.

Melody: Is something wrong? Did something happen in Canada?

An odd thing to jump to, he thought to himself, but quickly shakes his head, trying to dismiss Melody's questions as quickly as possible.

J2H: Nah, but I have been thinking a little bit.

Melody's face instantly turns to worry. As much as he tries to hide the paranoid side from her, she isn't stupid. There's times when she knows what he's saying or implying, but refuses to make more of an issue of it. She knows his fuse is more than a little short at times. She knows it doesn't take a lot to set him off, or make him think things that are not real. She does her best to stop this from happening to someone she cares about, but sometimes, the silence feels worse to him.

J2H: No, take that look of worry off your face, it's nothing too bad. You said the other day you wanted to be a stay at home girlfriend, that you wanted to give up wrestling. It got me thinking.

Melody: About getting a puppy?

A hopeful look passes Melody's face but a stern look on J2H's face quickly shows her that she is fighting a losing battle in this case. J2H firmly shakes his head.

J2H: No, because I don't think you was serious about being a stay at home anything considering that you'll be running all over the place with that guy to shoot a movie. I ain't gonna be following you around the world I don't think because chances are, I might end up trying to do the world a favor and getting rid of Drake Green for good, but before you go disappearing on me, I think we need some time alone.

Melody: Can we go to Iceland?

J2H: Not this week, cause I gotta rush back for a title defence and so do you. I'm thinking somewhere a little closer, still in the US, still in Cali, sort of.

Melody looks confused at J2H as he tilts his head to return her glare. She steps back, moving her arms away from around his neck and look him up and down.

Melody: What are you talking about Jam? Are you gonna buy a tent for the garden and we camp out?

Her eyes light up as Simpson watches the two conversing, slightly drawn in by what is happening.

Melody: Can we do that? That could be fun. Just me, you, Simpson, and Dexter under the stars. We can have a camp fire, roast marshmallows, tell ghost stories...

Simpson and J2H share an awkward look as they look towards each other and towards Melody, her hands pressed together in excitement.

J2H: Maybe us two at another time, but I'm thinking about something else.

A look of relief covers Simpson's face as he picks up the bags and moves away from the pair, leaving just the two of them, and Dexter waddling around J2H's feet.

Melody: Well, what are you thinking about?

J2H: A boat Melody, a huge ass boat where I can get away from the world when you're off all over the place and where we can go to both get away from everything when we don't want to be found.

Melody: I thought you was joking when you said you was buying a boat.

J2H: Why would I be joking? I have money, I don't have a boat.

Melody scratches the side of her head.

Melody: Ok, when are you buying this boat Jam?

No time like the present as they say. J2H looks at Melody and towards the door.

J2H: Well how about we go and buy it like right now? I've seen what I want, it's half an hour away. I just gotta look at it and make sure it's not sinking and sort out the cash.

Melody: Speaking of cash, how much is that gonna set you back?

A casual look come back from J2H, his words calm and reassuring.

J2H: Oh, not that much.....

Dockside a little while later, Melody eyes widen as she looks at a piece of paper in front of her, held up by J2H. She slowly shakes her head in disbelief at she reads what's written down as the two stand on the back of a Ferretti custom line 108 luxury yacht, the bright white shining in the sun as the clear blue waves gently crash against the side before rolling away.

Melody: I thought you said this wasn't gonna cost so much. This is enough money to make a third world country, second world at least. It's seven figure J.

Tones of shock leave her lungs and fill the air, but the young man looks completely calm as he looks towards her, unfazed by the number that sits on the page in front of her. J2H releases the paper and strolls around the back deck, sitting on a seat nearby and leaving Melody to look at the paper in her hand.

J2H: Call it an investment.

Her eyes break away from the paper as she looks at him, shaking her head.

Melody: An investment for what?

He reaches his arms around the back of his head, lacing his fingers behind his head and stretching backwards, his tired muscles not yet recovered from the plane ride home.

J2H: An investment to get away from this place whenever we want. We can get in here and say fuck it, and head down the coast or something.

Melody: You're forgetting one little thing Jam.

A raise of the eyebrow comes from the SCW World champion as he looks towards her.

J2H: Hmmm?

Melody moves around the back deck, sitting next to him on the padded bench and placing a hand on his shoulder.

Melody: Have you ever sailed on of these things before?

J2H puts up one finger in the air, but quickly shakes his head, admitting that he hadn't.

J2H: Well we hire someone, and they take us where we want to go. We can tell them to take us to Santa Barbara or something, or even end up taking time off when someone can get the belts off us and tell him to take us down to the tropical islands and say fuck it.

Melody: It's a lot of money just to get away from people.

J2H: Closer than Iceland to get away from people. Plus who doesn't like a boat party? You can invite your friends.

Melody: You don't like my friends.

J2H: I didn't say you had to invite me. Also, when we do leave this whole thing behind us and move on, what's to stop us from moving on and just sailing around the world? If I wanted to buy something good in like ten years time or whatever, it would cost me three times as much.

Melody: Can we take it to Iceland then?

J2H: Yes, we can take it to Iceland.

Melody: Can we get a puppy then?

J2H breathes deeply.

J2H: I better go sign for this thing...

He stands up, looking in the distance, looking at a building.

J2H: Is that a church over there?

Melody squints her eyes, looking towards the place where J2H is pointing.

Melody: Looks like it, why?

J2H: Gives me an idea....




A stained glass window can be seen, the sign of the cross embedded in to the glass, as rays of sunshine stained in to the window can be seen. Outside the window, the late evening sun bring the spectacular masterpiece to life. The camera turns around to see the inside of a church, rows of empty pews fill the camera from left to right. Squeaking floorboards can be heard under foot as footsteps grow louder and the camera turns to see a man on the stage. The camera moves in closer to see J2H standing on the stage, dressed in a gold robe, covering his entire body, the letters J2H embroided in to the right side of his chest. He puts out a hand and waves the camera towards him. The camera zooms in on the young man as he presses his hands together.

J2H: You must have seen this coming considering who I am.

He parts his hands to either side, a stern look on his face.

J2H: I adapt to who I'm facing and looking at my opponent, and I use that term loosely, this feels like the perfect setting for my message to get across and reach the millions.

A slight smile crosses his face.

J2H: I am facing a man who preaches to the world, a man with very little moral, which in itself is a clash with each other. I'm not usually one for a religious moment, but considering I am about to become a God, I should immerse myself a little, so it just seems so much more fitting that I am facing a preacher, not any preacher, but a preacher who spreads the word of hate.

J2H slowly starts to walk a few steps along the stage before turning his head to face the front, his hand pointed out.

J2H: Hate... Hateful preachers, we all know how it turns out for hateful preachers.

J2H puts his fists together, before pulling them wildly apart, indicating an explosion.

J2H: Religion isn't about hate, isn't about pain, isn't about being dark and twisted. It's about leading, it's about hope, it's about faith and the truth is Chris Shipman couldn't give hope to anyone, he couldn't make people have faith and he sure as couldn't even lead an alcoholic to a bar. This is a man who wants to lead, while spreading the word of hate. This is a man who wants to control people, while telling them that what they believe is wrong... Do you know what that makes Chris Shipman?

J2H turns to face the camera, bowing his head low before raising it and looking down the camera.

J2H: ISIS.

A smile passes on the young man's face.

J2H: You both preach hate, you both want to hurt people for personal gain, you both want to be remembered through history. You are ISIS Shipman. You are the epitome of ISIS. You're trying to spread a message that no one wants to hear and that annoys you Shipman, that annoys you to the point you have to do these crazy over the top things like urinating on a man just to get a little bit of attention, so people look at your cause, to wonder what you're all about. Let me tell you, it's not working for ISIS and it's not gonna work for you Shipman. It's not gonna work for you at all.

J2H pauses as he waves a finger at the camera.

J2H: You might think I'm a little harsh comparing him to these clueless people but look closely, look closely at the man and you'll see the patterns. He talks, and talks and talks and people just shrug because they  know he will be defeated, so he throws his toys out of the pram and attacks the innocent, like someone's old uncle for a touch of attention, so the world will look at him. He, like ISIS picks on the weak, the ones not trained to defend themselves. Yet coming up against people who are trained to defend themselves, he cowers away in to nothing, he drops in to nothingness. They go up against the military and they're screwed in more ways than one. People like Uncle Pinky, they're the civilians that Shipman attacks, they're the innocent people having a night out that end up caught up in tragedy. I'm the military, I'm trained to deal with threats, coming up against me ends with Shipman sulking away in some cave somewhere trying to get his followers to do his dirty work, while he gets naughty with goats or something.

He tilts his head to his left, shrugging his shoulder.

J2H: Religion is meant to bring hope, preaching is meant to give people that blind faith, but you Chris, you're getting it wrong, because you spread the wrong word. You spread the word of anger to suit yourself. I'm sure the good lord would forgive me for using cuss words on his holy grail, but there's another bunch of jumped up little bastards that do this Chris...

A smirk crosses the champions face.

J2H: A little group called the Westboro Baptist Church.

J2H mockingly covers his mouth, before pulling away his hand, a smile on his lips.

J2H: Oh yeah, I went there Chris. I have compared what you do to the most hated, preaching good for nothing people in the whole of the country, because the similarities are endless between you and them. You hate for attention, you preach for the sake of trying to be relevant, you do everything you can to shock people, just like you do, because it's the only way you can get attention. You don't lead the sane, you encourage the worthless to be just like you and that is not the way. That is not the way to give them hope, that is not the way to show them the light or the way forward, like a good preacher does. You don't inspire them to do anything other than pick up guns to take care of their problems.

J2H sighs deeply.

J2H: You're not a good preacher Chris, you're not a good leader, you're an embarrassing human being if you feel the need to piss on someone to get noticed, so I'm going to give you a chance to redeem yourself. It's time to hang up your preaching gown and start to follow. It's time to join the ranks and become a follower to the best thing you can follow in your life, it's time for a new start Chris. It's now time for the start of...

J2H points upwards with both fingers, before looking down. He slowly raises his head.

J2H: J2Hism.

He confidently pulls his hands down to his side and smiles.  

J2H: It's time to follow the true path to where you want to be and that is me. I will give you and those fools that follow you, the blind faith to step on up and become more than what you ever thought you could be. I will show you that the only true way to become a better person, is to follow this king as he becomes a God.

J2H nods his head firmly, believing his own words.

J2H: I'm walking the right path, I can lead anyone to the promise land because they look at me Shipman, and they see how far I've come, they've seen how I have come from being a no one to a someone, someone you never expected me to be and then they look at you. They look at a man who has always been on the same level. You're a man who hasn't broken out of the lower card at all, you're a man who has always been a roulette level guy at best. Look at me Chris, take a long hard look at me. I was that guy, I was down in the lower levels for a long time and won that belt, you haven't. I went through the tag team division, I won that belt. I changed and evolved in to this guy you see before you, a guy who shocked the world by taking out most of SCW and pinning Goth. I got my prize, I got what I deserved for climbing my way through the ranks and to the top and I've defended the belt more than anyone else who has ever had it. I have held the belt for the longest time out of everyone that's had it, and you've been stuck in the lower level rivalry with people like Tuscini for, what feels like, forever.

He wags his finger at the camera.

J2H: Let's just be frank about it, shall we?

He puts his palms out in front of him.

J2H: The only reason you're in this match is because I've beaten pretty much everyone else. I beat the strongest sin in Despayre, not once, but twice. Now they give me the weakest sin, the forgotten sin to try and get this title out of my hands? I bet Rage is sitting there crying in to his glass of milk, or whatever other boring drink he has. Probably like water or something, just because he got overlooked for the worst sin in the history of the group to get a chance at the top gold before him.

J2H shrugs his shoulders backwards.

J2H: Maybe the bosses are seeing how boring Rage is or maybe they get turned on by seeing one man piss on another, but either way, Shipman has caught the eye of someone and found himself in this impossible situation. He can't beat me now, he couldn't beat me at his best and me at my worst. I already know I'm so much better than he can even hope to be. The guy is like a hundred years old and never done anything worth remembering, but be grateful Chris.

J2H aimlessly looks in to the air before turning and looking back at the camera.

J2H: Not only for this opportunity you seriously don't deserve after you couldn't even defeat James Tuscini, but be thankful for the chance to be the first one converted to J2Hism.

He presses his hands together.

J2H: You should be thankful for the chance to be the first of millions about to change to follow me in to the new world, in to the land of plenty. I will lead people to their dreams Shipman and when I'm done with you, you shall be the first to be converted. When I'm finished with you, you shall bow to me and accept my words as gospel. I will beat the light in to you Shipman, with every striking blow that reigns down on your skull, you will see the truth, you will see that it's time to stop leading those people in to a blind alley and follow the only true light in SCW. I am that true light and I will make you see Shipman, by hook or crook, you shall follow me, you shall become my servant at the dawn of J2Hism.

He looks seriously down the camera.

J2H: I will be walking out of Climax Control with my championship belt Shipman, you will be another sin to fall at my feet, you will be another sin to walk back in to that dressing room, look your beloved leader in the eye and admit failure. You will have to admit that The Seven Deadly Sins are no match to me. Not one of you are even close enough to being as good as me and on Sunday, Sunday will be your darkest day and longest night Shipman, because I will use you as an example, I will use you to show the world why they should be following greatness right here. I am not someone for you to go against Shipman, your little buddy Despayre can agree with that, because he fell at my feet and you shall do the same, you shall fall at my feet and stay there, just like every other SCW star has and will.

He bows his head, looking down at the floor.

J2H: Say it with me Shipman. I will bow to J2Hism, and follow it through the darkest nights. I will covert no other God, other than the man who will beat sense in to me on Sunday. I will follow him to hell and back if he commands me to. I shall walk through fire for him, because he will lead me to a better place.

J2H lifts his head up and smiles down the camera.

J2H: It's just the way it is Shipman. You will fall like the rest. You can not stop it, you will not stop it. Enjoy the experience of being in a main event. It will be your one and only because you won't get this high up the card again. You'll be back down fighting fake little Italians before you know it, but I can save you Shipman, I can make you good. Just accept what it about to happen to you and embrace it. Accept the fact that I am the better man and I will walk out with my title the place is should be, and that is with the God of SCW.

He pushes his hands together in a triangle shape, moving the tips of his fingers towards his lips.

J2H: I am that God, Shipman. The belt will always be mine. Enjoy every second of being in the ring with me, every second you bask in my sunlight, because it will be the only time you get close to me. This is not gonna be one of those David Vs Goliath mismatches, cause this time, Goliath wins and he wins well. Get ready to follow Shipman, because your time as leading the blind, is over.

J2H lowers his fingers.

J2H: That's real talk, bitch!

J2H turns and walks off camera as the scene fades out.

59
Supercard Archives / J2H Vs Despayre
« on: July 29, 2016, 07:40:38 AM »
 J2H: Big chance it will happen. My eyes have opened a lot lately about what's really going on. I've started to see through a lot of people. Starting to see a lot don't have my best interests at heart so yeah.

Melody puts her arm around J2H's waist as she looks up at him.

Melody: I don't want you to leave SCW, I don't think other do either.

Gabriel: For a guy who's an asshole on camera, you're getting a lot of new fans.

Odette puts her hand on her husbands.

Odette: You did the same. You seemed more popular as a bad guy than a good guy.

J2H: Fact is, there's just some people I don't wanna be around anymore and if I beat Despayre, I don't have a lot left to prove here. People seem to be against me anyway, so maybe I should just lay down for Despayre.

Gabriel: He finds out you gave less than your all, Synn may need a new house afterwards.

J2H: Maybe. What would you do in this position?

Gabriel rubs his hand across his chin, thinking as he looks at J2H.

Gabriel: Do everything I could to stick around and annoy the hell out of the people you think are against you by rubbing it in their faces every day that they're not as good as me, and of course be with my wife.

Odette smiles towards Gabriel before flicking her head back towards J2H and Melody.

Odette: And speaking of being a wife. When are you two gonna at least get engaged?

J2H raises a finger towards Odette.

J2H: Excuse me a second, I have to go thank Connor Murphy for the drink he send over, be rude not to.

J2H stands up, turning his back to the crowd and picking up the Shirley Temple and walking towards Connor Murphy, his former challenger looking up at him while he drinks. J2H places the glass firmly in front of his as a sarcastic tone comes from his mouth.

J2H: Fucking hilarious Connor.

J2H walks past Connor, heading towards the door and outside as the scene fades.




Even on vacations, well, part vacations, wrestlers love to work out. Show me one gym junkie, who doesn't go on vacation and immediately checks out the gym facilities, hell, a lot of people check out these things before they even book vacations. SCW wrestlers are all gym junkies, even the ones you don't expect to be, they are. They're a lucky bunch that this cruise ship does have a state of the art gym and for the sake of SCW, a temporary ring set up for wrestlers to keep their skills sharp, and this is where we start this little part.

J2H is seen in the ring, a look of anger on his face as he steps between the ropes and drops to the floor and movies towards Austin Parker. Austin looks towards the corner of the ring where he sees James Tuscini and Dmitri, looking towards J2H as they wait patiently for the ring to be free. Austin Parker gives them a nod and waves them in to the ring. J2H walks past Austin, the camera spinning around to see Kain preparing for his Internet title match by hammering away on a nearby speedbag, his fists moving at lightning speed as he works on his timing. J2H continues to storm away as Austin looks confused, storming past Natalie McKinley, Ipod earphones in her ear, lost in the music and lifting dumbbells with huge weight on them. Behind Natalie, Markus Reeves runs shirtless on a treadmill, his body in peak condition for one of the oldest men on the roster, never missing a step, his pace quickening. Austin tries to catch up with him but J2H walks in to the locker room, where Steve Ramone and his two bodyguards stand, deep in conversation. His arrival causes them to look towards him but they return to their conversation. Austin walk in to the room, seeing J2H leaning against a locker.


Austin: What's wrong with ya? Things were looking great out there.

J2H drives his fist in to the locker room, causing Steve and his bodyguards to look in his direction.

J2H: What's the point of all this shit Austin?

Austin scratches the side of his head, slightly confused by the question.

Austin: The point of what?

J2H: This. Wrestling. Getting yourself beat up for people who think we're just glorified stuntmen. What's the point of all this shit that we put ourselves through, just to entertain?

Austin looks at the shorter man, his eyes narrowed but a smile starts to spread over his southern face.

Austin: Ah know exactly what the problem is here. Y'all not the first ta feel it, ya won't be the last. Get ya ass in the shower an' meet me on the high deck in twenty minutes. The one at the back of the boat. Ah sort this shit out.

Austin turns and walks away as J2H puts his head on the locker. Skip forwards twenty minutes, the freshly showered and more relaxed J2H walks through a door and to the outside, the sun catching his face. He walks through a family area, past the host of Summer XXXTreme IV, Simon Jones, sitting with his young daughter on his lap as Zelda Clark makes funny faces at her. Opposite Simon his wife smiles at his daughters reaction. J2H reaches the bottom of some steps, but before he can start to climb them, Twisted Sister jumps out, waving her arms around.  

J2H: The fuck let you out of your cage?

J2H backs away slightly, moving to the other side of the metal steps, as close to the rail as he could possibly go and starts to step up them. Reaching the top, Teddy Warren and Kate Steele wait from him to pass, before descending the steps. His eyes peer around the top deck, seeing Austin Parker looking out to sea on the port side, and on the starboard side, he spots Mikah and Drake sitting on a bench. Mikah turns her head, waving at J2H, causing Drake to turn his head around to see who she's waving at. J2H nods towards Mikah, just grinding his teeth as he looks towards Drake, before joining Austin on the port side, sitting at bench. J leans down, his elbows on his knees, as Austin looks out at the sea.

Austin: Ah've seen this before.

J2H: What? Water?

Austin: No, Ah mean the look on yer face, the fact that yer sitting there asking what this is all about an' it's all bout what ya could become after Sunday.

J2H turns his head, looking at Austin, his elbows still planted on his knees, a little confused look on his face.

J2H: What the hell are you going on about Austin? I know you have trouble because of that rootin' tootin' aent of yours but you're making less sense than usual, and that fucking hard to do.


Austin: Ah'm talking 'bout yer record, smart ass. The fact ya could be the longest serving world champion when ya wake up on Monday morning. Ah can tell it's playin' on ya mind 'cause you've gon' further than even yer tiny mind imagined.

J2H stares blankly out in to the ocean, knowing Austin is right. He takes a deep breath and starts to talk, his eyes still fixated on the water.

J2H: You're right, it is playing on my mind. For years, actual years, I wanted to win a title, hold it for a long time, make people look at me with a little bit more respect. I've tried so hard to get people to do that, I spent my career changing and evolving and getting better and better. I haven't been one of these little punk ass bitches like Scott Sanders, using Miles Blake to try and get him an instant shot. I went through everything, took the little titles, worked with people to take the tag titles, pushed myself through every barrier set for me until I reached that glass ceiling. I had to do things my own way to get that belt, shock the world, beat a federation and still stand up against Goth and beat him.  

The refreshness of honesty fills the air, every word coming from his lips more and more heartfelt.

J2H: At that point Austin, I thought maybe, just maybe someone, anyone would sit there and show the slightest bit of respect for me. I thought someone would look back and say this kid should be proud of himself. He showed up with a guy who had less on his bones than a chicken wing, and look at him right now. He should be the proudest guy in the world, I'm proud for him, I'm proud of him for showing hard work pays off. Did I get that?

Austin remains quiet, letting J2H speak freely, listening to the man he helped model in to a champion.

J2H: Nah, I got whispers in my ear that Rage felt a sense of entitlement towards the title. I heard Sean Jackson was leaving, I heard people was retiring. I heard Goth went back to the dressing room and questioned people on why he lost, how could he lose to someone below him. How could Rage feel I deserved anything when he was here from the beginning of time? How could Sean Jackson respect me as champion, when I was so much younger? One of my most glorious nights Austin, one that should have been a fucking happy night, turned in to one of my worst nights on the planet. It turned out to be one of my worst nights of my professional career.  

J2H looks away from Austin:, the words choking from his throat.

J2H: I didn't get the congratulations, I got looked at like I left school at eighteen and my dad just made me your new boss at his business, regardless that you've worked there for twenty years. That's how people were looking at me backstage, Austin. You was there, you saw it, not one of them could see the bigger picture that I earned it, so I wanted to give it up and one tweet and people were on the phone to me asking me to drop the belt to them, and that got me right here.

J2H points to his chest.

J2H: It got me because not one of them said to me not to give up the belt. Not one said I earned it, they just wanted me to go to the people at the top and tell them to give it to them. Just hand it over. You'd have thought the following day when the dust had settled, people could see this was a good change. No one did, they just wanted my belt. Rage was making stupid, sarcastic tweets, Goth was still kicking up a fuss so I hear, Sean Jackson was gone and wasn't looking back. Not one came to me and even said they respected the fact that after years of getting my ass kicked, I never gave up. It was like I could hear them all in the locker room when I walked out to the ring to give the belt up, they were waiting, rubbing their hands together, and I was gonna do it because they had no respect for their leader. That's when I said fuck it, I'm gonna earn their respect and I told them no, this was mine, they had to come and get it. You could hear the collective groans above the fans boos, because they didn't respect me either.  

He takes a deep breath.

J2H: Shoulda shown the way this was gonna go when that creative guy kept telling me who I should give the title to, the same week I won it. My supporters were disappearing fast for whatever reason. He has influence over people, so can make them back him up. Not even he could sit there and let me have a week as champion without saying who the next champion should be. It made me feel fucking worthless, less than worthless, like I've wasted so long trying to be here when that... asshole was trying to bury me from day one.

Austin: Ya hadta stop yaself from sayin' the C word then, didn't ya?

J2H: Yeah, but it would have been fitting. I went out of my way Austin, I showed up on every show, something no other champion has ever done. When I wasn't booked, when Melody wasn't booked, we could have been off seeing the world, but I showed up where ever SCW was. I put out an open challenge to everyone who wanted to face me, everyone, and took on all except Rage, because of the night I won the title and his little comments that even a blind man could read what he was hinting at about me, and James Tuscini cause I haven't got a chance with both of us with titles and defending. But everyone else, I've faced and beat. I can't remember the last time I lost a match, all in the name of respect and not one has said they respect me.

He sighs as he shrugs his shoulders.

J2H: I can do anything bro, anything, I have beaten the best, I have beaten the world, I could beat anyone who steps in an SCW ring and still not get the respect I deserve, or get that c.... asshole to get behind me as champion. One more day as champion, breaking a record, it's not gonna change that, so why bother?

Austin breathe deep, thinking about his next move before swiftly hitting J2H with an opened hand smack across the back of the head, causing J2H look at him with anger in his eyes.

J2H: What the fuck was that for?

Austin: Because Ah didn't spend hours of mah time turning ya in to a rassler for ya ta cry like a whiny lil' bitch. Ah've been there, ah ask mahself the same question ya asking yaself now. There's ah reason ya a champion, an' that's 'cause ya the best at what ya do. In years t'come, kids breakin' through an' wantin' to be a rassler will look where ya started an' see where ya ended. They ain't gon' give a fuck that ya wasn't respected by everyone. They're gon' give a fuck that ya never gave up when people were against ya. Y'all won over the fan, if the fuckin' babies in the back can't handle that. Fuck 'em. This is ya title and ya earned it. Y'all go out an' put a show on, fuck those jealous bitches in the back. This is why ah trained ya J, t'be at this point. Words can't break ya an' neither can these. Y'all give up now, ya just become that lil bitch who bought his way in to rasslin'.

J2H nods his head slowly

J2H: You're right Austin. Fuck them, it's my title, they haven't got it from me yet and they won for a long time yet. Thank you.

Austin: Always happy ta help when ah get ta smack ya round that melon.

J2H looks at a grinning Austin, his eyebrows lowered as the scene fades




The early morning sunshine breaks full on the pool area as J2H is seen in shorts, with the SCW World championship on his lap, sitting on a sunlounger and looking around. The camera moves in closer towards the young man, who has a confident look on his face as a line of sunshine cuts his body in half. He looks around the area, just the staff starting to set up the pool area can be seen around him as SCW wrestlers grab a few extra hours of sleep. The camera moves in to his face as he starts to talk.


J2H: This is where you shut up and listen while I talk. Put down ya phones, tell ya mother to shut the fuck up and listen.

He inhales sharply.

J2H: As you can see, I've been more than a busy boy this week, I've been doing all I can to see this show, I've had a wave of emotion run through me and that ain't no pun. I've gone from confidence, to doubts, to looking a damn sight clearer in to what is really laying in front of me. I'm in a place where not many people get to, where most of this piss poor roster can only ever dream of being. I'm already there, I'm already at the top, I'm already looking down on the rest of the mortals knowing that could never be as good as me.

J2H points his thumb at himself

J2H: I'm already there at the cusp of greatness so it shows I'm already a million times better than these clowns in SCW but I have that chance.

He raises a finger.

J2H: That chance to step in to uncharted territory, where no one has been before in the history of SCW when it comes to the World championship. I have the chance to stop chasing a record and become a record. I get to be the man that every champion after me, has to match up to, I get to be the one who holds the record for the longest ever World Champion. There's people on that list of champions who have had more than one chance. Kevin Carter, Nick Jones, Goth, Sean Jackson, Simon Jones, Gabriel. Six men who has held this title twice, twice, two attempts to do what has taken me one attempt, and then there's that guy who's wedding I am being forced to go to later today, by his bride to be, Mikah.

A look of disdain crosses the champions face, his feelings lately towards the man have become very public, even if understated on how much he really detests him.

J2H: Drake Green.

A sour look covers J2H's face as he turns his head a little before turning back towards the camera.

J2H: Well Drake, being the hero he was to you before he sold out for his last run, had THREE attempts at being a champion, three attempts and his life highlight is marrying Mikah today. He, for all your cheers, had three attempts to do what I'm about to do on Sunday. I only ever needed one chance to do it, just one.

He rolls his shoulders back.

J2H: You could say Spike Staggs only needed the one to get this far, but did Spike Staggs have to beat everyone to get the belt to start with? No, he had to beat Nick Jones. Nick Jones was good, but Nick Jones wasn't as good as every man in SCW to start with, and I beat them all, before beating that whiny little bitch Goth who had to go backstage and sulk about it and question everybody. I did that, and became the youngest world champion of all time to do that at the age of twenty one. At the age of twenty two, I could become the man to hold that title for the longest time. Amazing when you look at people like Nick Jones and Spike Staggs who came here after already becoming legends, where I had to work for years to become a legend. I am a self made SCW legend so it seems fitting a home grown legend should become a record holder here.

A wide smile plasters itself over J2H's face.

J2H: Just that one man stopping me. Just Despayre in between myself and God like status and that's you Despayre.

J2H flicks his hair behind his ears.

J2H: We've come different paths. We've walked down different roads just to both be here, we've travelled from different places. When it comes to life, I was given the advantages, I knew who my family was but like you, I never really saw my father, but that is where similarities end. We both found our way in to the ring, we both found ourselves fighting over this title, but you had the advantages when it came to wrestling, didn't you? You had Synn on your side from day one, a man who had been training someone before you in the form of your big brother Gabriel. You had a man helping you, who took a boring bastard like Rage and turned him in to a wrestler, a man who revolutionized the career of Shane Boswell, turning him from a fun loving drunk to the sin of Pride.  

J2H looks down the camera.

J2H: Yeah, I do my homework.

Cockiness fills the camera as J2H smirks at it.

J2H: You were brought out of the Asylum and encouraged to be a wrestler by your former wrestler daddy so he can live vicariously thought you. His influence got you the breaks in wrestling I could never imagine, he got you title after title because hey, second generation wrestler, he had to be good right? Daddy did that for you, but I didn't have that.

He sharply shakes his head.

J2H: I didn't even come close to that, I had to buy my way in to this company, I had to spend money to be in the ring and have opponent after opponent beat the hell out of me because they could take liberties with the new kid, and I was just a kid. I didn't have my daddy to run back to because my daddy couldn't give a fuck about wrestling, my daddy wasn't there to support me like your daddy was Despayre. People looked down on me constantly, but you walked in and they looked at you with respect from day one. I never got that then, I don't get that now. You didn't have to work for it and I still have to work for it, yet we're in the same fucking place right now.

He takes a deep breath.

J2H: I got here the hard way, you didn't. I got here by working harder than everyone else here, people would still rather see you. You got the advantages and I still end up better than you, cause I got the fucking gold and you got the disappointment. Believe me on Sunday, it will be the exact same way.

J2H lifts the title belt from his lap and places it over his shoulder.

J2H: I heard what was said about me by your little stuffed bear...

A rapid blink comes from J2H's eyes.

J2H: Never thought I'd say that, but yes, I had the good life, but this isn't about my personal life, this is about my wrestling life and you had the advantage over me and you're still second best to me. A question was begged at me by that voice. What to do next, what to do after I beat you for the second time, what to do when my name becomes immortal with SCW history?

He smiles as he shrugs his shoulders.

J2H: Quite frankly, anything the fuck I wanna do.  

Once again, his arrogance translates to his face.

J2H: The creative guy will probably try bring in fifty new names and put them all in a match against me so that they can take the title from me, but not even that matters. By then I'll be God. By then, I'll be who you all look up to, by then I will be the person everyone really wants to be, I will be the best SCW has EVER seen. Truth is, if I wanna keep going, and going and going and beat everyone for a year, I will. If I wanna walk out on the next Climax Control and put the belt in the middle of the ring and say the first person to come to the ring to get the belt can have it.... Then expect Travis to run down to the ramp, or the Acquins, or anyone else so far below me to come take it and celebrate like they actually earned it. Or I can just throw it in the crowd and whoever catches it can become champion. It's my choice. I can even sit there and go title vs title against James Tuscini, whoever beats the Yawnomatic 5000 in Rage, and Ben Jordan and Jamie Dean at the same time and take each and every title at the same fucking time, I can do it. I can do it with confidence cause I know for a fucking fact that after Summer XXXTreme IV, history will be made because I will be walking out of the ring....

J2H holds up one finger.

J2H: A record breaker...

He quickly holds up a second finger.

J2H: A champion...

And now a third finger.

J2H: And a SCW God...

A smirk crosses the champions face.

J2H: That's the way it is Despayre, that's the way it will always be. You will always be in my shadow and come Sunday, I will pin you not once, but twice to prove it. That Despayre, is real talk bitch!

J2H stands up and walks off camera as the scene fades out.




An OOC note for you all: I challenged myself at the start of this roleplay to mention every active member of the SCW roster in this RP, plus a couple more. I think I hit it. If you took the time to read this, hope you didn't mind and thank you for reading. If you didn't read it, you'll never know you had a cameo in a J2H promo \'wink.gif\'

60
Supercard Archives / J2H Vs Despayre
« on: July 29, 2016, 07:38:53 AM »
 <span style='font-family:Arial'> Summer XXXTreme, one of the most unique traditions in the universe of Sin City Wrestling. A time where there is no hiding from anyone on the roster at all. It's actually pretty bizarre when you think of it. People who spend months trying to rip each others head off, swearing and cursing, attacking and beating, all end up in the same space. There is no little trips back home, there is no going to your favorite Starbucks - Yes, I'm looking in your direction Christian - There's an entire roster, even people you don't see that often, their families who take advantage of the trip, ex SCW stars who see it as a vacation and a chance to put their faces on camera again to be remembered, there's even new people who are set to appear for the first time in SCW, or returning stars and more importantly, the fans...

....Ah, the fans, the people who believe they already know about what's gonna happen before it happens. The people who make more predictions than Tommy Knocks on a Friday on The Hotwire - There ya go Tommy, you can pay me tomorrow for the plug - but these are also the people who are the ones that pay to buy in to the magic we well and truly create. It's our jobs to put their arses on seats by selling them a piece of fantasy, and a place where everyone is together, how do you sell that to the fans who watch your every move, just waiting to see what you're like when you're not being your television persona?

We're smart people, we know how to keep the illusion alive, we know how to stay just about in check with realism as we can. For some people it's easy, the likes of Melody Grace, Ben Jordan, Jamie Dean, Natalie McKinley, Roxi Johnson, Keira Fisher, and people like that. What you see on Television is what you get, same can be said for people like Rage and Lord Raab, but people like those have to be a little more careful than the rest not to flip out and start ripping fans heads off.

We need to keep the illusion for the fans to the point where if you see Steve Ramone, sitting having a beer with Kain and Rage, the illusion is gone for that match.

This might be the relaxing event that some people thing, but it's also a lot of stress on us to stay who we are without blowing the fantasy.... Thankfully, I don't want to be anywhere around Despayre anyway and hope that annoying little man leaves me alone for the entire cruise, probably be too busy running around looking for his imaginary little friends anyway.

But as relaxing as it is, we still have to work. It's not all about sitting around getting a sun tan, it's not all about sitting around and posing for selfies with every single person on the fucking ship, and trust me when I say the fans will hunt you down for pictures so they can say they have a picture or autograph from every SCW star. Everyone is a collector at heart, one of the bosses collects action figures, another of them just started to collect shot glasses - I'll let you figure out which is which - but the fans would go to a lot of lengths to go get every autograph and picture from every wrestler and staff member alike.... As I'm recording this and talking to you all, I'm actually sitting watching Zelda Clark mobbed by autograph hunters... It's true, she's looking a bit flustered over there, and this is just a woman who writes an article every week for SCW. Can you imagine what it's like for a guy like me? A guy with a title everyone wants to pose with? By the end of this, there will be more hands on my title than there has been on Amy Marshall and that is in the millions.

Unlike Amy Marshall though, everyone wants a piece of this action, people have to get paid to get a piece of Amy's action... There ya go, that's what ya get for saying you hope I'm disappointed at the end of this show Amy. Go back to splicing your past matches in to your promos, just to add extra minutes so you don't have to be creative, k?

Anyway, I'm getting a little off track here putting the little people in their place. The facts are simple, we all have to smile for the fans, avoid our opponents and expect to have people take pictures of us while we're doing the smallest of things. We might be ordering a drink, watching a show, playing in the casino, but you can't hide from those camera phones.

A lot of people don't mind it, a lot of people will happily pose for the fans, unless you're Lord Raab who is happier sitting in a tiny cabin with his not so tiny guy, dragging him down and stopping him from having fun so he can sit there and bitch about everything SCW and how this is not suited to him. Well boo hoo, news flash for Lord Raab, SCW don't revolve around you, get used to it. Thankfully, I don't think he's on this cruise cause the halls having been filled with bitching just yet.

So if you're name is not Lord Raab, one, you should be gratful, and two, you'll probably be going out and having a good time.

Am I gonna do that?

Why wouldn't I at some point? I'm on this boat for about eight days. Of course I'm gonna kick back and relax at some point, but you won't see me acting the idiot like say Despayre and Jessie Salco running around like fools looking for creatures who don't exist.... You're meant to be professional wrestlers, act like it! Am I gonna go get drunk on the companies money every night just cause I can? Fuck no, but I will have fun at some point. I'm not treating this like a vacation like everyone else is, I'm treating this as what it is, it's work, it's business first and I intend to treat it that way.

The rest of you can be lazy bastards if you want and sit on ya ass and watch your skin turn in to shades of lobster for an entire week, get out there, wrestle your match and go home for a couple of weeks before heading out on tour again - Yes, I'm not stupid and I know SCW will do a tour right after this, if you knew your history, you will see it coming. This is what most SCW people will sit and do, free vacation, right? Wrong! You can all sit around and be lazy, but I'll go ahead and do what a champion does, I will get out there and be around the fans for a few days, I will work my ass off to get them that damn excited while you all do nothing at all.

I've been carrying SCW on my shoulders for a while now, so I'll do it again. Meet the fans, sign autographs, be the best I can be while you lot just carry on doing nothing.

So this didn't start to well for me, it will sure as hell end well for me when I leave this boat as champion and record breaker....




Sunday 24th July 2016.

The beautiful sight of the Princess Cruise liner can be seen in the afternoon sun, as crowds of people gather at the bottom of the walkway to lead on to the home of where every Sin City Wrestling star on the roster, most with their families, and SCW crew members will be staying for the next week. Many Sin City Wrestling stars have already walked up the ramp towards the ship but the fans wait for their yet unseen favorites to grace them with their presence, waiting for their photo opportunities. A black limousine catches their attention, pulling up at the bottom of the walkway, coming to a stop nearby and the drivers door open, causing the crowd to wait with baited breath to see who the next SCW star is to arrival. Tension fills the air as the driver walks around to the back door, opening one side and Simpson steps out of the door, causing the crowd to cheer. The driver moves towards the back of the car, opening it up and starting to remove bags from back. Simpson, a man who usually shy's away from the attention, uncharacteristically smiles towards the crowd, waving at them as Austin Parker is the next to step out of the car, causing a more mixed reaction as Simpson moves towards the back of the car towards the driver, helping him with the luggage and moving it towards the side of the car. Pussy Willow, waiting for the stars to arrival, smartly waiting at the bottom of the walkway approaches Austin.


Pussy: Austin! Can I have a word?

Austin looks down at the smaller woman.

Austin: Ah ain't got nothing to say.

His bluntness leaves Pussy standing bewildered as he walks away and towards Simpson. The crowd instantly cheer as Melody Grace exits the vehicle, her Bombshell Internet Championship over her shoulder. She smiles at the fans but some boos scatter the crowd as J2H exits the limo, the SCW World Championship over his shoulder. Melody moves in front of the fans, posing for pictures and Pussy approaches J2H and starts to speak to him.

Pussy: I know you won't let me down when it comes to speaking to me J. Can I ask you a quick question?

J2H, dressed in white shorts and a sleeveless shirt, while wearing sunglasses over his eyes, looks through the tints and shrugs his shoulders.

J2H: You got one question, so make it a good one, cause I ain't got time for all this.

Pussy: You're stepping on to this wonderful cruise liner, knowing on Sunday, knowing that you will equal Spike Staggs record of being the longest serving SCW World Champion, but you could leave here as the man with the record. How are you feeling about that?

J2H: I give you one question and that's what you ask me? How the fuck are you still employed?

Pussy looks shocked my his comment, but J2H holds up his hand.

J2H: I'll be nice, I'll answer it anyway for you. How do I feel about becoming the best SCW has ever seen? Confident as fuck. I ain't walking on this thing, sitting around for a couple of weeks, just to look pretty and come off here pissed off. I'm here to step off here the best in the business. You might wanna start running round and planning the victory party, because it's gonna happen, and it's gonna happen very damn soon.

J2H looks to his side as Austin and Simpson stand beside him with the luggage, J2H reaching down and putting a heavy looking bag over his shoulders. Melody joins the others and picks up a bag, while Austin carries one and Simpson lifts two heavy cases. Austin leads the way up the ramp, followed by Simpson and Melody and J2H stand at the bottom, posing with their titles before walking up the walkway and catching up with Simpson and Austin. The four reach the top, looking down at the fans gathered below and cheering towards them before they turn around, being directed to a reception area. Simpson leads the four towards the reception desk and Austin moves to one side, looking through pamphlets of the entertainment on the cruise. J2H looks at Simpson.

J2H: Check us all in Simpson.

Simpson: Yes sir.

Simpson moves towards the desk and Melody spins, putting her arms around J2H neck, both dropping their bags to the side of them seconds before. She looks at him with a smile on her face.

J2H: And hello to you.

Melody: Hi.

Her smile lights up the reception area as she looks in to his eyes.

J2H: What's up?

Melody: Nothing. I was just thinking and it involved you.

J2H raises his eyebrow, knowing that anything could be going through the young blondes mind with the countless activities going on at any given time. Casino games to be played, movies to be seen, people to meet, drinks to be drunk, and if you're Lord Raab, boiler rooms to sit and sulk in. He looks in to her eyes, wondering what is in her head.

J2H: Thinking? That must have hurt.

A smile crosses J2H's face but Melody pouts at J2H and pushes him away slightly in a joking manner.

Melody: I'll ignore that.

J2H: Because my smile is so damn good, you already forgot I said it?

Melody tilts her head to the side, her nose scrunched up.

Melody: Yeah, keep telling yourself that babe. Actually, I was thinking, maybe one of these days, we don't actually have to leave our cabin, you know.

Melody winks towards J2H, his mind now at ease that there would be no crazy ideas. A smile forms on his face.

J2H: Ohhhh, I see what you mean. I don't think there's gonna be a problem with that. I mean I know I'm a great champ and should have my face all over this place, but sometimes, my face might need to be more near you.

A smile passes on the young blondes face as she pulls her hands away, clapping her hands in excitement, but a worried looking Simpson walks towards them, his hand moving over his head as he looks uneasily at the duo as Austin joins them.

Melody: What's wrong, Simmy?

Simpson: I'm afraid that they have given us four rooms instead of three, Ms Grace. You're not in the same room.

A smile crosses Austin Parker's face as he rest his hand on J2H's shoulder.

Austin: Don't worry yeself boy, ya always got yer right hand, and ya left if yer feel like playing away from home.

J2H looks at Austin, shaking his head as a huge grin crosses Austin's face.

J2H: This is bullshit Simpson! I asked for three! Damn idiots in that SCW office can't get anything right!  

Austin: Well maybe they thought being as y'all just knocking boots an' not livin' together, y'all want ya own space, like ya have on dry land.

J2H: I'm the SCW World Champion, what I want, I get, no if's buts or ands about it. This is punishment for me telling all about what it's like backstage, and showing that the bosses don't know how to control their own staff. I'm gonna sort this out myself.

J2H takes two key cards from Simpson and walks confidently towards the desk, moving through people and towards the front desk to where the receptionist, a young female with her brunette hair tied neatly back sits. Melody, Austin and Simpson watch on from a distance.

Receptionist: Hi can I....

The receptionist stops, instantly recognizing the man as SCW World Champion, J2H.

Receptionist: Oh... my.... God, you're him, aren't you? You're J2H!

Overhearing this, Melody rolls her eyes as she looks towards the receptionist, but J2H sees the advantage in the woman knowing who he is.

J2H: I am and how are you today?

Melody rolls her eyes once more at hearing J2H respond to the woman.

Receptionist: I'm great! Thank you for asking, what can I do for you today?

The over enthusiasm pours from the woman as she looks at the SCW Superstar before her. J2H leads on to the desk.

J2H: There's been a bit of booking mistake here. It was meant to be three rooms, one with a big old double bed in it, instead, there's four rooms. I need that changed right away.

The woman types away on the computer in front of her before looking towards J2H.

Receptionist: I'm sorry sir. It seems that four rooms were booked by Christian Underwood.

J2H: That guy can't book three instead of four rooms, but he can book a damn wrestling show on a ship? This is unbelievable! Look, I know it's not your fault, but I need that changed right away, because I need to use this cruise to test something out, so I need that big suite.

The woman taps away on the computer once more, before looking up at J2H with a sad look on her face, while Melody looks at the back of his head, hearing part of the last comment.

J2H: Don't give me that look, I know nothing good comes from that look. I invented that look!

Receptionist: I'm sorry sir, all suites have been taken except one and that one is out of SCW's given budget. We've been told that we can not go over budget from the figure SCW has offered us.

J2H lowers his voice as he moves in closer.

J2H: Look, I don't care, I will even sit there and face time with your mom if it gets me that room.

The receptionist smiles at J2H who nods confidently.

Receptionist: Really?

A strong nod comes from J2H as he looks at her.

J2H: Really. I just need that room and I'll talk to your mom. Now, can you help me out...

J2H leans forward, looking at the name tag and willing to use every trick in the book to get what he wants.

J2H: Sarah.

The woman blushes as she looks at the screen in front of her.

Receptionist: I could let you have the room if you pay the excess cost for the nights that you're on the cruise.

A smile crosses his face as he nods in approval.

J2H: That's more like it. How much is that gonna set me back? A couple of hundred a night?

Receptionist: Actually, that would be one thousand, two hundred dollars a night sir.

J2H's face drops as his mouth opens, looking at the woman in disbelief. He turns around to Melody and instantly fakes a smile, his hand slowly forming in to a thumbs up, and getting her a to smile towards him. He turns back towards the reception desk, shaking his head slowly.

J2H: Fine. I'll take it.

He places the two cards from the other room down on to the desk and the receptionist takes them back before handing him a package.

Receptionist: There's two key cards in there and all the information you need to find your way around. I'll be on a break in a few minutes so I will call my mom then.

J2H: Thanks.  

J2H picks the package from the desk and turns around, moving towards three waiting for him, confidently strolling through the crowd.

Melody: Well?

J2H: I told you I'd get it done and I did.

A wide smile crosses Melody's face as he hands her the information package.

Austin: So ya' guys get a package thing, and me and Simpson just get key cards and a map?

J2H: Who's the champ here?

J2H looks at Austin with a cocky smirk but Austin stares at him.

Austin: Not too much of a champ ta get a smack in the face.

J2H grins at him before turning back to Melody. Opening the package from her hand and sliding one of the key cards out and in to his palm.

J2H: You guys go ahead up to the rooms. Make sure Melody gets to ours Simpson and I'll come up in a bit. I will meet you guys at the bar over there in say an hour?

Simpson: Very good sir. Would you like me to take your bag sir?

J2H: Thank you Simpson.

Simpson lifts J2H's bag over his shoulder and readies himself to pick up the two he carried on board. Melody looks at J2H with a quiical look on her face.


Melody: And what are you going to do?

J2H: Well I'm gonna go over there and sort out some cash for the room because Christian can't afford it, it seems. Then I'm gonna make a Face Time call.

Before Melody says anything, J2H puts his hands up, stopping her from talking as his mind wanders back to Melody's money talk last week.

J2H: And don't worry, it's only a couple of extra dollars so I got this one.

He looks around the crowd, giving Melody a kiss on the cheek as the camera fades out.




Meet and greets are a fairly popular thing when it comes to Summer XXXTreme shows. The fans spend hundreds, even thousands of dollars to get to spend time around their favorite stars and at some point, every single superstar is called to do these things.

The scene starts in a hall with a stage at one end and stalls dotted around the area, with names of wrestlers above them, as well as merchandising stalls, selling everything you can buy from the SCW shop. From the side of the stage, J2H observes the crowds walking around, forming lines to meet their favorite wrestlers. A blonde woman sits under a sign with the words "SCW's Latest Bombshell - Polly Playtime." J2H looks at her and shakes his head.


J2H: I know good things are meant to come in small packages, but she's almost a midget.

An arrogant smirk crosses the white short wearing champion, his upper body covered with a black sleeveless shirt and his trademark chains around his neck and his SCW World Championship over his shoulder. He looks around the room more, spying Romanian Bombshell, Amy-Jayne walking around the room, posing for a picture with a young fan.

J2H: I know who she is, she's the one who thinks I'm cute, so Twitter told me. Nothing wrong with her eyesight.

He cranks his neck around the corner, spying the Acquin brothers, Joshua and Austin, sitting next to each other at a table and signing autographs for a line of fans. Alongside them, Candy and Hazel Overton also sign pictures of themselves, handing them out to grateful fans. He moves his eyes back to the opposite side to see Blanca Chastain signing autographs, while her sister Zuri, dressed in full wrestling gear, including mask, poses with a young fan.

J2H: At least someone had the good sense to keep them and the Overton's apart.  

He casts his eye further in to the crowd to see Ryan Keys - thankfully dressed - walking amongst people, stopping at their requests to take photos and Matt Spears on one knee, signing an autograph. Justin Decent taps J2H on the shoulder, causing him to look around.

Justin: Are you ready for me to introduce you J?


J2H: What the fuck am I even doing here Justin? I mean I've never had to do this stage bullshit before. Last year, I was somewhere in the back signing autographs and wondering where the nearest bar is.

Justin: Well, I think they just need you to go out, thank everyone for coming, promise them a good show and cut a heel promo. Just go easy on the language because there are kids here that are younger than we usually get at the shows.


J2H: I got it, sell the show, don't say fuck. Go on then, let's do this.

J2H sighs as Justin starts to walk on the stage, walking to the middle with a microphone in hand and turning to face the crowd.

Justin: Ladies and gentlemen, can I have your attention please?


A crowd start to rush towards the stage and J2H looks in to a nearby mirror, checking that his hair is in place.

Justin: We have a very special guest here for you today. He is the current SCW World Champion...


A mix of boos, which some shocked cheers are heard in the crowd.

Justin: He is J2H!

The intro to "Lights Out" starts to play and J2H takes a deep breathe before stepping out in to view on to the stage for the fans to see. Screams come from the young females in the crowd, while boos comes from the men. J2H switches on, looking around the room with an arrogant smirk as he stops halfway towards Justin. He reaches on to his shoulder and raises the SCW World title above his head before walking towards Justin, pulling the microphone from his hand and pointing towards the exit. J2H looks around as the screams can be heard over the boos and the music fades out. Still the screams and boos fly towards the stage as he pauses, looking around the crowd. He puts his hand up, waving them down, and finally the crowd quietens down.

J2H: For my fellow SCW workers in the room, THAT is what you call a reaction. I know you don't hear it when you step out on the stage, but that's what they sound like.

J2H draws hard stares from many of his fellow workers in the room but he continues.

J2H: Welcome to the Summer XXXTreme IV cruise, where you will see some amazing matches and some amazing wrestlers, but none more so than the man who is standing right here before you, the man who is going to take wrestling to a whole new level when I get to pin Despayre twice, the man who will be a record breaker come Monday morning, me, J2H.

More screams come from the teenage girls in the crowd and boos from the rest.

J2H: I don't care if you cheer for me, if you boo me, it doesn't matter because right now, you're all in a very special place, because you're in my presence, you're in my company, you're sitting there listening to this guy, this guy who has entertained you for so long, the guy you already look up to. You get to see this guy at what last year made some serious money. It's not cheap to get us here, so it's not cheap for you to be here, so I'm sure whoever is sitting in the SCW office counting up all your hard earned money, thanks you.  

J2H starts to stroll up and down the stage.

J2H: But I know you would have spent so much more to see me live in action, to live around me for a whole damn week. To be able to get a picture of me laying by the pool, or drinking a beer or talking with Melody. Well trust me when I say just being in this room with me, looking at me, has made your expense worth it. I have just made this trip worth it but the fun just doesn't stop there. Be honest, how many of you came here because you think Despayre is gonna beat me?

A lot of hands shoot up in the air and J2H looks around the crowd.

J2H: Hate to break it to you, but that's not gonna happen this show or any other show.

J2H runs his hand over the title.

J2H: This ain't going nowhere at all, other than back to Beverly Hills with me. That's the only place it is going to go. Back with the best damn champion you have ever seen!

He smirks around the crowd.

J2H: Don't worry if you're disappointed because once again, J2H makes your day, because I will get off this stage a few minutes and you can ask me for photos, just so you can have your picture taken with one of life's winners. So please get those cameras ready, because you will get your chance to stand next to greatness. Hit my fu.... freaking music!

"Light's out" starts to play and J2H starts to walk off the stage. He reaches the side and tosses the microphone to Justin as the scene fades out




With the meet and greet over, done and dusted and finished in the morning. The day was his own now. The SCW World champion strolls past a basketball court as a stray ball bounces in his direction. J2H, now out of his "work" clothes wears nothing but long red shorts, a backwards baseball cap, sunglasses and a trainers on his feet. The sun beats down on his back as he picks up the ball and throws it towards the hoop, watching it swish right through and causing a slight cheer from the players.


J2H: Yeah, I'm just good at everything.

He continues to walk through the recreational area, looking across to see Jason Adams and Belinda Simone in a heated conversation on a mini golf course, Belinda waving the club in Jason's face as he innocently pokes his tongue out at her. Out of place on another hole on the golf course, he spies two deck chairs, on one, Kale Smith, his knee heavily strapped sitting next to Alex Rush. Both men with their heads back and sunglasses covering their eyes, clearly partied too hard the night before. Walking further down, he spots the Surf Boys, fighting off a flock of seagulls as they swoop down, trying to steal food from the hapless duo. J2H rolls his eyes, and faces front, almost getting bumped in to by Despayre as he walks in front of him, his phone in his hand searching the ship for something that isn't there or real.  

J2H: I wonder if I get the night off if that idiot falls overboard?

He sighs to himself.

J2H: Knowing the luck he has, he'll get fished out with a million Pokemon.

He walks on, dodging past people and towards some stairs, standing at the top, he looks down and looks at the crisp blue sea, admiring it's wonder before stepping down the stairs towards a huge swimming pool and Jacui area. He looks around the pool area to see Casey Williams casually posing for a photo with a fan, his arm on the fans head. J2H walks past him, giving the big man a nod before continuing on to see Roxi Johnson and her wife Keira sunbathing poolside, as well as Sam Marlowe sitting next to Ben Jordan and opposite Jamie Dean and Amy Marshall as the four enjoy a cold drink in the warm sunshine, smiling for pictures as fans approach them. His eyes moves towards the Jacui where he sees Melody Grace sitting in one alone, the water bubbling around her body and he approaches her, looking around at a crowd of gathered men.  

Melody: Jammy Jam!

She calls out to him, not one of his favorite nicknames, but he says nothing, just watching the small crowd disperse. He kicks off his trainers and steps in to the water, slowly stepping down the steps and in to the bubbles and takes a seat. Melody moves around, sitting next to J2H and putting her head on his shoulder, prompting him to put his arm around her shoulder.

Melody: So how did it go meeting the fans? I know you secretly like it.

He tilts his head, looking at her sunglasses covered eyes and shakes his head.

J2H: About as much as I secretly like being chased by Brother Grimm. It was another fan fest thing, the usual autographs, photos, me knocking out a great speech. What did you get up to?

Melody: Spoke to some fans, took Simpson shopping for a little while. Got changed and came down here to relax for a bit.

She moves herself closer to J2H, her head on his chest as people start to look towards them, their eyes on the couple, wondering what they will do next.

J2H: You took Simpson shopping?

Melody smiles proudly, nodding her head up and down as she looks at him, his eyes covered by his sunglasses but his eyebrows raised above them higher than usual.

Melody: I did. His clothes are so out of date and we're on a cruise and he didn't have one pair of shorts, or a bathing costume.

J2H: If you saw his legs, you'd understand why. They're like tree trunks. No one wants to see legs like that.

Melody: Well he stands around in that stuffy suit all day Jam, and it's so hot today, so I thought he needed to be dressed more appropriately.

J2H: Melody, what have you done?  

The concern was in his voice, not because of Melody's fashion sense, she usually has a great sense of style and is always dressed to the modern times, her body often covered with the latest fashions from all over the world, but Simpson. He lived a simple life without the need to, he was never underpaid and must have a fortune saved, yet very rarely spent and his knowledge of fashion was limited.

Melody: And I let him pick out all his own stuff and paid for them, even though he stood there for so long trying not to let me pay for them.

Disaster run through J2H's body at the thought of Simpson picking out his own style of clothes. In public he was always smartly dressed in a suit, in private, he was always smartly dressed in a suit, but it was always a struggle to convince him that he looked good in those suits.

J2H: You know the man probably hasn't had to pick his own style in like twenty years or something, right?

Melody waves her hand towards J2H, casually brushing off his statement, while he can only imagine what horrors Simpson could be dressed as.

Melody: He looked perfectly fine to me when I last saw him and he was off to change and he will be joining us soon. I think he's very eye catching and will get people talking.

J2H: Yeah but in what way? Hey there's the latest style guru walking towards us, or what the fuck is he wearing, kinda eye catching?

Melody moves closer to her concerned man, her lips just inches away from his ear, her voice almost a whisper.

Melody: He'll be fine babe. It's about time he got noticed. He does so much for us and he should be noticed for that.  

J2H: Well you don't have to buy him clothes. I can do that, or he can do it out of his own money. I pay him well enough for what he does, and I always did wonder what he spent his cash on.

Melody: Maybe he plays a lot of online poker or something.

J2H laughs, but his face quickly changes to thoughtfulness. He never did know what Simpson did after he finished for the day. He'd often be around J2H after the working day was done but retired to do his own thing on many oasions.

J2H: You know Mel, that's not as far fetched as it may seem. I mean we go out a lot and stay in a lot and he never seems to leave the house.

Melody: Chill Jam, I was joking, he probably has a secret family we don't know about.

J2H looks at Melody with a serious look on his face but Melody pokes him on the nose and pokes her tongue out at him.

Melody: I was joking about that too.

The young man can't help but smile at Melody as she plants a kiss on his cheek.

Melody: You need to relax more.

J2H: I will do tonight when I'm out there winning some money in the casino.

Melody runs her hand up and down J2H's chest, her fingers tracing his tattoos.

Melody: Are you gonna dress like James Bond?

She asks him with a wink of her left eye, her hand reaching up to the side of his head.  

J2H: I always dress like James Bond when I'm in a casino. It's all about being calm and having a flawless image.

Melody moves her lips towards J2H but his eyes instantly widens as he looks past her and in to the distance, where he sees a very brightly dressed man moving in their direction. J2H darts his head to the right, causing Melody to miss her kiss and catch him on the shoulder.

Melody: Hey! What gives!

J2H pulls his arm out of the water and points behind a pouting Melody.

J2H: That gives!

Melody turns her head to spy Simpson walking towards the pair, dressed in bright blue long shorts, hanging just past his knees, the shorts covered with yellow palm trees either side. On his top half, he wears a white shirt with various neon colors upon it, showing a beach scene.

J2H: All these designer stores on this thing and he buys that?

The sound of disgust falls from his lips as he looks towards Simpson and back to a smiling Melody.

Melody: He didn't like any of that designer stuff, so we found another little place on here and he loved those.

Simpson moves closer to the two, but J2H looks towards Melody.

J2H: I can't be seen with him dressed like that!

J2H takes off his hat and sunglasses, leaving them on the side of the Jacui before taking a deep breath and plunging his body beneath the water, the bubbles covering his head. Simpson reaches the Jacui.

Simpson: Good afternoon, Ms Grace. I'm heading to the bar for some refreshments and maybe off to relax by the pool. Before I go, would you like anything.

Melody: No thanks Simmy, I'm all good. Looking very sharp though.

Melody points towards the big man, causing him to coyly smile.

Simpson: Thank you, I should dress like this more often, it's oddly stress relieving.

Melody: I think you should too, even around the house. Don't worry about James, I'll talk him in to allowing something like that to be your new uniform. It will be like casual Friday, except it will be casual every day.

Another shy smile comes from Simpson as he looks down at Melody.

Simpson: If you require anything Ms. Grace, please don't hesitate to ask.

Melody: Go and enjoy yourself Simbabwe, I'll be fine.

Simpson nods with approval of his latest nickname and turns away, just in time for J2H to appear, breaking through the water and breathing for air. Melody puts her arm under him, holding him up as he catches his breath.

J2H: We need to go.

Melody: Go where?

J2H: To see if this boat has an optician on board, just for buying him that stuff!

Melody smiles as she pulls herself next to J2H and the camera fades out.




The noise of slot machines paying out can be heard as the scene opens in the casino area of the ship. Many people walk between slot machines, some attracted by the lights and the thoughts of winning big. The camera pans around the area where we see SCW stars by the plenty. Chris Shipman stands next to Rage and Synn, their eyes on the craps tables as Mercedes Vargas rolls the dice, bouncing off the back wall of the table and coming to a holt, causing a cheer from the people around the three Sins members and the Argentine Assassin, who smiles at her winning luck. Christina Bentley and her mother Lacey move through the crowd, being tracked by people. Christina stops, turning around to the crowd, flashing her winning smile to a sea of phones clicking and flashing, taking a lasting memory of the two classy dressed ladies.  

The camera cuts to a roulette table as we see debuting SCW Superstar Scott Sanders, standing alongside future father in law, Billionaire Miles Blake, and Billionaires Club member Veronica Taylor, Miles placing what can only be described as a months average salary for some countries on a single number, and watching the ball bounce around the wheel. The number doesn't land on what Miles predicts but the billionaire shrugs it off to place another large wager on another number.

The camera cuts to the door of the casino where J2H and Melody make an appearance, as promised from earlier, J2H dressed in a tuxedo and bow tie in a very James Bond style, while Melody wears a figure hugging blue dress, her curves perfectly shown. Her arm links around J2H's as they take stock of what is happening in the casino. Travis Nathaniel Andrews walks past the two, crossing their path yet ignoring everyone around him as he talks loudly down the phone and further in to the casino. J2H looks towards Melody.


J2H: I told you that guy was an idiot. Talk on the phone in a noisy place, yet outside the door there, quiet enough to hear yourself talk. He must have got dropped on his head a lot as a baby.

Melody smiles at J2H as he rolls his eyes towards the direction Travis just walked in and the two move in towards the main gambling floor.

Melody: So what's it to be? Blackjack? Poker? Roulette?

His eye look around the room, looking towards one of the poker tables where he sees Evie Baang looking intensely at the cards on the table, her new friend and former SCW Bombshell, Alexis Edwards looking at the cards and back towards Evie, Evie's eyes not moving from the table.

J2H: I think I'll give that poker table a miss.

Melody: Why?

J2H: You look at her, she's looking at her cards and at everyone's movements. This is not her first game of cards, probably not her millionth. She's say beyond that. She's clearly a bit of a pro.

J2H's eyes dart around, just watching SCW Bombshell Champion, Crystal Hilton posing with some fans, smiling as she looks at the cameras. Melody and J2H walk slowly in to the room.

J2H: How about some roulette?

Melody: Sure.

Melody's eyes light up as they look for a roulette table. Melody points to the one where The Billionaires club stand, but J2H shakes his head.

J2H: A guy with a bad wig, a gold digger and a bimbo who vocabulary of insults is limited to the world basic, which in itself is pretty fucking basic for a human adult with no mental problems? I think not.

Melody: How about that one?

Melody points towards a roulette table, with no SCW wrestlers around it and walks towards it arm in arm with her. They reach the table and are quickly recognised, as whispers move around the table.

J2H: It's ok, you can talk to us. We're just normal people tonight. I'm not gonna walk over there and bodyslam Travis Nathaniel Andrews through a table, no matter how tempting it really is, nor is Melody gonna go over there and throw Mercedes Vargas through a machine or anything. Just here to win some money.

Confidence flies through his body, passing a pile of notes towards the roulette croupier, who quickly counts it and converts it in to chips, pushing them in front of him. He quickly splits the chips in half and pushes half of them in front of Melody, who looks at him with curiosity painted on her face.

Melody: What's that for?

J2H sarcastically taps his chin, looking at Melody with his lip pressed out.

J2H: I think they're to go on pia, ya know those little round things you pick off and throw in the top of the box when ya not in the mood for them.

Melody pinches his arm, causing him to smile and jump, all eyes around the table seemingly on the couple, regardless of the wheel spinning around, and peoples fortune depending on where the ball stops.

Melody: I know what they are, but why are you giving them to me?

J2H: To gamble babe. To throw away on numbers and try and win some money.

Melody: I have my own money J. You don't need to give me any of yours.

The eyes around them seem to become more focused on the duo, as they hear Melody's last line, wondering what will happen next.

J2H: Didn't need to gorgeous, wanted to. You're luckier at these things than I am.  

This causes Melody to smile as she looks towards him, pursing out her lips and blowing a kiss towards him.

Melody: Ok babe. I just have one tiny question to ask you before I start playing and trying to win some money.

J2H slides his arm down her back, resting it around her hips, his fingers on her stomach.  

J2H: Yes darling?

Melody moves her head closer to him, her lips near his ear.

Melody: How do you play this game?

J2H turns his head, looking towards Melody with a little look of surprise on his face. He's seen her in Vegas wander in and out of casinos, before they were together. Even when they were first together and working a show in Vegas, he'd see her move in and out of casinos.

J2H: Babe, you always used to be in and out of casinos when we was in Vegas.

Melody: Yeah, but I wasn't gambling. I was standing there modelling cars that people could win by gambling. I told you I had debt to pay off so took modelling jobs. It was my job to stand there next to a car, point at it a little bit and tell people they could win the car by hitting the jackpot on this giant slot machine. I never got time to gamble. I went from there, to other jobs.

J2H: So you didn't get to see how roulette was played?

Melody: Never played it.

J2H scratches the side of his head as he looks at the innocent looking Melody.

J2H: Ok, this could be good, because you must be overloaded with beginners luck right now. You pick a number and you put money on it. Or you can bet if the ball will land on an odd number or even number, or red or black, or two numbers next to each other, or four numbers next to each other in a square. Ball lands on something you bet on, you win. It doesn't, never mind.

Melody: Oh that sounds easy enough.

Melody picks up a chip and places it on the black diamond as the croupier spins the wheel. He drops the ball as J2H looks on in horror as he realized Melody has places five hundred dollars on one spin. He looks at her face, her hands clutched together as his heart races, waiting for the ball to settle. The wheel starts to slow down, the ball bouncing through the rungs before landing on twenty black. J2H sighs through relief as double the chips get pushed back in Melody's direction.

Melody: Did I win?

J2H smiles at Melody, giving her a reassuring nod.

J2H: You did babe.

A wider grin crosses Melody's face as she looks at the table a little more.

Melody: This is fun.

J2H: Yeah, well lets see if we can both win some money.

For the next two hours, the young couple gambled on almost every number and combination that can thought of with man highs and many lows. Let's fast forward a few hours, as we zoom in on the not so happy J2H, looking at one remaining chip in front of him. Turning his head, Melody's face tells a different story as pure joy washes over her face as she looks down at a huge pile on chips in front of her, maybe three or four times the amount of what she started with. She wraps her arms around J2H's neck with excitement, giving him a squeeze before letting him go. She looks at the piles of chips and toward J2H.

Melody: Did I do well?

J2H: You did brilliantly. Man, even I was surprised at how good you've done.

Melody: What do we do now?

J2H points a window where a sign on a booth says cashier above a woman's head. He turns to the croupier and points to a chip tray and he hands it towards J2H.  

J2H: Thank you. Now Mel, we take these chips, put them in the tray in the right places, the chip value to the right slot and we take it over there and you get paid.

J2H and Melody start to fill the slots in the chip tray, separating the different values. After a few seconds, with all the chips in the tray, Melody picks them up and J2H leads her towards the cashier. Melody places them on the tray in front of the cashier and pushes them through the slot, the elder woman, in her fifties, looks at them, scanning them under a scanner and the cash value comes up on her screen. She slides a key in a draw, opening it up and pulling out a wrapped bundles of bills, before adding another smaller bundle on top. The woman reaches in to the drawer and pulls out some smaller note, counting them out and placing them on the tray, Melody's eyes growing wider as she sees the amount of money before them. The woman pushes them through the slot, nodding and giving Melody a warm smile as she picks up the banded money, looking towards J2H.

Melody: Jam! There's like over seven thousand dollars here.  

J2H: Not bad for me only putting down three overall. Told you, you had the luck.

Melody forces the money towards J2H, pushing it in towards his chest.

Melody: The money's yours.

J2H shakes his head at Melody.

J2H: No, it's not mine. You said you wanted to earn your own money and you did. Shit, you saw me piss away over a grand at that table, you earned it by picking right. The money is yours Mel, you won it, I didn't.

Melody: But you gave me...

J2H puts up his hand, stopping Melody's words in their tracks.

J2H: I gave you a chance to show what you can do, that's all. How about you just enjoy that big time winning feeling and we go get some ice cream or something.

Melody: Can you loan me a couple of bucks? I'm a bit short.

J2H can't help but smile as he puts his arm around his lovely lady's shoulder, leading her out of the casino as the scene fades to black.




*THIS TAKES PLACE DIRECTLY AFTER A SCENE IN MELODY'S PROMO*

Dinner is now down as the group transition from the restaurant area to the bar. J2H stands with his back to the bar, looking through the restaurant, spying the Members Of The Elders, Master Lilly, Jon Dough, Eyesnsane, Alana and Song, gathered around a table waiting for their meals to arrival. He turns his head to the side to see Jessie Salco, Lucy Seraphina, Uriella Abaddon and Samuel Devereux gathered around a pool table, Jessie about to take a shot.


J2H: Not interesting that way either.

He looks amongst his companions, standing next to Melody, as she stands next to Odette and Gabriel on the other side of his wife. Listening to the two women chat, slowly turns in to white noise and he casts his eye around again, spotting the foursome of Johnny Tsunami, sitting across the way of his on, off, no one knows, possible girlfriend Remi, while his tag partner Caleb Houston sits across from his wife, Eden. The sound of a glass being put on the bar behind him can be heard and catching his attention. J2H turns around to see a Shirley Temple with an extra cherry in a glass sitting in front of him.

J2H: I didn't order this.

The barman points to the end of the bar where Connor Murphy sits, a huge grin on his face as he raises a pint of Guinness towards J2H. J2H rolls his eyes at Connor.

J2H: Very fucking funny.

J2H turns away from the smiling Irish Canadian as Odette's voice grabs his attention.

Odette: So when are you guys moving in together?

Gabriel chokes on his beer as he looks at his wife.

Gabriel: That's a big personal.

Odette waves her husband away, her eyes on J2H. Melody turns her face to look at her boyfriend with a raised eyebrow.

J2H: Ummm, can't say we've spoke about it.  

Odette: Well you should, you both clearly like being around each other again.

J2H: We do but right now, a lot is going on. I gotta defend the title, Melody has a movie to shoot.

Those words sting as they come out, knowing how he feels about Melody starring in a movie with Drake Green. He casually talks, trying to hide the real feelings he has.

J2H: And I'm getting offers to be in different federations now from all over America, Canada and even England, so we haven't really spoke about it. Plus SCW always tours after this show, and if it's somewhere like the ass end of Africa, or some remote island in the middle of nowhere, which I wouldn't be shocked at, I wouldn't be in America, if I'm still working for SCW.

Gabriel: Really gonna leave SCW?

Pages: 1 2 [3] 4 5 6